You are on page 1of 591

Grade 3

Program Author
Dr. Diane August
Educational Researcher
• Principal Investigator, Developing Literacy in Second-Language
Learners: Report of the National Literacy Panel on Language-
Minority Children and Youth
• Member of the New Standards Literacy Project, Grades 4-5

Program Consultant
Dr. Cheryl Dressler
Literacy Consultant- English Learners

cover photography credits:


(tr) Brand X Pictures/PunchStock; (l) Tim Laman/National Geographic/Getty Images; (br) Peter Grindley/Taxi/Getty Images.
A

Published by Macmillan/McGraw-Hill, of McGraw-Hill Education, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., Two
Penn Plaza, New York, New York 10121.

Copyright © by The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. These Visual Vocabulary Resources may be
displayed in a classroom setting for use with Treasures, provided such display includes a copyright notice in the name
of Macmillan/McGraw-Hill. No other use of these Visual Vocabulary Resources is permitted without the prior written
consent of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., including, but not limited to, network storage or transmission, or
broadcast for distance learning.

Printed in the United States of America

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 073 12 11 10 09 08
Contents
Unit 1 Unit 4
Week 1 Key Vocabulary...........................................................................1 Week 1 Key Vocabulary......................................................................177
Function Words and Phrases ................................................7 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................183
Basic Words ...............................................................................11 Basic Words ............................................................................187
Week 2 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 13 Week 2 Key Vocabulary......................................................................189
Function Words and Phrases ............................................. 19 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................195
Basic Words .............................................................................. 23 Basic Words ............................................................................199
Week 3 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 25 Week 3 Key Vocabulary......................................................................201
Function Words and Phrases ............................................. 29 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................205
Basic Words .............................................................................. 33 Basic Words ............................................................................209
Week 4 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 35 Week 4 Key Vocabulary...................................................................... 211
Function Words and Phrases ............................................. 41 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................217
Basic Words .............................................................................. 45 Basic Words ............................................................................221
Week 5 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 47 Week 5 Key Vocabulary......................................................................223
Function Words and Phrases ............................................. 53 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................229
Basic Words .............................................................................. 57 Basic Words ............................................................................233
Unit 2 Unit 5
Week 1 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 59 Week 1 Key Vocabulary......................................................................235
Function Words and Phrases ............................................. 65 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................241
Basic Words .............................................................................. 69 Basic Words ............................................................................245
Week 2 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 71 Week 2 Key Vocabulary......................................................................247
Function Words and Phrases ............................................. 77 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................253
Basic Words .............................................................................. 81 Basic Words ............................................................................257
Week 3 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 83 Week 3 Key Vocabulary......................................................................259
Function Words and Phrases ............................................. 89 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................265
Basic Words .............................................................................. 93 Basic Words ............................................................................269
Week 4 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 95 Week 4 Key Vocabulary......................................................................271
Function Words and Phrases ...........................................101 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................277
Basic Words ............................................................................105 Basic Words ............................................................................281
Week 5 Key Vocabulary......................................................................107 Week 5 Key Vocabulary......................................................................283
Function Words and Phrases ........................................... 113 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................289
Basic Words ............................................................................ 117 Basic Words ............................................................................293
Unit 3 Unit 6
Week 1 Key Vocabulary...................................................................... 119 Week 1 Key Vocabulary......................................................................295
Function Words and Phrases ...........................................125 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................301
Basic Words ............................................................................129 Basic Words ............................................................................305
Week 2 Key Vocabulary......................................................................131 Week 2 Key Vocabulary......................................................................307
Function Words and Phrases ...........................................137 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................313
Basic Words ............................................................................141 Basic Words ............................................................................ 317
Week 3 Key Vocabulary......................................................................143 Week 3 Key Vocabulary......................................................................319
Function Words and Phrases ...........................................147 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................325
Basic Words ............................................................................151 Basic Words ............................................................................329
Week 4 Key Vocabulary......................................................................153 Week 4 Key Vocabulary......................................................................331
Function Words and Phrases ...........................................159 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................337
Basic Words ............................................................................163 Basic Words ............................................................................341
Week 5 Key Vocabulary......................................................................165 Week 5 Key Vocabulary......................................................................343
Function Words and Phrases ...........................................171 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................349
Basic Words ............................................................................175 Basic Words ............................................................................353
English Language Development Vocabulary ... 354A
How to
Use this Book
Visual Vocabulary Resources—A New Classroom Resource
Purpose and Use
The Visual Vocabulary Resources book provides teachers using the Macmillan/McGraw-Hill California
Treasures reading program photo-word cards that visually introduce specific vocabulary from the
program. The photos are intended to preteach vocabulary to English learners and Approaching Level
students, as well as offer additional, meaningful language and concept support to these students.
The photo-word cards are designed to interrelate with the English Learners and Approaching Small
Groups lessons and the English Learner Resource lessons, all of which are designed to support the EL
and struggling reader population. The Visual Vocabulary Resources book is referenced specifically in
those lessons.
Key
Vocab
Unit ulary

Vocabulary Words
2 Wee
k 2 Ho
m e-Gr
own
Butte
rflies

Wor
disap
In the first half of the book, the photo-word cards support three categories of vocabulary in the core d1
pear

reading program:
1. Key Vocabulary These are the Key Words as introduced to the entire class in the core vocabulary
lesson and core selection. Students of all levels of language acquisition are taught these words:
Beginning, Early Intermediate, Intermediate, and Early Advanced.
2. Function Words and Phrases These are idioms, adverbs, two-word verbs, and other words Wor
d2
prot
Basic Words
bedroom, doorway, window, ect
and phrases of particular use to English learners. Function Words and Phrases are also drawn Unit 1 Week 1
First Day Jitters
shade, kitchen, bathroom

from the core selection, but will not be taught to the whole group as part of the core les-
son. Students of all levels of language acquisition are taught these words: Beginning, Early
Intermediate, Intermediate, and Early Advanced. A3V VR
_C A_U
2W 2_R
D 10_k
ey.indd
71

3. Basic Words These words are chosen from the core selection, to fit a specific thematic category bedroom doorway window

that will help EL learners increase their depth of vocabulary. These words are not singled out for
instruction to the whole group. Only students at the Beginning and Early Intermediate levels of
language acquisition are taught these words.
shade kitchen bathroom

The second half of the book supports the vocabulary presented in the English Language ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
Function Words and Phrases
Unit 3 Week 3 Messaging Mania
Word 1 up-to-the-minute

Development component of the California Treasures reading program. The ELD Vocabulary
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.

presented is selected from the weekly Skill-Based English Learners Practice Reader. In the place of © MacMillan McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Arthur S. Aubry/Getty Images. (tc) © Jupiterimages/BananaStock/Alamy Images. (tr) © Philip Coblentz/Brand X Pictures/Picture Quest.
(bl) © Richard Leo Johnson/Beateworks/Corbis. (bm) © Ken Skalski/Corbis/Corbis. (br) © Nancy R. Cohen/Getty Images.
11

the Basic Words categories, there are Content Words drawn from ELD Content Book selections.

Structure of Book
The Key Vocabulary and Function Words and Phrases sections both have two photos on each right-hand Word 2 more easily

page. Each photo represents one vocabulary word. The teacher script is located on the back of each
card directly behind its accompanying photo. The Basic Words section shows six photos per page,
followed by a teacher routine. The ELD Content Words section mimics this format with 4 to 6 words per
page.

Teacher Scripts
The lessons found on the Key Vocabulary, Function Words and Phrases, and ELD Vocabulary sections are
interactive in approach. They define the vocabulary words in English and Spanish, point out cognates
(where appropriate), and provide strategies to get students talking and using the new language as
much as possible; for example students:
• chorally pronounce the word to focus on articulation
• partner talk with structured sentence frames to use the word in oral speech
• role-play to make the word come to life and use in everyday situations
• connect the word to known words and phrases through sentence replacement activities
• engage in movement activities to experience the word’s meaning
The techniques make instruction engaging and memorable for students. These low-risk ways to practice
speaking help students make connections and develop understanding as they acquire vocabulary.

iv
Key Vocabulary Word 1 chuckled
Unit 1 Week 1 First Day Jitters

Word 2 nervous
Key Vocabulary Word 1 chuckled
Unit 1 Week 1 First Day Jitters

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner about why the girl
1. One word in the selection is chuckled. Say chuckled. (The person on the phone told her a
it with me: chuckled. To chuckle means “to joke. She’s very happy to talk to that person)
laugh.” When a person chuckles, he or she 5. Tell your partner what makes you chuckle. Use
thinks something is funny or silly. this sentence frame: makes me
2. En español, to chuckle quiere decir “reírse chuckle.
bajito o en voz baja.” Cuando alguien se ríe 6. Now let’s say chuckled together three more
bajito es porque algo le pareció chistoso o times: chuckled, chuckled, chuckled.
tonto.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word chuckled. (Point to the girl in the
photo.) See how this girl chuckled. Someone
must have said something funny or silly to her
on the phone.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 nervous


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s all show what it’s like to feel nervous.
1. Another word in the selection is nervous. Let’s hunch our shoulders, put our heads
Say it with me: nervous. Nervous means “not down, and look away. Let’s be very quiet. We
comfortable with a situation.” When a person feel shy because we’re nervous.
is nervous, he or she might act shy or afraid. 6. Pretend you are nervous. Show the class how
2. En español, nervous quiere decir “incómodo you look when you’re nervous. Then we will
con la situación en la que está, nervioso.” guess what you might be nervous about.
Cuando alguien esta nervioso, normalmente 7. Now let’s say nervous together three more
actúa como si tuviera pena o miedo. times: nervous, nervous, nervous.
3. Nervous in English and nervioso in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word nervous. (Point to the boy in the
photo.) See how this boy is nervous. It’s the
first day of school. He is nervous about a new
situation.

2
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Reed Kaestner/Corbis. (b) © Comstock Images/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 nonsense
Unit 1 Week 1 First Day Jitters

Word 4 fumbled
Key Vocabulary Word 3 nonsense
Unit 1 Week 1 First Day Jitters

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner about why this picture
1. Another word in the selection is nonsense. demonstrates the word nonsense. Share your
Say it with me: nonsense. Nonsense means answers with the class. (It’s silly to make your
“behavior that is silly.” When something is face look funny and stick out your tongue.
nonsense, it has no meaning or reason. There’s no reason for this behavior.)
2. En español, nonsense quiere decir 5. Work with your partner to use the word
“comportamiento sin sentido, tonterías.” nonsense in a sentence. Use the sentence
frame: It is nonsense to .
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word nonsense. (Point to the girl in the 6. Now let’s say nonsense together three more
photo who is making a funny face.) The girl is times: nonsense, nonsense, nonsense.
being really silly. What nonsense!

Key Vocabulary Word 4 fumbled


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show what it’s like to fumble. Let’s
1. Another word in the selection is fumbled. Say put an object in our hands, walk with it, then
it with me: fumbled. To fumble means “to lose fumble it. Our objects dropped because we
control of something or to drop something.” fumbled.
When a person fumbled a ball, he or she 5. Think of a situation when you might fumble
dropped it. something. Act it out. We will guess what you
2. En español, to fumble quiere decir “llevar fumbled.
algo con torpeza y perder el control sobre 6. Now let’s say fumbled together three more
el objeto.” Si un jugador lleva la bola con times: fumbled, fumbled, fumbled.
torpeza, se le puede caer la bola.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word fumbled. (Point to the waitress in
the photo.) See how this woman fumbled. She
lost control of the plate. She dropped the food
on the other woman.

4
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © ImageState/PunchStock. (b) © Stanley Fellerman/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 trudged
Unit 1 Week 1 First Day Jitters
Key Vocabulary Word 5 trudged
Unit 1 Week 1 First Day Jitters

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show what it’s like to trudge. Let’s
1. One word in the selection is trudged. Say it imagine we’re walking through deep snow.
with me: trudged. To trudge means “to walk It’s difficult to move through snow.
with difficulty.” When a person trudges, he 5. I’m going to name some different places.
or she has to work hard to walk, like through Show me how you would walk in each place
sand or snow. and say “walk” or “trudge.” Let’s begin.
2. En español, to trudge quiere decir “caminar Imagine you’re crossing a sandy desert. Would
con dificultad.” Cuando alguien camina you walk or trudge? (trudge) Now imagine
con dificultad tiene que esforzarse más de you’re going across a grassy meadow. (walk)
lo normal, como cuando se camina sobre la (Continue with other scenarios, such as deep
arena o la nieve. drifts of sand and the sidewalk in front of the
school.)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word trudge. (Point to the people in the 6. Now let’s say trudged together three more
photo.) See how these people trudge. It’s times: trudged, trudged, trudged.
difficult for them to walk through the snow.
They have to really work hard to move
their legs.

6
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Caroline Woodham/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 tumbled out of
Unit 1 Week 1 First Day Jitters

Word 2 drive down the street


Word 1 tumbled out of
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the words tumbled out 4. I have a pencil in my hand. Watch what
of to tell about something that falls out of happens to the pencil. If it tumbles out of my
something else. Say it with me: tumbled out hand, say this sentence: “The pencil tumbled
of. Pretend you drop an open box of breakfast out of your hand.” If the pencil does not
cereal. All the cereal tumbles out of the box. tumble out of my hand, say this sentence:
Now the cereal is on the floor! “The pencil did not tumble out of your hand.”
2. En español, to tumble out of quiere decir “salir (Have the pencil tumble twice and not tumble
o caer de otro lugar.” Imagina que dejas caer once.) Now you take a turn. Hold something
una caja abierta de cereal. Todo el cereal sale in your hand. We will say a sentence to tell if
de la caja. ¡Ahora el cereal está regado por el it tumbled out of your hand.
suelo!. 5. What can tumble out of something? We will
3. This picture demonstrates the words tumbled take turns completing this sentence to tell
out of. Do you see this bushel of apples? It has what tumbled out: The tumbled
fallen over. Some of the apples have tumbled out of the .
out of the bushel. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
tumbled out of, tumbled out of, tumbled
out of.

Word 2 drive down the street


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the words drive down the 4. We are at school. I will name a place. If we
street to tell where someone is driving in a car. could drive down the street to get to that
Say it with me: drive down the street. Suppose place, make believe you are driving and say
I am at home. I want to go to the grocery this sentence: “Let’s go! We can drive down
store. It is too far to walk. I want to take the street.” If we could not drive there, say
my car. I get into my car and drive down the this sentence: “We cannot drive down the
street. I drive to the grocery store. street.”
2. En español, to drive down the street quiere your house
decir “manejar por la calle.” Digamos que the moon
estoy en mi casa. Quiero ir al supermercado. the library
Como queda lejos, me voy en coche. Me subo the nearest city or town
al coche y manejo por la calle. Manejo hacia el across the ocean
supermercado. your friend’s house
3. This picture demonstrates the words drive 5. Now complete this sentence: People drive
down the street. Look at all these cars. They down the street when .
are on the street. People are driving the cars. We will take turns. I will go first: People drive
The people drive the cars down the street. The down the street when it is raining outside.
people drive from one place to another place. Now you complete the sentence. Make sure
your sentence is different from mine!
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: drive
down the street, drive down the street, drive
down the street.

8
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Dynamic Graphics/PunchStock. (b) © TongRo Image Stock/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 slump down
Unit 1 Week 1 First Day Jitters

Word 4 tunnel down


Word 3 slump down
TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
1. In English, we use the words slump down to 4. Sit with a partner. I am going to touch one
describe a special way we sit or stand. Say it partner on the shoulder. If I touch you, slump
with me: slump down. When we slump down, down. We will complete these sentences:
we are not sitting up or standing up straight. slumps down.
If I slump down in my chair, I look like this. sits up straight.
(Demonstrate.) If I slump down when I am (Continue with different partners.)
standing, I look like this. (Demonstrate.) 5. Everyone stand up straight. If I say, “Slump
2. En español, to slump down quiere decir “estar down,” slump down. If I say, “Stand up
sentado o parado con postura floja, no recta.” straight,” do not slump down. (Repeat a few
No estamos ni sentados ni parados bien. times.) Now you take a turn. Tell us to slump
Si me siento con postura floja, así me veo. down or to stand up straight.
(Demiéstreto.) Si me paro con postura floja, así 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: slump
me veo. down, slump down, slump down.
3. This picture demonstrates the words slump
down. This boy slumps down in the chair. He
does not sit up straight. I think he is tired. I
slump down when I am tired. Or maybe he is
sad. I slump down when I am sad, too.

Word 4 tunnel down


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the words tunnel down 4. Why do you think ants tunnel down in the
when we mean someone is digging a hole ground? Tell your partner. (Ask partners to
down into the ground. Say it with me: tunnel share their responses.)
down. My dog tunnels down when she digs 5. Pretend you are an animal that tunnels down
holes in my yard. She makes a tunnel down into the ground. Tell your partner what kind
into the ground. of animal you are and what you are doing.
2. En español, to tunnel down quiere decir “cavar Use the phrase tunnel down. (Ask partners
un hoyo.” Mi perro cava hoyos en el jardín. to share their responses. Responses include
Sigue cavando hasta que hace un túnel. snake, woodchuck, chipmunk, mouse.)
3. This picture demonstrates the words tunnel 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: tunnel
down. These are ants. The ants dig tunnels in down, tunnel down, tunnel down.
the sand. (Point to each tunnel.) Here is one
tunnel. Here is another. The tunnels go down
deep into the sand. The ants tunnel down
deep into the sand.

10
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Big Cheese Photo/PunchStock. (b) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 1 Week 1
bedroom, doorway, window,
First Day Jitters
shade, kitchen, bathroom

bedroom doorway window

shade kitchen bathroom

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
11
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Arthur S. Aubry/Getty Images. (tc) © Jupiterimages/BananaStock/Alamy Images. (tr) © Philip Coblentz/Brand X Pictures/Picture Quest.
(bl) © Richard Leo Johnson/Beateworks/Corbis. (bm) © Ken Skalski/Corbis/Corbis. (br) © Nancy R. Cohen/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 auditions
Unit 1 Week 2 Amazing Grace

Word 2 adventure
Key Vocabulary Word 1 auditions
Unit 1 Week 2 Amazing Grace

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is auditions. Say it the word auditions. (Point to the boy playing
with me: auditions. You go to auditions to his guitar.) This boy sings and plays his guitar
show people what you can do. Some people at auditions. The boy shows how well he sings
go to auditions for a play or a show. They and plays his guitar. If the boy does well at
sing, dance, or play musical instruments at the the auditions, he can sing in the show.
auditions. 5. Make believe you and your partner are the
2. En español, auditions quiere decir “una boy in the picture and a friend. Ask and
prueba para demostrar lo que uno puede answer questions to tell where you are and
hacer, audición.”Algunas personas van what you are doing. Use auditions in your
a audiciones para obras de teatro o questions and answers.
espectáculos. Cantan, bailan o tocan 6. Pretend you are at auditions. Act out what
instrumentos en las audiciones. you would do. Your partner can guess what
3. Audition in English and audición in Spanish you are doing and then complete these
are cognates. They sound almost the same sentence frames: My friend is at the auditions.
and mean the same thing in both languages. He/She .
7. Now let’s say auditions together three more
times: auditions, auditions, auditions.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 adventure


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is adventure. the word adventure. (Point to the family
Say it with me: adventure. An adventure is hiking in the field.) This family is on an
something you do that is fun or exciting. adventure. The people are hiking in the
When you climb to the top of a mountain, woods. Do you see their backpacks?
you go on an adventure. It is exciting because Everything they need is in their backpacks.
you do not know what you might see. A trip They are going to sleep in the woods. For me,
to a big city can be an adventure, too. You do sleeping in the woods is an adventure!
many fun and exciting activities in the city. 5. What makes a hike in the woods an
2. En español, adventure quiere decir “una adventure? Is it an adventure you would like
actividad divertida, emocionante o riesgosa.” to have? Why or why not? (You might see
Una aventura es emocionante porque uno no animals or plants. You might have a good
sabe qué verá. Escalar una montaña es una time. You might learn something new.)
aventura. Es emocionante porque no sabes 6. First tell your partner about an adventure you
qué verás cuando llegues a la cima. had. Then tell about an adventure you want
3. Adventure in English and aventura in Spanish to have.
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say adventure together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: adventure, adventure, adventure.

14
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Terry Vine/Blend Images/PunchStock. (b) © Corbis/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 exploring
Unit 1 Week 2 Amazing Grace

Word 4 sparkling
Key Vocabulary Word 3 exploring
Unit 1 Week 2 Amazing Grace

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is exploring. the word exploring. (Point to the people
Say it with me: exploring. Exploring means exploring the ocean.) The people are
“looking at something closely to learn more exploring the ocean. They are looking at
about it.” If you are exploring the park, you plants and animals that live in the ocean. The
are walking around and looking at everything people want to learn about the plants and
you see. You learn lots of things about the animals that live there.
park. 5. Let’s explore this book. (Display a book for
2. En español, to explore quiere decir “observar o students to explore.) We will look carefully at
examinar algo cuidadosamente para aprender the book to learn what it is about. What is the
más, explorar.” Si estás explorando un parque, name of the book? What else did you learn
observas todo lo que hay en el parque cuando when you were exploring the book?
caminas por él. Aprenderás mucho sobre el 6. Find something in our room to explore. Spend
parque si lo exploras. a few minutes exploring that thing. Now tell
3. To explore in English and explorar in Spanish what you learned, but don’t tell what you
are cognates. They sound almost the same explored. We will guess what you explored.
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say exploring together three more
times: exploring, exploring, exploring.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 sparkling


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. What things would you use the word sparkling
1. Another word in the selection is sparkling. Say to tell about? Why are they sparkling things?
it with me: sparkling. If something is sparkling (Examples include: lights, stars, glitter, water
it is very shiny or glowing. Sometimes we see or raindrops, snowflakes, jewelry)
sparkling stars in the sky at night. My cat has 5. Imagine that you had to draw a picture to
sparkling eyes at night, too. His eyes shine show what sparkling means. What would you
brightly. draw? Why? Tell your partner.
2. En español, sparkling quiere decir “muy 6. Now let’s say sparkling together three more
brillante, resplandeciente, centelleante.” A times: sparkling, sparkling, sparkling.
veces vemos estrellas brillantes de noche en el
cielo. Mi gato tiene ojos brillantes.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word sparkling. (Point to the shoes.) These
are sparkling shoes. They are very shiny. Do
you see the sparkling red sequins? They are
like the sparkling stars in the sky at night.
Both the sparkling sequins and the sparkling
stars shine.

16
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stephen Frink/Photographer’s Choice/PunchStock. (b) © Image Source/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 fantastic
Unit 1 Week 2 Amazing Grace

Word 6 success
Key Vocabulary Word 5 fantastic
Unit 1 Week 2 Amazing Grace

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is fantastic. the word fantastic. (Point to the hot air
Say it with me: fantastic. Fantastic means balloons.) I think that this is a fantastic
“great, unbelievable, or amazing.” Once picture. Do you see all the balloons? The
I saw the most beautiful rainbow in the balloons are fantastic. They are so colorful
sky. The rainbow was fantastic. Another and pretty. What a fantastic sight to see so
time I watched a really exciting basketball many balloons flying in the sky! Wow!
game. The game was fantastic. When I see 5. Look at the picture with your partner. Do you
something fantastic, I always say, “Wow!” think it would be fantastic to be flying in one
2. En español, fantastic quiere decir “grandioso, of these balloons? Why or why not?
increíble, mágico, fantástico.”Hace unos 6. Tell your partner about something you think is
días ví el arco iris más hermoso que he visto fantastic. What makes that thing so fantastic?
en mi vida . El arco iris era fantástico. En 7. Now let’s say fantastic together three more
otra ocasión me ví un partido de baloncesto times: fantastic, fantastic, fantastic.
realmente emocionante. Fue un partido
fantástico.
3. Fantastic in English and fantástico in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 success


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is success. Say the word success. (Point to the girls with
it with me: success. You have success when the trophy.) These girls are happy. They
you work hard at something, and then you do are holding a trophy. I think they just won
it well. When you work hard in school and do a soccer game. They played well and had
well, you have success. Success can be good success. Now they are celebrating their
grades, learning something new, or winning success.
a game. 4. Let’s make believe that we are the team in
2. En español, success quiere decir “éxito.” the picture. We have just won a big game.
Tienes éxito cuando trabajas bastante por Show me what you might do to celebrate our
lograr algo y lo haces bien. Tienes éxito success. (hold thumbs up, pump fists, clap
cuando estudias mucho en la escuela y te hands, jump up and down)
va bien. El éxito puede ser lograr buenas 5. I feel fantastic when I have success. Show me
calificaciones en la escuela, aprender algo how you feel and what you do when you have
nuevo o ganar un partido. success.
6. Now let’s say success together three more
times: success, success, success.

18
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Dynamic Graphics Group/PunchStock. (b) © Thomas Barwick/Photodisc/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 after it was all over
Unit 1 Week 2 Amazing Grace

Word 2 still going on


Word 1 after it was all over
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the words after it was all 4. I will say some sentences. You tell me what
over to tell what happened after something happened first. Then tell what happened after
was finished or something stopped it was all over.
happening. Say it with me: after it was I watched a show on TV. After it was all over, I
all over. Pretend you went to see a movie went to bed.
yesterday. First you watched the movie. After It rained and rained. After it was all over, we
it was all over, you stood up and walked out splashed in puddles.
of the movie theater.
5. I will tell you about something. Pretend it
2. En español, after it was all over quiere decir happened. What happened after it was all
“cuando algo terminó.” Imagina que ayer over?
fuiste al cine. Primero viste la película. Cuando
terminó la película, te pusiste de pie y saliste It snowed all day. After it was all over,
del cine. .
We had a fire drill. After it was all over,
3. This picture demonstrates the words after .
it was all over. There was a big storm. This Your team played a big game. After it was all
picture shows what a neighborhood looked over, .
like after it was all over. Look at the wood
on the ground. The wood used to be houses. 6. Repeat the phrasethree times with me: after it
Before the storm, the neighborhood was okay. was all over, after it was all over, after it was
Then the storm came. After it was all over, the all over.
neighborhood was a mess!

Word 2 still going on


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the words still going on 4. Tell your partner what happens when a
when something is happening right now. Say tornado is still going on. Then tell what
it with me: still going on. Imagine it started to happens after it is all over.
rain yesterday. It has not stopped. It is raining When the tornado is still going on,
today. We say that the rain is still going on. .
2. En español, still going on quiere decir “sigue o After the tornado is over, .
continúa todavía.” Imagina que ayer empezó 5. Think of something that is still going on. Tell
a llover. No ha parado. Hoy está lloviendo. your partner. That tell your partner what will
Decimos que la lluvia continúa todavía. happen after it is over.
3. This picture demonstrates the words still going 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: still
on. This is a tornado. The tornado is still going going on, still going on, still going on.
on. It has not stopped yet. The tornado is
happening right now.

20
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © D. Falconer/PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Warren Faidley/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 most of all
Unit 1 Week 2 Amazing Grace

Word 4 when it was time


Word 3 most of all
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the words most of all to tell 4. What kind of fruit do you like most of all?
what we like or do more than anything else. Complete this sentence to tell me:
Say it with me: most of all. Suppose you like all I like fruit. I like most of all.
pets, but you really, really like dogs. You like 5. I will name a group of things. Tell me which
dogs more than any other pet. You like dogs thing in the group you like most of all.
most of all. Complete this sentence:
2. En español, most of all quiere decir “sobre I like most of all.
todo.” Digamos que te gustan todos los math, reading, recess
animales, pero adoras a los perros. Te gustan football, baseball, basketball
los perros sobre todos los animales. Te gustan TV shows, movies, video games
los perros más que cualquier otro animal. hot dogs, hamburgers, pizza
3. This picture demonstrates the words most of 6. Repeat the words three times with me: most
all. The picture shows a fruit and vegetable of all, most of all, most of all.
stall. All of the fruits and vegetables are fresh.
We like canned fruits and vegetables, but we
like fresh fruits and vegetables most of all.

Word 4 when it was time


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the words when it was time 4. I will name some things we did yesterday. You
to tell when we had to do something. Say tell me how you knew when it was time to do
it with me: when it was time. This morning them.
when it was time for you to go to school, you I knew when it was time to start school
left your house. You came to school. When it because .
was time for school to begin, you came inside I knew when it was time to eat lunch because
and sat down. .
2. En español, when it was time quiere decir “a la I knew when it was time to leave school
hora.” Esta mañana a la hora de ir a la escuela, because .
saliste de tu casa. Llegaste a la escuela. A la 5. I will name some things we do each day. Tell
hora de empezar las clases, entraste al salón y me what you did yesterday.
tomaste tu asiento.
When it was time to go to bed, I
3. This picture demonstrates the words when it .
was time. This is an alarm clock. When it was When it was time for recess, I .
time for the girl to get up, the alarm clock When it was time for supper, I .
started to ring. That’s how the girl knew when
it was time to get up. 6. Repeat the words three times with me: when
it was time, when it was time, when it was
time.

22
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Ingram Publishing/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 1 Week 2
play, theater, tickets,
Amazing Grace
ballet, ballerina, movie

play theater tickets

ballet ballerina movie

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
23
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © UpperCut Images/Alamy Images. (tc) © numb/Alamy Images. (tr) © Brand X Pictures/Punchstock.
(bl) © Terry Vine/Blend Images/Getty Images. (bm) © IMAGEMORE Co., Ltd./Getty Images. (br) © Michael Edwards/Stone/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 donate
Unit 1 Week 3 Earth Smart

Word 2 unaware
Key Vocabulary Word 1 donate
Unit 1 Week 3 Earth Smart

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. The boy is donating money. Talk to your
1. One word in the selection is donate. Say partner about what that money might be for.
it with me: donate. When you donate (Examples include: animal shelter, food pantry,
something, you give it to someone who needs school, charity)
it. Some people donate food to people who 6. What can you donate? Where can you donate
are hungry. Other people donate money to it? Complete this sentence frame: I can
people who don’t have enough. You can even donate to
donate time. because .
2. En español, to donate quiere decir “dar 7. Now let’s say donate together three more
algo que te pertenece a otra persona que lo times: donate, donate, donate.
necesita, donar.” Hay personas que donan
comida a los hambrientos. Otras donan dinero
a los pobres.
3. To donate in English and donar in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word donate. (Point to the boy putting
money into the giving jar.) This boy wants to
donate money. He is putting money into a jar.
Do you see this word? It is Giving. Remember
that donate means “to give.”

Key Vocabulary Word 2 unaware


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Close your eyes. I have something in my hand.
1. Another word in the selection is unaware. Are you aware or unaware of what is in my
Say it with me: unaware. If you are unaware hand? (unaware) Now open your eyes. Are you
of something, you don’t know about it. I am still unaware of what is in my hand? Why not?
unaware of what the students are doing in (You can see it so you know what it is.)
the classroom next to ours. I don’t know what 5. Work with a partner. Hold something or do
they are doing. something that your partner is unaware of.
2. En español, unaware quiere decir “no estar Why is your partner unaware? What can you
enterado.” Si uno no está enterado de algo, do to make your partner aware?
no lo sabe . Por ejemplo, yo no estoy enterado 6. Now let’s say unaware together three more
de lo que hacen los estudiantes en la clase al times: unaware, unaware, unaware.
lado de la nuestra. No sé qué hacen.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word unaware. (Point to the boy who is
about to be tapped.) This boy is unaware that
a boy will tap him. The boy does not know he
will be tapped. The teacher is unaware, too!

26
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages. (b) © JUPITERIMAGES/ BananaStock/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 members
Unit 1 Week 3 Earth Smart

Word 4 contribute
Key Vocabulary Word 3 members
Unit 1 Week 3 Earth Smart

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is members. the word members. (Point to the students on
Say it with me: members. Members are people the soccer team.) These students are members
who are part of a group. We are all members of a soccer team. They play soccer together.
of this class. Some of you are members of 5. I’ll name a group. Stand up if you are a
a sports team, too. Members of a group do member of the group. (Name these groups:
things together, like study, play sports, or boys, girls, wearing blue, like to read, play
help out. a sport.)
2. En español, members quiere decir “las 6. Get into groups of three. Now you are
personas que pertenecen a un grupo, members of a group. Act out something that
miembros.” Todos nosotros somos miembros the members of your group like to do. We
de esta clase. Algunos de ustedes son will guess what it is. We will complete this
miembros de un equipo también. sentence frame: The members of this group
3. Members in English and miembros in Spanish like to .
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say members together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: members, members, members.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 contribute


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is contribute. the word contribute. (Point to the people
Say it with me: contribute. Contribute means working together to build a house.) These
almost the same as donate. Contribute means people are working together to build a house.
“to work together to give or to help out.” They all contribute to the house-building
When we work together on a project, we all project. The people contribute their time.
contribute to the project. When you play on a Other people contribute wood, nails, and
sports team, you contribute to your team. hammers, too!
2. En español, to contribute quiere decir 5. I want to make a new class list. You can
“trabajar con otros donando dinero o ayuda, contribute to my list by writing your name.
contribuir.” Cuando trabajamos juntos en un I will start. (Write your name.) Now you can
proyecto, todos contribuimos al proyecto. contribute. Write your name on my list. You
all contributed. You helped me make my list.
3. To contribute in English and contribuir in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same and 6. Imagine you are contributing to a family
mean the same thing in both languages. whose home was destroyed by a storm. What
do you contribute? Act it out. We will guess
what you contribute. Here’s what I contribute.
(Act out taking cans of food off a shelf and
putting them in a bag.) I contribute to the
family by collecting a bag of canned food for
them.
7. Now let’s say contribute together three more
times: contribute, contribute, contribute.

28
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Purestock/PunchStock. (b) © Ron Sherman/Stone/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 tackle a project
Unit 1 Week 3 Earth Smart

Word 2 spend part of a day


Word 1 tackle a project
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase tackle a project 4. I will name some projects. For each project,
to tell about hard work we need to do. Say it say this sentence: “I will tackle the project.”
with me: tackle a project. Suppose that you Then show me what you will do.
and your family want to paint your room. That wash the floors
is a big project. You know it’s a lot of work, paint the room
but you want to tackle the project. You tackle rake some leaves
the project. You paint your room. erase the boards
2. En español, to tackle a project quiere decir 5. Think of a project you tackled. Tell me about
“emprender una tarea difícil.” Digamos que the project. Start like this: I tackled a project.
tu familia y tú quieren pintar tu cuarto. Ésa The project I tackled was .
es una tarea grande. Es mucho trabajo, pero Then tell me about a project you want
hay que hacerlo. Emprenden todos juntos el to tackle.
trabajo. Se ponen a pintar.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: tackle
3. This picture demonstrates the words tackle a a project, tackle a project, tackle a project.
project. These boys have to do some work for
school. They have a big project. They know
they have to tackle the project. They work on
it. Soon they will finish the project.

Word 2 spend part of a day


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase spend part of a 4. I am going to pretend that I spend part of a
day to tell about something we do during a day doing something. Watch what I do. Then
day. Say it with me: spend part of a day. We complete this sentence:
spend part of a day at school. We spend part You spend part of a day .
of a day at home, too. (Act out the following: driving a car, reading
2. En español, to spend part of a day quiere decir a book, eating, sleeping.) Now you show and
“pasar parte del día.” Pasamos parte del día tell me what you spend part of a day doing.
en la escuela. Otra parte la pasamos en casa. 5. I will name some things. If you spend part of a
3. This picture demonstrates the words spend day doing each thing, stand up and complete
part of a day. These boys are playing soccer. this sentence:
They do not play soccer all day. They only play I spend part of a day .
for about an hour or two. They spend part of going to school
a day playing soccer. driving a car
flying in a space shuttle
playing sports
reading
eating
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: spend
part of a day, spend part of a day, spend part
of a day.

30
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ed-Imaging/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © BananaStock/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 get an A
Unit 1 Week 3 Earth Smart

Word 4 have off from


Word 3 get an A
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase get an A to tell 4. What do you need to do if you want to get
when we get a good grade at school. Say it an A on a test? Tell me all the things you do. I
with me: get an A. If you take a test and get will list your responses. Then we can complete
an A, you did really well on the test. You knew this sentence for each response: If I want to
a lot of the answers. get an A on a test, I have to .
2. En español, to get an A quiere decir “sacar 5. Sometimes people say that you get an A for
una buena nota.” Si tomas un examen y sacas effort. That means you try really hard. What
una A, significa que obtuviste la mejor nota else can you get an A for?
posible. Acertaste casi todas las preguntas en 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: get an
el examen. A, get an A, get an A.
3. This picture demonstrates the words get an
A. This boy is really happy. That’s because he
took a big test and he got an A on the test. He
studied hard, and he did a good job. He got an
A.

Word 4 have off from


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the phrase have off from 4. Sometimes we have a week off from school
to tell when we do not have to do something for vacation. Tell your partner what you do
that we usually have to do. Say it with me: when you have a week off from school. Use
have off from. We have time off from school this sentence frame: When I have a week off
every weekend. We do not have to go to from school, I .
school on the weekend. 5. Sometimes we have days off from school. Why
2. En español, to have off from quiere decir do we have days off from school? (Responses
“tomarse un tiempo libre de una obligación include weekends, vacations, holidays, or
cotidiana.” Cada fin de semana nos tomamos snow days.) What else do people have time
un tiempo libre de estudiar. No tenemos que off from? Tell your partner. (Responses include
asistir a la escuela durante el fin de semana. work, chores, doing homework, or playing
3. This picture demonstrates the words have off sports.)
from. These children are leaving school. They 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: have
are happy. Usually they have to stay in school off from, have off from, have off from.
until 3:00. Today they have the afternoon off
from school. They can go home early.

32
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis/PunchStock. (b) © Blend Images/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 1 Week 3
solar power, solar panel, trash,
Earth Smart
compost, sunlight, cleanup

solar power solar panel trash

compost sunlight cleanup

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
33
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Kevin Burke/Corbis/Corbis. (tc) © Russell Illig/Photodisc/ Getty Images. (tr) © S. Meltzer/PhotoLink/Getty Images.
(bl) © Organics image library / Alamy. (bm) © Image Plan/Corbis. (br) © David Young-Wolff/PhotoEdit.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 passion
Unit 1 Week 4 Wolf!

Word 2 bothering
Key Vocabulary Word 1 passion
Unit 1 Week 4 Wolf!

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Imagine that your partner is the girl in the
1. One word in the selection is passion. Say it picture. Ask your partner questions about
with me: passion. Passion is a strong feeling. If her passion. Use the word passion in your
you have a passion for something, you really questions and answers.
like it a lot. Some people have a passion for 6. What do you have a passion for? Tell your
music. They love to listen to music or to play a partner what your passion is and why you
musical instrument. have it.
2. En español, passion quiere decir “gusto 7. Now let’s say passion together three more
muy fuerte por algo o alguien, pasión.” Hay times: passion, passion, passion.
personas que sienten pasión por la música. Les
gusta muchísimo escuchar música o tocar un
instrumento.
3. Passion in English and pasión in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word passion. (Point to the girl playing the
piano.) This girl has a passion for the piano.
She loves to play the piano. She practices
every day and tries to do her best.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 bothering


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is bothering. the word bothering. (Point to the boy and the
Say it with me: bothering. Bothering means girl.) This boy is bothering this girl. Do you see
“annoying or disturbing.” If something is how he is poking her? She does not like that.
bothering you, you don’t like it. Imagine that Look at the girl’s face. She looks upset, or
I am eating outside. Flies are flying around my bothered. That’s how I know that the boy is
food. The flies are bothering me. I don’t like bothering her.
flies near my food. 4. Imagine that you are the girl in the picture.
2. En español, to bother quiere decir “molestar, You want the boy to stop bothering you.
fastidiar.” Si algo te molesta, no te gusta y te What would you say? What would you do?
hace sentir incómodo o te enoja. Imaginen Tell your partner. Make sure to use the word
que estoy comiendo afuera. Hay moscas bothering.
volando alrededor de mi comida. Las moscas 5. What are some things that bother you? Tell
me están molestando. No me gusta que las your partner what bothers you and why.
moscas se acerquen a mi comida. 6. Now let’s say bothering together three more
times: bothering, bothering, bothering.

36
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Asia Images Group/Getty Images. (b) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 admire
Unit 1 Week 4 Wolf!

Word 4 concentrate
Key Vocabulary Word 3 admire
Unit 1 Week 4 Wolf!

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. What do you admire in our room? Stand by
1. Another word in the selection is admire. Say it the thing you admire. Then complete this
with me: admire. Admire means “to like a lot sentence frame to tell why you admire it: I
something you see.” If you admire a picture admire because .
that your friend draws, you really like it a lot. 6. Show me how you look or what you do when
2. En español, to admire quiere decir “mirar algo you see something that you admire. Now
con gusto o encanto; admirar.” Si admiras el show me how you look or what you do when
cuadro que pintó tu amigo, te gusta mucho o you see something that you do not admire.
te encanta su cuadro. 7. Now let’s say admire together three more
3. To admire in English and admirar in Spanish times: admire, admire, admire.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word admire. (Point to the dad admiring
his son.) This father admires his son. He is
smiling down at his son in a loving way. The
father is probably thinking, “I admire my son.
He is such a good boy.”

Key Vocabulary Word 4 concentrate


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is concentrate. the word concentrate. (Point to the girl who
Say it with me: concentrate. Concentrate is reading.) This girl concentrates on her book.
means “to pay attention to or think about.” She is paying attention to what she is reading.
When you concentrate on what you are doing, She is not thinking about anything else.
you pay attention to it. You think a lot about 5. Walk around the room. When I clap my hands,
what you are doing. stop and concentrate on something near
2. En español, to concentrate quiere decir you. Now, complete the sentence frame: I
“prestar atención o pensar en algo, concentrate on .
concentrar.” Cuando te concentras en lo que 6. (Ask one volunteer to concentrate on a
estás haciendo, le prestas toda tu atención book. Ask another to hold a book but
a tu actividad y piensas mucho sobre lo que instead of reading, to look around.) Who
estás haciendo. is concentrating on the book? Who is not
3. To concentrate in English and concentrar concentrating? How do you know?
in Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 7. Now let’s say concentrate together three more
the same and mean the same thing in both times: concentrate, concentrate, concentrate.
languages.

38
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Todd Wright/Blend Images/Getty Images. (b) © Andersen Ross/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 ached
Unit 1 Week 4 Wolf!

Word 6 splendid
Key Vocabulary Word 5 ached
Unit 1 Week 4 Wolf!

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Name parts of your body that could ache.
1. Another word in the selection is ached. Say it Complete this sentence frame: Sometimes my
with me: ached. Ached means “hurt or was aches.
painful.” If you had a headache, your head 5. Tell your partner about a time when a part
ached, or hurt. You had a pain in your head. of your body ached. What ached? Why did
2. En español, to ache quiere decir “doler, causar it ache? What did you do to make it stop
dolor.” Si tienes dolor de cabeza, la cabeza te aching?
duele. 6. Now let’s say ached together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: ached, ached, ached.
the word ached. (Point to the dancer’s ankle.)
This dancer hurt her ankle. That’s why her
ankle ached. Now she is wrapping a bandage
around her ankle. After that, she hopes her
ankle will not ache.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 splendid


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 5. You could see a sandcastle and the ocean
1. Another word in the selection is splendid. when you are outside on the beach. What
Say it with me: splendid. Splendid means other splendid things could you see outside?
“wonderful or beautiful.” Imagine you are (Examples include: flowers, sunset, deer,
standing on top of a mountain on a splendid, birds, lake)
or beautiful, day. You would have a splendid, 6. Tell your partner about something splendid
or wonderful, view. you have seen. Why do you think that thing
2. En español, splendid quiere decir “fabuloso, is splendid?
hermoso, bello, espléndido.” Imaginen que 7. Now let’s say splendid together three more
están en la cima de una montaña un día times: splendid, splendid, splendid.
espléndido o hermoso. La vista de la montaña
también es espléndida.
3. Splendid in English and espléndido in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word splendid. (Point to the sandcastle.)
This is a splendid sandcastle. It is beautiful. Do
you see all the wonderful towers? I think this
is a splendid picture, too. I like the splendid
view of the ocean behind the sandcastle.

40
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © STOCK4B/Getty Images. (b) © Peter Gridley/Taxi/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 my eyes are playing tricks
Unit 1 Week 4 Wolf!

Word 2 strange
Word 1 my eyes are playing tricks
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase my eyes are 4. I will name some things. Pretend you see each
playing tricks when we are surprised at what thing. What do you think? If you think your
we see. Say it with me: my eyes are playing eyes are playing tricks on you, rub your eyes
tricks. Do you ever see something that really and say: “My eyes are playing tricks on me!”
surprises you? You are not sure that what you an elephant in the classroom
are seeing is really there. Then you say that books in our library
your eyes are playing tricks on you. snow in July
2. En español, my eyes are playing tricks quiere a horse at a farm
decir “mis ojos me engañan.” Cuando alguien 5. Do your eyes play tricks on you? Imagine your
dice “mis ojos me engañan” quiere decir que eyes are playing tricks on you right now. What
ve algo sorprendente. ¿Alguna vez has visto do you see? Tell us: My eyes are playing tricks
algo que te sorprende? No estás seguro de lo on me. I see .
que ves. Es entonces cuando dices que tus ojos
te engañan. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: my
eyes are playing tricks, my eyes are playing
3. This picture demonstrates the words my eyes tricks, my eyes are playing tricks.
are playing tricks. Do you see the green snake?
It is green, just like the plant. It is hard to see.
If I see something like this outside, I look one
time. Then I look again. I cannot believe what
I see! I think my eyes are playing tricks on me.
But, no! There really is a snake in the leaves
on the plant.

Word 2 strange
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the word strange to tell 4. I will name two things. Tell me which of the
about something that is unusual, or out of two things is strange.
place. Say it with me: strange. We do not a tree with apples on it; a tree with bows on
expect to see it. In fact, when I see something the branches
really strange, I wonder if my eyes are playing a cat with clothes on; a black-and-white cat
tricks on me! a spaceship in your backyard; a squirrel on the
2. En español, strange quiere decir “raro, fuera grass
de lugar.” Es algo inesperado. De hecho, a teacher at school; a clown at school
cuando veo algo fuera de lugar, ¡pienso que 5. Did you ever see something really strange?
mis ojos me engañan! It was so strange that you thought your eyes
3. This picture demonstrates the word strange. were playing tricks on you. Tell us what you
These large stones are just standing in the saw. Use the word strange.
middle of this field. How did they get there? 6. Repeat the word three times with me: strange,
What do they mean? It is strange to see these strange, strange.
big stones.

42
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Peter Adams/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 to read with confidence
Unit 1 Week 4 Wolf!

Word 4 outside
Word 3 to read with confidence
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the words to read with 4. Find a book in our room that you can read
confidence to tell about someone who reads with confidence. Show the book to your
really well. Say it with me: to read with partner. Tell why you can read that book with
confidence.When I read with confidence, I confidence.
understand what I read. I like reading it, too. I 5. How do you think someone learns to read
know that I am doing a good job reading. with confidence? Tell your partner.
2. En español, to read with confidence quiere 6. Repeat the words three times with me: to read
decir “leer con seguridad, con confianza en sí with confidence, to read with confidence, to
mismo.” Si yo leo con seguridad, comprendo read with confidence.
lo que leo. Me gusta lo que leo. Estoy
conciente de que estoy leyendo bien.
3. This picture demonstrates the words to read
with confidence. This girl is reading with
confidence. Do you see her smile? She is proud
of herself because she is reading so well. I
think she likes reading, too.

Word 4 outside
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the word outside to tell 4. I will name some things. Tell me whether
when we are not inside. Say it with me: you would see each thing inside the school,
outside. Right now we are inside the school. outside the school, or both inside and outside
Let’s look out the window. What do you the school: trees, desk, squirrel, grass, car,
see outside? I see trees and cars outside the teacher, floor, blackboard, playground, clouds.
school. 5. Let’s make a big circle. I will stand outside
2. En español, outside quiere decir “afuera, no the circle. If I say your name, stand outside
adentro.” En este momento estamos adentro the circle with me. Say this sentence: “I stand
de la escuela. Vamos a mirar por la ventana. outside the circle.” (Name a few children.) Now
¿Qué hay afuera? Yo veo árboles y coches if I say your name, stand inside the circle. Who
afuera. is outside the circle? Who is inside the circle?
3. This picture demonstrates the word outside. 6. Repeat the word three times with me: outside,
These cows are outside the barn. At night, outside, outside.
they might be inside the barn. Right now,
though, they are outside. You can see the
barn behind them.

44
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Blend Images/PunchStock. (b) © Creatas Images/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 1 Week 4
word, story, public library,
Wolf!
bookshop, school, class

word story public library

bookshop school class

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
45
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Dynamic Graphics/Jupiterimages. (tc) © Lawrence Migdale Photography. (tr) © Comstock/PictureQuest.
(bl) © Yellow Dog Productions/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (bm) © Charles Shoffner/Index Stock Imagery. (br) © Jeff Cadge/Photographer’s Choice/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 separate
Unit 1 Week 5 My Very Own Room

Word 2 determination
Key Vocabulary Word 1 separate
Unit 1 Week 5 My Very Own Room

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s stand together in one group. Now we
1. One word in the selection is separate. Say it will separate ourselves into two groups. One
with me: separate. To separate means “to take group will stand in this corner, and the other
or split apart.” (Hold up your hand with your group will stand in that corner. Now let’s
fingers separated.) I can separate the fingers separate again. Each of our two groups will
on my hand. Do you see the space between separate into two more groups. How many
them? They are not together. groups do we have? (4) Now we can have a
group stand in each corner!
2. En español, to separate quiere decir “apartar,
dividir, abrir el espacio entre una cosa y otra, 6. (Provide a set of crayons, with several crayons
separar.” Puedo separar los dedos de mi mano. in each color.) Here are some crayons. Let’s
¿Ven el espacio que hay entre ellos? No están separate them into groups by color. Put every
juntos. color in a different group. How many groups
of crayons did we separate the crayons into?
3. To separate in English and separar in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say separate together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: separate, separate, separate.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word separate. (Point to two halves of a
sandwich.) I can separate a sandwich into two
halves, like this sandwich. I use a knife to cut
the sandwich apart into two pieces.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 determination


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is the word determination. (Point to the
determination. Say it with me: determination. girl practicing the piano.) This girl has
When you have determination, you really determination. She wants to learn to play
want to do something. You work hard until a song on the piano. She practices and
you can do it. Do you remember when practices. Because she has determination, she
you learned to ride a bike? You probably learns to play the song.
really wanted to ride your bike. You had 4. Talk to your partner about determination.
determination. You kept trying until you How do you think determination helps people
could ride. learn to do new things? (If someone has
2. En español, determination quiere decir determination, he or she will work really hard
“el ánimo de llevar a cabo algo que se to learn something.)
ha decidido, resolución.” Cuando tienes 5. When do you have determination? What does
resolución, trabajas hasta conseguir lo que your determination help you do? Tell your
quieres. ¿Recuerdan cuando aprendieron a partner.
montar la bicicleta? Si trataron y trataron 6. Now let’s say determination together three
de montar hasta que lo lograron, mostraron more times: determination, determination,
resolución. determination.

48
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Brand X Pictures/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 storage
Unit 1 Week 5 My Very Own Room

Word 4 exact
Key Vocabulary Word 3 storage
Unit 1 Week 5 My Very Own Room

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Look in your desk (or locker or bin or
1. Another word in the selection is storage. Say backpack). What is your desk a storage place
it with me: storage. A storage place is a place for? Is it an important storage place? Why or
where you store, or keep, things. A closet is why not?
a storage place. We can store, or keep, our 5. Let’s find other storage places in our
clothes in a closet. Drawers are storage places, classroom. Walk to a storage area. (Have
too. I have a storage room in my house. I keep students go to different places.) What do we
things I am not using in the storage room. store in the storage place that you found?
2. En español, storage quiere decir “un lugar 6. Now let’s say storage together three more
para guardar cosas.” Un armario es un lugar times: storage, storage, storage.
donde guardas cosas. Allí guardas tu ropa. Los
cajones también son sitios para guardar cosas.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word storage. (Point to the books stored
on the shelves in the library.) A library is a
storage place for books. We store, or keep,
books in the library. Do you see all the books
on the shelves? The shelves in the library are
storage places for books.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 exact


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is exact. Say the word exact. (Point to the boy who is
it with me: exact. Exact means “perfect or measuring with a ruler.) This boy wants to
correct.” Suppose you want to buy something take an exact measurement of the box shown
that costs 55 cents. You have two quarters and on the paper. The other boy will write down
a nickel. That is exactly 55 cents, so you have the exact measurement.
the exact amount of money you need. 5. I will do something. Then you will do the
2. En español, exact quiere decir “perfecto exact thing that I did. (Write the letters: A A
o correcto, exacto.” Digamos que quieren B A C.) Make an exact copy. Write the letters
comprar algo que cuesta 55 centavos. Tienen in the exact order. (Clap twice.) Now you clap
dos monedas de 25 centavos y una de cinco the exact number of times that I did.
centavos. Tienen la cantidad exacta de dinero 6. Let’s find the exact measurements of this
que necesitaban. book. (Measure a book with students.) What
3. Exact in English and exacto in Spanish are are the exact measurements? What else can
cognates. They sound almost the same and we find the exact measurements of? Let’s
mean the same thing in both languages. measure to find out!
7. Now let’s say exact together three more times:
exact, exact, exact.

50
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Andersen Ross/Blend Images/Getty Images. (b) © ED-IMAGING/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 ruined
Unit 1 Week 5 My Very Own Room

Word 6 luckiest
Key Vocabulary Word 5 ruined
Unit 1 Week 5 My Very Own Room

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. What else do you see in the picture that is
1. Another word in the selection is ruined. Say ruined? (a car) How do you think the car and
it with me: ruined. Ruined means “spoiled, the building got ruined? Tell your partner.
destroyed, or broken so it cannot be used 6. Tell your partner about something of yours
anymore.” Once I stepped on my glasses and that got ruined. How did it get ruined? What
broke them. After that, I couldn’t wear them would you do to stop the same thing from
anymore. They were ruined. getting ruined again?
2. En español, ruined quiere decir “destruido 7. Now let’s say ruined together three more
o dañado de manera que no se puede usar, times: ruined, ruined, ruined.
arruinado.” Una vez pisé mis lentes y los partí.
No me los pude volver a poner. Los lentes
quedaron arruinados.
3. Ruined in English and arruinado in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word ruined. (Point to the ruined
building.) This building is ruined. It is
destroyed, and it cannot be used anymore.
Something happened to make the building
fall apart, or get ruined.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 luckiest


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. I’m going to think of a number. Let’s see
1. Another word in the selection is luckiest. which of you is the luckiest and guesses my
Say it with me: luckiest. If you are the number first. If you are the luckiest, jump up
luckiest person, you have the best luck out and down and say, “Hooray! I’m the luckiest!”
of everyone. That means that good things 5. Sit in a circle. I will throw this ball. You are the
happen to you. If you are the luckiest person luckiest person if I throw the ball to you and
in the school raffle, you win the prize! you catch it. Then tell about a time that you
2. En español, luckiest quiere decir “la persona were the luckiest. Complete this sentence: I
más afortunada o con más suerte.” A la was the luckiest person when .
persona más afortunada le pasan cosas muy 6. Now let’s say luckiest together three more
buenas. Si eres la persona más afortunada en times: luckiest, luckiest, luckiest.
la rifa del colegio, te ganas el premio.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word luckiest. (Point to the woman
holding the bingo card.) This woman is the
luckiest person at the bingo game. Do you see
this row of circles? The woman has five across.
That’s a bingo. She wins the prize!

52
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Adam Teitelbaum/AFP/Getty Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 peacefully
Unit 1 Week 5 My Very Own Room

Word 2 cuddle up on
Word 1 peacefully
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the word peacefully when 4. I will say some sentences. Do you think each
we talk about something that is happening in one tells about something that is happening
a calm, quiet way. Say it with me: peacefully. peacefully? If it does, repeat the sentence.
Suppose two people are talking peacefully. Add the word peacefully.
They are not fighting. They are talking quietly. Two dogs are fighting.
They are getting along. A woman is reading in the park. (A woman is
2. En español, peacefully quiere decir reading peacefully in the park.)
“pacíficamente, tranquilamente.” Digamos The baby is sleeping. (The baby is sleeping
que dos personas hablan tranquilamente. No peacefully.)
discuten. Hablan con calma. Se la llevan bien. A wolf is howling.
3. This picture demonstrates the words A cat naps in the sun. (A cat naps peacefully in
peacefully. These children are walking the sun.)
peacefully on the path. They all have their 5. What do you think of when you think of the
arms around each other. They are smiling, too. word peacefully? Say a sentence to tell me.
That means that they are not fighting. They Make sure to use the word peacefully.
are happy. They are getting along. 6. Repeat the word three times with me:
peacefully, peacefully, peacefully.

Word 2 cuddle up on
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the words cuddle up on to 4. Complete each sentence to tell where
tell when we are really comfortable. Say it someone or something cuddles up.
with me: cuddle up on. Sometimes I cuddle When I watch TV, I cuddle up on
up on a chair when I read. Sometimes I cuddle .
up on my bed when I read. When I cuddle A cat cuddles up on .
up to read, I’m warm and cozy. I’m reading My dog and I cuddle up on .
peacefully.
5. When do you cuddle up on something? Where
2. En español, to cuddle up on quiere decir do you cuddle up? Draw a picture to show.
“acurrucarse.” Cuando nos acurrucamos, Then tell us about your picture.
estamos super cómodos. A veces me acurruco
en mi silla favorita para leer. A veces me 6. Repeat the words three times with me: cuddle
acurruco en mi cama para leer. Cuando me up on, cuddle up on, cuddle up on.
acurruco, me siento calientita y cómoda. Leo
tranquilamente.
3. This picture demonstrates the words cuddle
up on. This mom and her daughter cuddle
up on a hammock. They lie on the hammock
together. They are happy and cozy. They are
cuddled up peacefully on the hammock.

54
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Polka Dot Images/Jupiterimages. (b) © Pixtal/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 stuffed with
Unit 1 Week 5 My Very Own Room

Word 4 run out of


Word 3 stuffed with
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase stuffed with to 4. I will name some things. You tell me what
describe something that is really full or has each one might be stuffed with by completing
a lot of something else inside it. Say it with this sentence: That is stuffed
me: stuffed with. A stuffed animal is stuffed with .
with soft, fluffy cotton. When you put a lot of backpack
popcorn in your mouth, your mouth is stuffed refrigerator
with popcorn. pillow
2. En español, to be stuffed with quiere decir drawer
“estar relleno de algo.” Un animal de peluche 5. What do we have in our room that is stuffed?
está relleno de algodón. Cuando te rellenas Look around. Find something that is stuffed.
la boca con palomitas de maíz, no caben más Tell me what you see and what it is stuffed
palomitas en tu boca. with.
3. This picture demonstrates the words stuffed 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
with. The suitcase is stuffed with clothes. stuffed with, stuffed with, stuffed with.
There are so many clothes in the suitcase
that the suitcase will not close. Do you think
someone will be able to stuff the clothes
inside to close the suitcase?

Word 4 run out of


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the phrase run out of 4. Tell your partner what you sometimes run out
to tell when we do not have any more of of. What do you do when you run out of that
something we need. Say it with me: run out thing? (Responses include food, money, time,
of. Sometimes I run out of milk. Then I have paper, or pencils.)
to go to the store and buy more milk. 5. Tell your partner what you hope you never run
2. En español, to run out of quiere decir out of. Why don’t you want to run out of that
“acabarse algo que uno necesita.” A veces se thing?
me acaba la leche. Entonces tengo que salir a 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: run
comprar más. out of, run out of, run out of.
3. This picture demonstrates the words run
out of. Do you see the empty egg carton?
Somebody has just run out of eggs. There are
no more eggs. If that person needs eggs, he or
she will have to go to the store and buy eggs.

56
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source/PunchStock. (b) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 1 Week 5
ladder, closet, sewing machine,
My Very Own Room
curtain, furniture, ceiling

ladder closet sewing machine

curtain furniture ceiling

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
57
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Photodisc Collection/Getty Images. (tc) © Jules Frazier/Photographer’s Choice/Getty Images. (tr) © Corbis.
(bl) © Comstock/PunchStock. (bm) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (br) © Charles Smith/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 sidewalks
Unit 2 Week 1 Boom Town

Word 2 grumbled
Key Vocabulary Word 1 sidewalks
Unit 2 Week 1 Boom Town

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is sidewalks. Say the word sidewalks. (Point to the sidewalk.)
it with me: sidewalks. Sidewalks are places These girls are on the sidewalk. Do you see the
where people walk. Sidewalks are next to street? The sidewalk is near the street. Look at
streets. We walk on sidewalks to be safe. We this car driving on the street. The girls want to
do not want to walk near the cars that are be safe. That’s why they are on the sidewalk.
driving on the street. 4. Where would you see sidewalks? What would
2. En español, sidewalks quiere decir “los lugares you see on sidewalks? Tell your partner.
hechos para que las personas caminen.” Se 5. Are there sidewalks in your neighborhood?
les conoce como andenes, aceras o bordillos. Tell your partner what streets have sidewalks.
Las aceras se encuentran al lado de las calles. Then tell why it is important to have
Caminamos sobre la acera para estar fuera de sidewalks.
peligro. No queremos caminar muy cerca de 6. Now let’s say sidewalks together three more
los carros que van por las calles. times: sidewalks, sidewalks, sidewalks.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 grumbled


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. The man in the picture grumbled when
1. Another word in the selection is grumbled. he opened his mailbox. When have you
Say it with me: grumbled. Grumbled means grumbled? Complete this sentence: I
“complained or said in an unhappy or angry grumbled when .
way.” People grumble when they are mad 5. Imagine you are the man in the picture and
about something. Some students grumble grumble. Tell your partner what you are
when they have too much homework. I grumbling about. Use an unhappy or angry
grumbled a little last night because I didn’t voice.
want to cook dinner. 6. Now let’s say grumbled together three more
2. En español, to grumble quiere decir times: grumbled, grumbled, grumbled.
“quejarse o decir algo de una manera que
muestre disgusto, refunfuñar.” Las personas
refunfuñan cuando están enojadas por algo.
Algunos estudiantes refunfuñan cuando
tienen muchas tareas que hacer. Refunfuñé
anoche porque no quería cocinar.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word grumbled. (Point to the man’s face.)
This man grumbled when he opened his
mailbox. He was not happy when he saw all
the mail. Maybe he had a lot of bills to pay!

60
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stephen McBrady\PhotoEdit, Inc.. (b) © Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 traders
Unit 2 Week 1 Boom Town

Word 4 blossomed
Key Vocabulary Word 3 traders
Unit 2 Week 1 Boom Town

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend you are a trader. Trade something of
1. Another word in the selection is traders. Say yours for something that your partner has.
it with me: traders. Traders are people who Then trade your things back.
buy and sell things, such as in shops or stores. 5. Now pretend you are a trader in a
Traders can also be people who trade, or give marketplace. What would you sell? Act out
one thing to someone and get something else being a trader and sell your goods. Tell your
back. partner why he or she should buy what you
2. En español, traders quiere decir “personas que have to sell.
compran cosas para venderlas en almacenes 6. Now let’s say traders together three more
o tiendas, comerciantes.” Los comerciantes a times: traders, traders, traders.
veces también intercambian, o cambian con
otra persona algo que tienen por algo que
quieren.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word traders. (Point to the man in the
white T-shirt in the shop in the marketplace.)
This man is a trader. He has a shop in the
marketplace. He wants to sell things from
his shop to people who are shopping in the
marketplace. He wants to trade his products
for the shoppers’ money.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 blossomed


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend that our hands are flowers.
1. Another word in the selection is blossomed. First the flowers are closed. (Make a fist with
Say it with me: blossomed. If a flower one hand and cup it in the other.) Then the
blossomed, it opened up and bloomed. Before flowers blossom. (Open your hands as if they
the flower blossomed, it was a bud. After it are blossoming flowers.)
blossomed, it was a flower. 5. Pretend you are a flower. Act out what you do
2. En español, to blossom quiere decir “abrirse and tell your partner what happens when you
como una flor, florecer.” Antes de florecer, las blossom.
flores son capullos que se mantienen cerrados. 6. Now let’s say blossomed together three more
Cuando florece, la flor brota y se abre. times: blossomed, blossomed, blossomed.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word blossomed. (Point to the flowers.)
These flowers blossomed. They opened up. I
see pretty orange flowers, yellow flowers, and
purple flowers. The pretty flowers blossomed
all over the hills.

62
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Paul Springett/Alamy Images. (b) © Workbook Stock/ Christine Caldwell/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 wailed
Unit 2 Week 1 Boom Town

Word 6 lonesome
Key Vocabulary Word 5 wailed
Unit 2 Week 1 Boom Town

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Imagine you are wailing. Show me what your
1. Another word in the selection is wailed. Say it face looks like. Then show me what you sound
with me: wailed. Wailed means “cried loudly.” like. Now complete this sentence frame: I
Sometimes babies wail. They cry loudly wailed because .
because they are hungry or tired. Other times 5. Why do you think the girl in the picture
babies wail because they are sad. wailed? Act out what happened before she
2. En español, to wail quiere decir “gritar o llorar wailed. We will guess what happened. Then
bien fuerte, gemir.” A veces los bebés gimen. we will wail!
Lloran fuerte porque tienen sueño o hambre o 6. Now let’s say wailed together three more
están tristes. times: wailed, wailed, wailed.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word wailed. (Point to the girl who is
wailing.) This girl wailed, or cried loudly.
Look at her eyes. They are closed. Look at her
mouth. It is wide open. I can almost hear the
sound she made when she wailed. She must
have been very angry or sad.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 lonesome


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Imagine that your partner is new at school.
1. Another word in the selection is lonesome. Have a conversation. Ask if your partner is
Say it with me: lonesome. If you are lonesome, lonesome. What could you say so your partner
you feel all alone. Sometimes I am lonesome will not be lonesome anymore?
when I miss my friends or family. I feel alone. 5. Tell your partner about a time you felt
2. En español, lonesome quiere decir “solitario.” lonesome. Complete these sentence frames:
Si estás solitario, te sientes solo. Estoy solitario Once I was lonesome because .
cuando no estoy cerca a mi familia y amigos. I so I would not feel lonesome
Me siento solo. anymore.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say lonesome together three more
the word lonesome. (Point to the girl looking times: lonesome, lonesome, lonesome.
out the window.) This girl is lonesome. She is
not with the other girls. She is standing alone.
Look at the girl’s face. The girl looks sad.
Maybe she just moved to a new school and
misses her old friends.

64
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jonathan Kirn/Photographer’s Choice/Getty Images. (b) © Roy McMahon/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 build up
Unit 2 Week 1 Boom Town

Word 2 run off


Word 1 build up
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase build up when 4. Imagine you are building up part of a big city.
we talk about changing a neighborhood or What will you do to build up the city? I will
city by putting buildings, stores, or houses name some ideas. Say the phrase build up if it
where there were none before. Say it with is something you would do.
me: build up. We also use the words build up Open new stores.
to talk about making a neighborhood a nicer, Buy some horses.
newer place. Make buildings for people to work in.
2. En español, to build up quiere decir Put in sidewalks.
“desarrollar un barrio o una ciudad.” Esto se Leave old broken buildings where they are.
realiza construyendo edificios, tiendas o casas 5. Now pretend you are building up an area
donde antes no había. Esta expresión también around a school. What would you do to
se usa para hablar de darle nueva vida o nueva the area to build it up? (Responses include
apariencia a un barrio. building a playground, putting in a park, or
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase build up. adding sidewalks.)
People are putting new buildings where there 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: build
were no buildings before. The people are up, build up, build up.
building really big buildings. They are building
up a new part of the city. The people are
building up the city by putting up apartment
buildings, office buildings, and a mall.

Word 2 run off


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase run off to tell 4. Complete these sentences to tell when you
when we leave one place and go to another run off and why you run off:
place. Say it with me: run off. When it is recess I run off when .
time, you go out the doors and run off into I run off because .
the schoolyard to play.
5. Look at the dog in the picture. It is on a leash.
2. En español, to run off quiere decir “salir What do you think will happen if the person
corriendo.” A la hora del recreo, ustedes salen takes the leash off the dog? Will the dog run
corriendo para ir a jugar. off? Why do you think that?
3. This picture demonstrates the words run off. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: run
This mother just took her two children to off, run off, run off.
the park. Now they are at the park, and the
children run off. Their soccer game will start
soon. They run off to the game.

66
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/PunchStock. (b) © SW Productions/Brand X Pictures/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 town grew up
Unit 2 Week 1 Boom Town

Word 4 work with


Word 3 town grew up
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase town grew up 4. I will name some things. Tell me if you think
to tell what happens after someone builds up you would see them before a town grew up or
a town. Say it with me: town grew up. First after a town grew up. Why do you think that?
people build up an area or neighborhood. woods
Then a town grows around the new, built-up houses
area. After the town grows up, there are a lot wild animals
of houses, stores, and neighborhoods in it. a one-room school house
2. En español, town grew up se usa para describir mall
un pueblo que se ha desarrollado. Primero la traffic
gente desarolla un barrio. Luego un pueblo cows
crece alrededor de ese barrio. Cuando el 5. Let’s make a town grow up. We can use
pueblo se ha desarrollado, es que ya tiene blocks, or we can use crayons and paper. First
muchas casas, tiendas y barrios. let’s make a list of things we will we put in our
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase a town. Then we will make our town. Finally,
town grew up. Do you see all the houses you will tell me about the town that grew up.
and streets? A long time ago, people built 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: town
up an area. They put in stores for shopping grew up, town grew up, town grew up.
and offices to work in. Then this town grew
up around that area. People wanted to be
near the stores and workplaces, so they built
houses. The town grew up.

Word 4 work with


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the words work with to tell 4. I will name some work places. You tell me
when we do something together with other whom you would work with at each place.
people. Say it with me: work with. I work at school
our school. I work with all the other teachers hospital
here. I work with you, too. We work together police station
to help you learn new things. fire station
2. En español, to work with quiere decir “trabajar restaurant
con.” Yo trabajo en la escuela. Trabajo con 5. Tell me whom you sometimes work with.
otros maestros. Trabajo con ustedes también. What do you work on together? Now tell me
Trabajamos juntos para que aprendan. what you want to do when you grow up. Who
3. This picture demonstrates the words work will you work with then?
with. These two girls are in school. They are 6. Repeat the words three times with me: work
working on schoolwork together. The girls with, work with, work with.
work with each other. They help each other
with their schoolwork.

68
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Ed-Imaging.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 1
town, bakery, bank,
Boom Town
tailor, stable, cobbler

town bakery bank

tailor stable cobbler

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
69
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Mark Karrass/Corbis. (tc) © Richard Ransier/Corbis. (tr) © Ryan McVay/Photodisc/Getty Images.
(bl) © TRBfoto/Photodisc/Getty Images. (bm) © David De Lossy/Digital Vision/Alamy Images. (br) © Richard Ransier/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 disappear
Unit 2 Week 2 Home-Grown Butterflies

Word 2 protect
Key Vocabulary Word 1 disappear
Unit 2 Week 2 Home-Grown Butterflies

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is disappear. Say the word disappear. (Point to the puddle.)
it with me: disappear. To disappear means This puddle formed when it rained. When the
“to go away or suddenly not be seen.” When sun came out again, it began to dry up the
things disappear, you cannot see them puddle. Soon the puddle will disappear.
anymore. First you see them. Then you do not. 5. I’m going to write the letter A on the board.
2. En español, to disappear quiere decir “irse Who can come and make the letter disappear?
o no verse más de repente, desaparecer.” Now work with your partner. Draw something
Cuando las cosas desaparecen, no las ves más. on the board. Then make it disappear.
Primero las ves. Después no las ves. 6. Here is a pencil. (Show the pencil.) Now
3. To disappear in English and desaparecer in close your eyes, and I will make the pencil
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost disappear. (Hide the pencil.) Open your eyes.
the same and mean the same thing in both I made the pencil disappear! Can you find it
languages. and make it appear again? Now it’s your turn.
Make something disappear, and we will make
it appear again.
7. Now let’s say disappear together three more
times: disappear, disappear, disappear.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 protect


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is protect. Say the word protect. (Point to the children on
it with me: protect. To protect means “to take inline skates.) These children are skating on
care of something and keep it safe.” Raincoats the sidewalk. They protect themselves so they
protect people from the rain. Mother bears will not get hurt. Do you see the helmets? The
protect their cubs from danger. helmets protect the children’s heads. The pads
protect their elbows, wrists, and knees.
2. En español, to protect quiere decir “cuidar de
algo y mantenerlo fuera de peligro, proteger.” 5. Many other people wear helmets to protect
Los impermeables nos protegen de la lluvia. themselves, too. Tell your partner about
Las mamás osos protegen a sus cachorros de other people who wear helmets to protect
todo peligro. themselves. (Examples include: firefighters,
football players, bike riders, construction
3. To protect in English and proteger in Spanish
workers)
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages. 6. Tell your partner about some people or
things that protect you. (Examples include:
our homes, police officers, seatbelts, parents,
friends, laws, school rules)
7. Now let’s say protect together three more
times: protect, protect, protect.

72
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Enigma/Alamy Images. (b) © David Young-Wolff/PhotoEdit, Inc..
Key Vocabulary Word 3 harming
Unit 2 Week 2 Home-Grown Butterflies

Word 4 supply
Key Vocabulary Word 3 harming
Unit 2 Week 2 Home-Grown Butterflies

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Some animals could harm you. A honeybee
1. Another word in the selection is harming. could harm you by stinging you. Work with
Say it with me: harming. Harming means your partner to name other animals that could
“hurting.” Sometimes the wind blows hard. It harm you. Tell your partner how you can
blows branches off the trees. Then the wind is protect yourself so you are not harmed.
harming the trees. 5. Sometimes people harm the environment,
2. En español, to harm quiere decir “causar or the outside world. Tell your partner how
daño o dolor, perjudicar.” A veces el viento people are harming the environment. Then
sopla muy fuerte y causa que las ramas de los tell what people can do so they are not
árboles se caigan. Este viento perjudica a los harming the environment.
árboles. 6. Now let’s say harming together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: harming, harming, harming.
the word harming. (Point to the woman.)
This mother is spraying sunscreen on her
daughter’s back. The sunscreen stops the sun’s
rays from harming the girl’s skin.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 supply


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. I would like some crayons. Who will bring a
1. Another word in the selection is supply. Say supply of crayons to me? (Have a volunteer
it with me: supply. If you have a supply of bring some crayons.) Now I need some paper.
something, you have what you need. We have Who will bring me a supply of paper?
a supply of pencils in our classroom. We can 5. Now that I have a supply of crayons and
get pencils from our supply when we need paper, I need you to draw pictures. Draw a
them. supply of something. Label your supply.
2. En español, supply quiere decir “materiales 6. Now let’s say supply together three more
necesarios que se tienen, provisión.” Tenemos times: supply, supply, supply.
provisiones de lápices para nuestra clase.
Cuando necesitamos más lápices, podemos
sacarlos de nuestra provisión.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word supply. (Point to the fruit on the
trees.) The trees in this orchard have a large
supply of apples. Sometimes I go to the
orchard and pick a supply of apples to have
at home. Grocery stores have a large supply
of apples, too. Sometimes I go to the store to
buy my supply of apples.

74
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Chris Smith/PhotoEdit. (b) © Jake Rajs/Stone/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 capture
Unit 2 Week 2 Home-Grown Butterflies

Word 6 enclosure
Key Vocabulary Word 5 capture
Unit 2 Week 2 Home-Grown Butterflies

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is capture. Say it the word capture. (Point to the butterfly
with me: capture. To capture means “to catch that the girl captured.) This girl captured a
something or someone that does not want butterfly so she could study it. First she caught
to be caught.” Sometimes people capture, or the butterfly. Then she put the butterfly in a
catch, wild animals and take them to a zoo. jar. Soon she will let the butterfly go. Then she
might try to capture another insect.
2. En español, to capture quiere decir “agarrar
o atrapar algo que no quiere ser agarrado, 5. What would you need to capture a butterfly?
capturar.” A veces las personas capturan (Examples include: net, jar, grass, twigs) What
animales salvajes y los llevan al zoológico. would you do with the butterfly after you
captured it?
3. To capture in English and capturar in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same 6. If you could capture anything in the world,
and mean the same thing in both languages. what would you capture? Why? Tell your
partner.
7. Now let’s say capture together three more
times: capture, capture, capture.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 enclosure


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s make an enclosure. Stand in a circle and
1. Another word in the selection is enclosure. Say hold hands. (Have students make a circle.)
it with me: enclosure. An enclosure is a place Now we have an enclosure. Let’s capture
that is closed on all sides or surrounded by someone to go inside. If I say your name, you
something, like a fence. If an animal is in an are captured. Go inside the enclosure. Make
enclosure, it cannot get out. Some people put believe you are an animal. We will guess what
their dogs in an enclosure outside. Then the animal we have captured and put into our
dogs cannot run away. enclosure.
2. En español, enclosure quiere decir “algo 5. Now let’s change the shape of our enclosure.
cuyos lados están cerrados o algo rodeado How many different shapes can we make
por otra cosa como una cerca, un cercado.” Si our enclosure be? (Possible shapes: square,
un animal ha sido puesto en un cercado, no rectangle, triangle)
puede escapar. Hay personas que ponen a sus 6. Now let’s say enclosure together three more
perros en cercados afuera de sus casas. Así no times: enclosure, enclosure, enclosure.
pueden salir corriendo.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word enclosure. (Point to the cows.) These
cows are in an enclosure. Do you see the
fence? The fence surrounds the enclosure.
When the cows are in the enclosure, they
cannot get out.

76
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Fancy/Veer. (b) © Frank Paul/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 fit around
Unit 2 Week 2 Home Grown Butterflies

Word 2 steady supply


Word 1 fit around
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase fit around when 4. (Hold up a piece of string or yarn.) Let’s see
we talk about something that goes around what this piece of string fits around. Let’s start
something else. Say it with me: fit around. with this book. Does the string fit around the
A dog’s collar fits around the dog’s neck. A book? If it does, complete this sentence: The
necklace fits around a person’s neck. string fits around the . If it
2. En español, to fit around quiere decir “ajustar does not, complete this sentence: The string
alrededor de.” Un collar se ajusta alrededor does not fit around the .
del pescuezo de un perro. Un collar se ajusta Now let’s see if it fits around these things:
alrededor del cuello de una persona. desk, wrist, pencil, chair, globe, ankle, crayon,
notebook.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase fit
around. This girl is putting on her seatbelt. 5. Tell me things that fit around other things.
The seatbelt fits around the girl. That’s why Complete this sentence: The
the seatbelt keeps the girl safe when she is fits around the .
riding in the car. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: fit
around, fit around, fit around.

Word 2 steady supply


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the phrase steady supply to 4. Stores have a steady supply of many things.
tell when we have enough of something. Say Tell your partner a kind of store and what
it with me: steady supply. If we have a steady it has a steady supply of. Complete this
supply of something, we do not run out of sentence: The has a steady
that thing. In school, we have a steady supply supply of . (Responses include
of water. We can always get water from the grocery store/food; bookstore/books; clothing
faucet. store/clothing; shoe store/shoes.)
2. En español, steady supply quiere decir “flujo 5. What do you wish you had a steady supply of?
constante; cantidad ininterrumpida.” Si Tell your partner. Complete this sentence: I
tenemos un flujo constante de algo, no se wish I had a steady supply of .
nos acaba. En la escuela, tenemos un flujo 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: steady
constante de agua. Siempre podemos tomar supply, steady supply, steady supply.
agua de la llave.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase steady
supply. There is a lot of corn in this field. Do
you see how the corn goes on and on and on?
There is a steady supply of corn. The farmer
will not run out of corn soon.

78
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source/Getty Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 pitch in
Unit 2 Week 2 Home Grown Butterflies

Word 4 just as if
Word 3 pitch in
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase pitch in to tell 4. I will name some times when you can help
when we help out or when we work together out. You tell me how you pitch in. Start like
to get something done. Say it with me: pitch this: I pitch in. I .
in. At the end of the school day, we all pitch It is time for a pet to eat.
in to clean up the room. We work together to The baby is crying.
put things away. The board needs to be erased.
2. En español, to pitch in quiere decir “contribuir; A glass of water spilled.
ayudar; ponerse a trabajar juntos.” Al final 5. Tell me what you do to pitch in at school.
del día, todos ayudamos a recoger el cuarto. Then tell me what you do to pitch in at home.
Todos trabajamos juntos para guardar las
cosas. 6. Repeat the phrasethree times with me:
pitch in, pitch in, pitch in.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase pitch in.
This boy helps his mother. He pitches in. His
mom asks him to pitch in. She gives him the
plates. The boy pitches in. He sets the table.

Word 4 just as if
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase just as if to 4. I will name some things people do. Act each
tell when one thing is almost the same as thing out. Try to look just as if you are really
something else. Say it with me: just as if. doing it. We will complete this sentence: It
Sometimes when I watch a sports game on looks just as if you are .
TV, it is just as if I am right there at the game. hitting a baseball
I see everything that is happening. I like shooting a basketball
watching the game. patting a dog
2. En español, just as if quiere decir “como si.” A eating popcorn
veces cuando veo un partido en la tele, siento 5. I will make an animal noise. You complete
como si estuviera ahí. Veo todo lo que pasa. this sentence: It is just as if you are a
Disfruto del partido. . (Bark like a dog, and have
3. This picture demonstrates the words just as students complete the sentence.) Now you
if. (Point to the avocado.) Do you see this make an animal noise. We will complete the
avocado? It looks just as if it is real. It is not sentence to tell what you are like.
real, though. Somebody made if from wax. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: just as
Do you think the rest of the food looks real? if, just as if, just as if.
What looks just as if it is real to you?

80
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Tim Pannell/Corbis. (b) © Photodisc/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 2
butterfly, caterpillar, pupa,
Home-Grown Butterflies
nectar, insect, rainforest

butterfly caterpillar pupa

nectar insect rainforest

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
81
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Richard Ransier/Corbis. (tc) © Corbis. (tr) © Dynamic Graphics Group/IT Stock Free/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Jerome Wexler/Visuals Unlimited. (bm) © Stockdisc/PunchStock. (br) © Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 culture
Unit 2 Week 3 Coasting to California

Word 2 communities
Key Vocabulary Word 1 culture
Unit 2 Week 3 Coasting to California

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is culture. Say it the word culture. (Point to the dragon
with me: culture. A culture is the way a group costumes.) The people in this picture are
of people live and what they do or believe. having a festival. The people are celebrating
In the United States, people come from their culture. Do you see these dragon
many different cultures. Holidays that people costumes? The dragon costumes are an
celebrate and foods people eat can help us important part of the culture of the people
learn about their cultures. celebrating.
2. En español, culture quiere decir “la forma de 5. Tell your partner about an important part of
vivir y las creencias de un grupo de personas, your culture. What do you do? What do you
cultura.” En los Estados Unidos viven personas eat? What do you celebrate?
de muchas culturas distintas. Las celebraciones 6. Why is culture important? Complete this
o festivales que observan, al igual que las sentence frame to tell: Culture is important
comidas que preparan, pueden ayudarnos a because .
entender sus cultura. 7. Now let’s say culture together three more
3. Culture in English and cultura in Spanish are times: culture, culture, culture.
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 communities


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is communities. the word communities. This picture shows
Say it with me: communities. Communities are a city with different communities. (Point to
groups of people who live or work together the homes and stores in the foreground.) This
in the same neighborhoods. Our school is a neighborhood is one of the communities.
community. All the teachers and students are (Point to the buildings in the back.) This is
members of the school community. another community.
2. En español, communities quiere decir “grupos 5. Let’s make communities in our room. (Have
de personas que viven o trabajan en el mismo students separate into two or three groups.)
lugar, comunidades.” Nuestro colegio es Talk about things you might do in your
una comunidad. Todos los profesores y los community. Then share the information with us.
estudiantes son miembros de esta comunidad. 6. Act out something people in a community might
3. Communities in English and comunidades do. We will guess by completing this sentence
in Spanish are cognates. They sound almost frame: In communities, people .
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say communities together three
languages. more times: communities, communities,
communities.

84
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Panoramic Images/Getty Images. (b) © F. Schussler/PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 immigrants
Unit 2 Week 3 Coasting to California

Word 4 established
Key Vocabulary Word 3 immigrants
Unit 2 Week 3 Coasting to California

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is immigrants. the word immigrants. (Point to the people
Say it with me: immigrants. Immigrants are working and shopping in Chinatown.) Some of
people who leave one country to live in a these people are immigrants or the children of
different country. Some people who live in the immigrants. They used to live in China. Then
United States came here from other countries. they moved to the United States. They live in a
They were immigrants when they came. community called Chinatown.
2. En español, immigrants quiere decir “personas 5. Why do you think that some immigrants live
que dejan un país para vivir en otro, together in a community? Tell your partner.
inmigrantes.” Algunas personas que viven en (Examples include: They understand each
los Estados Unidos vinieron de otros países. other. They speak the same language. They
Esas personas son inmigrantes de los Estados have similar cultures.)
Unidos. 6. Imagine you could be an immigrant anywhere
3. Immigrants in English and inmigrantes in in the world. Where would you be an
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost immigrant? Why?
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say immigrants together three more
languages. times: immigrants, immigrants, immigrants.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 established


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is established. the word established. (Point to the downtown
Say it with me: established. Established means area.) People established this shopping
“started or began something.” A long time community a long time ago. They built the
ago, immigrants came to the United States. buildings and started the stores.
The immigrants established communities. 5. Let’s establish some groups. First we’ll
People still live in those communities today. establish a group whose names starts with J.
2. En español, to establish quiere decir (Form the group.) Now we’ll establish a group
“comenzar o fundar algo, establecer.” Hace who have birthdays in May. (Form the group.)
mucho tiempo, inmigrantes vinieron a los What is another group we could establish?
Estados Unidos y establecieron comunidades. 6. Let’s make believe we are establishing a
Hoy en día todavía hay personas viviendo en community. Each of us can be a part of the
esas comunidades. community. Make a sign to tell what you
3. To establish in English and establecer in are. (Examples: library, school, store, house)
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost Now let’s establish our community. (Have
the same and mean the same thing in both students arrange themselves as if they were a
languages. community.)
7. Now let’s say established together three more
times: established, established, established.

86
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Morton Bebe/Corbis. (b) © Ryan/Beyer/Stone/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 traditional
Unit 2 Week 3 Coasting to California
Key Vocabulary Word 5 traditional
Unit 2 Week 3 Coasting to California

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is traditional. the word traditional. (Point to the family
Say it with me: traditional. Something that eating dinner.) This family is eating dinner.
is traditional has been done the same way They are eating turkey, mashed potatoes,
for a long time. A traditional food is a food cranberry sauce, salad, and rolls. For many
that your grandparents made and now your families, this is a traditional Thanksgiving
parents make. You will probably make the meal.
traditional food one day, too. 5. Tell your partner about a traditional food that
2. En español, traditional quiere decir “hecho de your family eats.
la misma manera que se ha hecho por mucho 6. What are some other traditional things
tiempo, tradicional.” Una comida tradicional, that your family does? What makes them
por ejemplo, es comida que tus abuelos hacían traditional?
antes y tus papás hacen ahora. Probablemente 7. Now let’s say traditional together three more
harás la misma comida tradicional algún día. times: traditional, traditional, traditional.
3. Traditional in English and tradicional in
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages.

88
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 try hard
Unit 2 Week 3 Coasting to California

Word 2 hold onto


Word 1 try hard
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the phrase try hard to tell 4. When do you try hard so you can do your
about times when we practice and practice so best? First tell your partner. Then tell the rest
we can do our best. Say it with me: try hard. of us.
You try hard in school if you want to do really 5. Do you think it is important to try hard? Why
well. If you try hard, you work hard. or why not? Tell your partner.
2. En español, to try hard quiere decir “dar tu 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: try
mayor esfuerzo; poner lo mejor de tu parte.” hard, try hard, try hard.
Das tu mayor esfuerzo para que te vaya bien
en la escuela. Si pones lo mejor de tu parte,
trabajas duro.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase try hard.
The boys on the soccer team are practicing.
They try hard. They want to win their games.
That’s why they try hard at practice. They
want to do their best.

Word 2 hold onto


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase hold onto to tell 4. (Hold onto the door knob.) I hold onto the
when we have something in our hands and we door knob. I keep it in my hands. Now you
do not let go. Say it with me: hold onto. Make find something in the room. Hold onto it.
believe you have a dog. You want to take your Tell us what you hold onto. Complete this
dog for a walk, but you do not want your dog sentence: I hold onto the .
to run away. You put a leash on your dog. 5. I will name something. Is it something you
Then you hold onto the leash. You do not would hold onto it? If you would hold onto
let go. If you hold onto the leash, your dog it, complete this sentence: I hold onto the
cannot get away. . If you would not hold onto
2. En español, to hold onto quiere decir “sostener it, complete this sentence: I will not hold onto
algo en las manos para que no se suelte.” the .
Imagina que tienes un perro. Lo sacas a lion
caminar, pero no quieres que se escape. Le ball
pones una correa al perro. Luego sostienes mother’s hand
bien la correa. No la sueltas. Si agarras bien la sun
correa, no se escapa el perro. kite
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase hold handlebars on my bike
onto. These people hold onto poles. The poles 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: hold
are attached to a paper dragon. The dragon onto, hold onto, hold onto.
stays up in the air because the people hold
onto the poles. If the people let go of the
poles, they will not be holding on. Then the
dragon will fall down.

90
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © JupterImages/BananaStock/Alamy Images. (b) © Justin Guariglia/National Geographic/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 be good at
Unit 2 Week 3 Coasting to California

Word 4 pass under


Word 3 be good at
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase be good at to 4. (Display each of the three photographs that
tell about things that we do well. Say it with you have shown students so far this week.)
me: be good at. If you are good at baseball, Look at this picture. What are the people
you are a good baseball player. You play good at? Complete the sentence to tell: The
baseball well. If you try hard, you can be good are good at .
at many things. (Continue with applicable photos from
2. En español, to be good at quiere decir “hacer previous weeks.)
bien algo.” Si eres bueno para jugar béisbol, 5. What are you good at? Complete this
eres un buen beisbolista. Si pones lo mejor de sentence to tell: I am good at .
tu parte, puedes hacer bien muchas cosas. Then tell why you are good at that: I am good
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase be good at it because .
at. This boy and girl play the violin well. They 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: be
are good at playing the violin. They try hard, good at, be good at, be good at.
and they practice a lot. That’s what makes
them good at playing the violin.

Word 4 pass under


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase pass under to 4. We will make our own bridge. Then you can
tell when one thing goes under another thing. pass under it. (Have two students hold hands
Say it with me: pass under. (Hold up your with their arms up to make a bridge.) As you
arms and have a student walk under them.) pass under the bridge, say this sentence: “I
[Student’s name] just passed under my arms. pass under the bridge.”
2. En español, to pass under quiere decir “pasar 5. Pretend you are as small as a mouse. Name
por debajo.” (Alce los brazos y pídale a un some things that you can pass under.
estudiante que camine debajo de ellos.) Este Complete this sentence: I can pass under the
estudiante acaba de pasar por debajo de . (Responses include desk,
mis brazos. door, bush or tree, person, table, leaves on the
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase pass ground.)
under. Look at these sailboats. They pass 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: pass
under the bridge. The boats started on one under, pass under, pass under.
side of the bridge. Right now they pass under
the bridge. Soon they will be on the other side
of the bridge.

92
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © WizData, inc./Alamy Images. (b) © Kim Steele/Digital Vision/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 3
waiter, servant, blacksmith,
Coasting to California
cook, shopkeeper, cleaner

waiter servant blacksmith

cook shopkeeper cleaner

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
93
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tc) © Joshua Ets-Hokin/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tr) © DEX IMAGE/Getty Images.
(bl) © Tetra Images/Alamy Images. (bm) © Richard Ransier/Corbis. (br) © Tim Jones/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 tour
Unit 2 Week 4 Here’s My Dollar

Word 2 volunteers
Key Vocabulary Word 1 tour
Unit 2 Week 4 Here’s My Dollar

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s take a tour of our classroom. The first
1. One word in the selection is tour. Say it with stop on our tour is the reading center. (Walk
me: tour. A tour is a kind of trip or visit. When to the reading center.) What do you see on
you go on a tour, you visit different places. this part of our tour? Now let’s continue our
Some people like to go on a tour of a city. tour. (Continue by visiting other places in the
They might visit, or take a tour of, a museum, classroom.)
a park, or a zoo. 5. Let’s pretend we are on a tour of a zoo. I will
2. En español, tour quiere decir “un paseo o be an animal that we see on our tour. Watch
una visita guiada a algún lugar, una visita what I do. (Roar.) What animal do we see
turística.” A algunas personas les gusta ir on our tour? Now let’s visit the next animal.
de visita turística a las ciudades. Visitan sus (Stop in front of a student. Have the student
museos, sus parques o sus zoológicos. pretend to be another animal.) What animal
do we see on our tour?
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word tour. (Point to the people on the 6. Now let’s say tour together three more times:
truck.) These people are on a tour in Africa. tour, tour, tour.
They want to see wild animals while they are
on their tour.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 volunteers


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. I need some volunteers to erase the board.
1. Another word in the selection is volunteers. Raise your hand if you want to be a volunteer.
Say it with me: volunteers. Volunteers are If I call on you, erase the board. (Ask for
people who help out. Volunteers do not get volunteers to do other classroom chores.)
money for helping out. They help out because 6. Let’s sit in a circle. I will say something that
they want to. Volunteers help out at places a volunteer does. Listen: A volunteer plants
like schools, hospitals, or parks. flowers. The student next to me will be the
2. En español, volunteers quiere decir “personas volunteer and act out what the volunteer
que ayudan sin esperar recompensa o paga, does. (Student acts out planting flowers.)
voluntarios.” Los voluntarios no reciben dinero Then that student will say something else that
por su trabajo. Hay voluntarios que ayudan en a volunteer does: A volunteer .
escuelas, hospitales y hasta parques. The next student will be the volunteer and act
it out. (Continue around the circle.)
3. Volunteers in English and voluntarios in
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 7. Now let’s say volunteers together three more
the same and mean the same thing in both times: volunteers, volunteers, volunteers.
languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word volunteers. (Point to students
who are planting trees.) These students are
volunteers. They are helping out. They plant
trees outside in the field.

96
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jeremy Woodhouse/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Lori Adamski Peek/Stone/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 thrilled
Unit 2 Week 4 Here’s My Dollar

Word 4 slogan
Key Vocabulary Word 3 thrilled
Unit 2 Week 4 Here’s My Dollar

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is thrilled. Say it the word thrilled. (Point to the boy getting
with me: thrilled. Thrilled means “very happy the autograph.) This boy is thrilled. Do you
or excited.” Imagine that you always wanted see how he is smiling? That’s how I know he is
a puppy. One day your family surprises you. thrilled. The boy is thrilled because the soccer
They give you a puppy. You would probably be player is writing his name for the boy.
thrilled to finally have your puppy. 4. Show me how your face looks when you are
2. En español, thrilled quiere decir “estar thrilled about something. Then complete
muy contento o emocionado por algo, this sentence frame: I am thrilled because
entusiasmado, encantado.” Imaginen que . Remember to look and sound
siempre han querido un cachorrito. Un día very happy.
sus familias los sorprenden con un cachorro. 5. Sometimes when I am thrilled, I jump up and
Probablemente estarían muy emocionados o down and clap my hands. Let’s all jump up and
encantados porque por fin tienen un cachorro. down and clap to show that we are thrilled.
Now show me what else you do when you are
thrilled.
6. Now let’s say thrilled together three more
times: thrilled, thrilled, thrilled.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 slogan


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. There are a lot of slogans on television
1. Another word in the selection is slogan. Say it commercials. Talk with your partner about
with me: slogan. A slogan is a group of words slogans you have seen on television or in other
that people write or say to make other people ads. Do the slogans make you want to buy
want something. People use slogans to make something?
you want to buy things or visit places. 5. Work with your partner. Write a slogan for
2. En español, slogan quiere decir ”una frase o something that you like. Share your slogan
grupo de palabras que personas escriben para with us.
que otras deseen algo, lema.” Las personas 6. Now let’s say slogan together three more
usan lemas para que te den ganas de comprar times: slogan, slogan, slogan.
algo o visitar algún lugar.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word slogan. (Point to the slogan on the
bag.) This is a slogan. It means, “I love New
York.” The heart stands for the word love.
People in New York use this slogan to make
other people want to visit New York. The New
Yorkers hope other people see the slogan.
Then those people will want to go to
New York to see if they love New York, too.

98
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis Super RF/Alamy Images. (b) © Hola Images/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 deserve
Unit 2 Week 4 Here’s My Dollar
Key Vocabulary Word 5 deserve
Unit 2 Week 4 Here’s My Dollar

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. When do you deserve a treat? What do you do
1. Another word in the selection is deserve. Say to deserve the treat? Tell your partner.
it with me: deserve. If you deserve something, 5. What are some things that you think you
it means you have earned that thing. You deserve? Complete this sentence: I deserve
worked hard to get what you deserve. If you because .
study hard and do well on a test, you get a 6. Now let’s say deserve together three more
good grade. You deserve your good grade times: deserve, deserve, deserve.
because you worked hard for it.
2. En español, to deserve quiere decir “ganar u
obtener algo por sus acciones, merecer.” Si
estudiaste mucho para tu examen, mereces
sacar una buena calificación por tus esfuerzos.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word deserve. (Point to the mailman giving
the dog a treat.) This dog is getting a treat.
The dog deserves the treat because it is a very
good dog. The man told the dog to sit, and the
dog sat. The dog deserves the treat because
the dog did what the man told it to do.

100
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Design Pics Inc./Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 feel sorry for
Unit 2 Week 4 Here’s My Dollar

Word 2 in person
Word 1 feel sorry for
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase feel sorry for 4. Listen as I say a sentence about something
to tell how we feel when something bad that might happen to a friend. If it would
happens to someone we care about. Say it make you feel sorry for your friend, say “I feel
with me: feel sorry for. Suppose you have a sorry for you.” Your friend
good friend who breaks her leg. She is really breaks an arm
sad because she cannot play soccer now. You wins $100
feel sorry for your friend because your friend is gets an A
sad. Something bad happened to her. is really sick
2. En español, to feel sorry for quiere decir moves far away and does not know anybody
“compadecerse de alguien.” Imagina que 5. When did you feel sorry for a friend?
tu mejor amiga se rompe la pierna. Está Complete this sentence to tell: I felt sorry for
triste porque ya no puede jugar fútbol. Te when .
compadeces de ella porque está triste. Algo
malo le pasó. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: feel
sorry for, feel sorry for, feel sorry for.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase feel
sorry for. This boy is sad. Something bad just
happened to him. His friend feels sorry for
him. She feels sad because he feels sad. She
wishes he were happy.

Word 2 in person
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase in person when 4. Look around the room. Whom do you see in
we see a person with our own eyes. Say it with person? I will name people. If you see one of
me: in person. If we go to a baseball game, them in person, complete this sentence: I see
we see the baseball players in person. If we in person.
watch the game on TV, we do not see the (your own name)
players in person. We see them on TV. the President of the United States
2. En español, in person quiere decir “en (name of a girl in the room)
persona.” Si vemos a alguien en persona, la (name of a boy in the room)
vemos con nuestros propios ojos. Si vamos a a famous movie star
un partido de béisbol, vemos a los jugadores 5. Name someone that you would like to see in
en persona. Si vemos el partido en la tele, no person. Tell why you would like to see him
vemos a los jugadores en persona. Los vemos or her in person. Complete this sentence: I
en la tele. want to see in person because
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase in .
person. (Point to the man.) The reporters see 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: in
this man in person. They ask him questions in person, in person, in person.
person. You and I do not see him in person.
We see a picture of him.

102
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Laurence Mouton/PhotoAlto /Getty Images. (b) © Digital Vision/SuperStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 speak from the heart
Unit 2 Week 4 Here’s My Dollar

Word 4 make a difference


Word 3 speak from the heart
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the phrase speak from the 3. This picture demonstrates the phrase speak
heart to tell about how we feel when we talk from the heart. This patient speaks to the
to someone about something important to doctor from his heart. The patient tells the
us. Say it with me: speak from the heart. If we doctor how the patient feels. The doctor
speak from the heart, we mean what we are listens. Then the doctor will speak from his
saying. Suppose you get an A on a test. I am heart, too. He will tell the patient that he
proud of you, and I tell you what a great job understands. The doctor will try to make the
you did. I really mean it. I speak from my heart. patient feel better.
2. En español, to speak from the heart quiere 4. Why do you think a doctor speaks from the
decir “hablar de corazón.” Así decimos cuando heart? Complete this sentence to tell: A doctor
queremos hablar de algo muy importante. speaks from the heart because .
Si hablamos desde el corazón, hablamos 5. When do you speak from the heart? Tell your
francamente. Digamos que sacas una buena partner about a time that you spoke from
nota en un examen. Estoy orgullosa de ti, y te your heart.
lo digo. Lo digo en serio. Estoy hablando de
corazón. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: speak
from the heart, speak from the heart, speak
from the heart.

Word 4 make a difference


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase make a 4. I will name something people do. Do you
difference when people do things to help think it makes a difference? If so, say “It
other people or to make something better. makes a difference.” Then tell why it makes a
Say it with me: make a difference. Some difference.
people volunteer to feed people who don’t Pick up trash at the park.
have food. The volunteers help people. They Watch television.
make a difference. They make the lives of Help out at the library.
other people better. Give food to people who are hungry.
2. En español, to make a difference quiere decir Play video games.
“hacer algo bueno para cambiar la vida de Recycle your newspapers.
otra persona.” Algunas personas sirven de 5. How can you make a difference? Complete
voluntarios para conseguir alimentos para las this sentence: I can make a difference when I
personas necesitadas. Los voluntarios ayudan. .
Cambian la vida de los demás. Mejoran la vida
de otras personas. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: make
a difference, make a difference, make a
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase make a difference.
difference. These children make a difference.
They help remove trash from a pond. the
clean-up will help the environment. The
children make a difference by helping to keep
the environment clean.

104
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brooklyn Production/Corbis. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 4
giraffe, hippo, elephant,
Here’s My Dollar
zebra, seal, chimpanzee

giraffe hippo elephant

zebra seal chimpanzee

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
105
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Michele Burgess/Corbis. (tc) © Darrell Gulin/Corbis. (tr) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
(bl) © Image Source/PunchStock. (bm) © imageshop/PunchStock. (br) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 appliances
Unit 2 Week 5 A Castle on Viola Street

Word 2 owners
Key Vocabulary Word 1 appliances
Unit 2 Week 5 A Castle on Viola Street

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Complete this sentence to name appliances:
1. One word in the selection is appliances. Say it are appliances. (Examples
with me: appliances. Appliances are machines include: stoves, dishwashers, washing
that help you do work at home. Washing machines, dryers, refrigerators, freezers, air
machines are appliances that help you wash conditioners, toasters)
clothes. Dishwashers are appliances that help 5. Work with your partner. Make up a riddle
you wash dishes. about an appliance. Give clues in your riddle.
2. En español, appliances quiere decir “las Then say your riddle. We will guess the
máquinas que ayudan a hacer los deberes de answer.
la casa, electrodomésticos.” Las lavadoras de 6. Now let’s say appliances together three more
ropa son un tipo de electrodoméstico que times: appliances, appliances, appliances.
ayudan a lavar la ropa. Las lavadoras de vajilla
ayudan a lavar los platos.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word appliances. (Point to the washer
and dryer.) These are appliances. (Point to the
washing machine.) This appliance is a washing
machine. It washes clothes. (Point to the
dryer.) This appliance is a dryer. It
dries clothes.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 owners


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. What would you like to own? Draw a picture
1. Another word in the selection is owners. Say it to show. Then stand and hold up your
with me: owners. Owners are people who buy picture. Tell about your picture by completing
things. Some people buy houses. Then they the sentences: I am an owner. I own
are owners of the houses. Some people own .
dogs. They are dog owners. 5. What do you own? Act it out! We will guess
2. En español, owners quiere decir “las personas what you own by completing the sentences:
a las que les pertenece algo por haberlo You are an owner. You own .
comprado, dueños.” Algunas personas 6. Now let’s say owners together three more
compran casas. Esas personas son dueñas de times: owners, owners, owners.
sus casas. Algunas personas compran perros.
Son los dueños de sus perros.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word owners. (Point to the family standing
by the truck.) These people are owners. They
just bought a new truck, so they own the
truck now. That makes them truck owners.

108
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Lawrence Manning/Corbis. (b) © Siri Stafford/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 construction
Unit 2 Week 5 A Castle on Viola Street

Word 4 equipment
Key Vocabulary Word 3 construction
Unit 2 Week 5 A Castle on Viola Street

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is construction. the word construction. (Point to the
Say it with me: construction. Construction construction worker building the house.) This
means “the building or making of something.” man is a construction worker. He is working
Sometimes you can see the construction of a on the construction of a new house. That
new house. means he is building a new house.
2. En español, construction quiere decir “el 5. Imagine that you are a construction
proceso de hacer una estructura o edificio, worker. You are building a new house. Act
contrucción.” A veces puedes observar la out something you might do. (Examples:
construcción de una nueva casa. hammering a nail, using a screwdriver)
3. Construction in English and construcción in 6. Let’s work together on the construction
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost of something. What can we use for our
the same and mean the same thing in both construction? (Examples: counting blocks,
languages. wooden blocks, books) Now let’s start and see
what we can construct, or build.
7. Now let’s say construction together three
more times: construction, construction,
construction.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 equipment


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is equipment. the word equipment. (Point to the tool
Say it with me: equipment. Equipment means belt.) This is a tool belt. The tool belt has
“the thing or things you need to make or do equipment, or tools, that a construction
something.” Football players wear equipment, worker uses. Let’s name some of the
like helmets and pads. Constructions workers equipment: hammer, screwdriver, gloves,
use equipment, like hammers, saws, and nails. wrench, tape measure, and pliers.
2. En español, equipment quiere decir ”las 5. We use equipment in school. Tell your
herramientas que necesitas para hacer algo, partner what equipment we use. Complete
equipo.” Los jugadores de fútbol americano the sentence frame: I use equipment in
tienen un equipo de cosas que se tienen que school. I use a(n) when I
poner para protegerse, como sus cascos y . (Examples include: pencil/
almohadillas. Los obreros o albañiles tienen su write, scissors/cut, ruler/measure, eraser/erase,
equipo de herramientas que usan, como sus crayons/draw)
martillos, serruchos y clavos. 6. What is your favorite sport or activity? What
3. Equipment in English and equipo in Spanish equipment do you use to do that sport or
are cognates. They sound almost the same activity? Tell your partner.
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say equipment together three more
times: equipment, equipment, equipment.

110
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stephan Simpson/Taxi/Getty Images. (b) © Brans X Pictures/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 leaky
Unit 2 Week 5 A Castle on Viola Street

Word 6 project
Key Vocabulary Word 5 leaky
Unit 2 Week 5 A Castle on Viola Street

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Would you use the leaky pail in the picture?
1. Another word in the selection is leaky. Say it Why or why not? Tell your partner.
with me: leaky. If something is leaky, it has 5. Tell your partner about something besides a
a hole that something else, like water, goes pail that could be leaky. What would leak out
through. A leaky roof has holes in it. Rain of it? (Examples include: roof/rain, car/oil or
comes into the house through the holes. gas, faucet/water, bag of sugar/sugar, carton
2. En español, leaky quiere decir “que tiene of milk/milk)
huecos por los cuales otras cosas, como el 6. Now let’s say leaky together three more times:
agua, se cuelan; con goteras.” Un tejado con leaky, leaky, leaky.
goteras tiene huecos. La lluvia puede entrar a
la casa por esos huecos.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word leaky. (Point to the leaky pail.)
This is a leaky pail. Do you see this water
coming out? The water is leaking, or dripping,
through holes in the pail. The pail is leaky
because it has holes in it.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 project


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is project. Say it the word project. (Point to the students
with me: project. A project is something that cleaning up outside.) These students are
you work on. You can work on a project alone working on a project. Their project is to clean
or with other people. Suppose a homeowner up trash outside. They have cleaned up a lot
has a leaky roof. Then the homeowner has a of trash so far!
project. The project is to fix the roof. 5. What equipment did the students in the
2. En español, project quiere decir ”una picture use to do their project? Do you think
actividad en la que estás trabajando, the students did a good job on their project?
proyecto.” Puedes trabajar solo o con otras Why or why not?
personas para completar un proyecto. 6. Tell your partner about a project that you
Digamos que el dueño de una casa tiene worked on in school. Then tell your partner
un tejado con goteras. Ese dueño tiene un about a project that you worked on at home.
proyecto. Su proyecto es arreglar las goteras 7. Now let’s say project together three more
en el tejado. times: project, project, project.
3. Project in English and proyecto in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.

112
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ingram Publishing (Superstock Limited)/Alamy Images. (b) © Larry Bones/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 enough to go around
Unit 2 Week 5 A Castle on Viola Street

Word 2 sometimes
Word 1 enough to go around
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase enough to go 4. I am going to show you some things. If there
around when we have a lot of something and are enough to go around in our class, say,
we want to share it with other people. Say it “We have enough to go around.” If there are
with me: enough to go around. When we have not enough, say, “We do not have enough to
a snack at school, we have enough food to go go around.” (Display the following objects.)
around. We all eat some of the food. two pencils
2. En español, enough to go around quiere decir a lot of crayons
“suficiente para todos.” Si tenemos una gran three rulers
cantidad de una cosa, podemos compartir. a lot of pieces of paper
Cuando tenemos comida en la escuela, scissors for everyone
siempre alcanza para todos. A todos nos toca 5. Imagine you are at a birthday party. Tell
un poco. me what you need to have for everyone.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase enough Complete this sentence: We need enough
to go around. The children are eating pizza. to go around. (Responses
There are two boxes of pizza. That is enough include cake, ice cream, cookies, balloons, or
to go around. Everyone will get some pizza. party hats.)
There is enough pizza for everyone. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
enough to go around, enough to go around,
enough to go around.

Word 2 sometimes
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the word sometimes to talk 4. I will say some sentences. Repeat each
about things that happen but do not happen sentence. If it tells about something you do
all the time. Say it with me: sometimes. sometimes, add the word sometimes. If it tells
Sometimes it rains. It does not rain every day, about something you do all of the time, add
but it rains on some days. the words all of the time.
2. En español, sometimes quiere decir “a veces, I breathe. (I breathe all of the time.)
no todo el tiempo.” A veces llueve. No llueve I go to school. (I go to school sometimes.)
todos los días, solamente algunos días. I see the sun in the sky. (I see the sun in the
3. This picture demonstrates the word sky sometimes.)
sometimes. The teacher helps the boy with I need help. (I need help sometimes.)
his work. We all need help sometimes. This I go to the movies. (I go to the movies
boy needs help sometimes, too. He does not sometimes.)
need help all of the time. Sometimes he does 5. What do you sometimes do on weekends? Tell
not need help. When he does need help, the us what you do sometimes but not all of the
teacher helps him. time.
6. Repeat the word three times with me:
sometimes, sometimes, sometimes.

114
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Comstock/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 little by little
Unit 2 Week 5 A Castle on Viola Street

Word 4 flip through a magazine


Word 3 little by little
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase little by little 4. Listen to some things you could do. Do you do
to tell when we do something or learn each thing little by little? Say “yes” or “no” to
something a little bit at a time. Say it with me: answer each question.
little by little. Sometimes we work on a big You eat a whole bowl of oatmeal all at once.
project at school. We do some work one day. Do you eat the oatmeal little by little? (no)
Then we do some more work the next day. We You are painting your room. You paint some
keep doing a little bit of work each day. We each day. After two weeks you finish. Do you
work on the project little by little. paint little by little? (yes)
2. En español, little by little quiere decir “poco a You are learning to play the piano. You
poco.” A veces tenemos un proyecto grande practice every day. Are you learning little by
en la escuela. Hacemos un poco un día. Luego little? (yes)
le seguimos al otro día. Cada día trabajamos You read the whole book at one time. Do you
un poco más. Poco a poco vamos terminando read the book little by little? (no)
el proyecto. 5. Tell us about something you do little by little.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase little When we hear you say the phrase little by
by little. This girl is learning to be a gymnast. little, we will say them with you.
Right now she is learning to climb up the pole. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: little
The girl practices every day. She gets better by little, little by little, little by little.
little by little. The girl will not become a
gymnast in one day, but little by little, she will
learn what she needs to know.

Word 4 flip through a magazine


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase flip through 4. What magazines do you like to flip through?
a magazine when we look at the pages in Complete this sentence to tell: I like to flip
a magazine. Say it with me: flip through a through magazines about .
magazine. When we flip through a magazine, 5. Let’s flip through this magazine together. As
we do not read it carefully. We look at the we flip through, tell about something you
pictures. We also look at important words, but see in the magazine. Complete this sentence:
we do not read every word. When I flip through the magazine, I see
2. En español, to flip through a magazine quiere .
decir “hojear una revista.” Cuando hojeamos 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: flip
una revista, pasamos las hojas rápidamente. through a magazine, flip through a magazine,
No leemos la revista. Miramos las fotos. flip through a magazine.
Miramos una que otra palabra, no todas las
palabras.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase flip
through a magazine. These girls flip through a
magazine. They look at the pictures. They talk
about the pictures, too. They do not read all
the words. The girls have fun flipping through
the magazine.

116
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image 100/Fotosearch Stock Photography. (b) © image 100/Corbis.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 5
bathtub, cabinet, sink,
A Castle on Viola Street
wallpaper, linoleum, floorboard

bathtub cabinet sink

wallpaper linoleum floorboard

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
117
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Comstock/PunchStock. (tc) © Comstock Images/Getty Images. (tr) © Jupiterimages/ Comstock Images/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Lawrence Manning/Corbis. (bm) © Photodisc/Getty Images. (br) © Chloe Johnson/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 talented
Unit 3 Week 1 Author: A True Story

Word 2 single
Key Vocabulary Word 1 talented
Unit 3 Week 1 Author: A True Story

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. The girl in the picture is talented at playing
1. One word in the selection is talented. Say it the piano. What else are people talented at?
with me: talented. Talented means “really Tell your partner. (Examples include: sports,
good at doing something.” Basketball teams musical instruments, school, their jobs, art)
are talented at playing basketball. Baseball 5. Suppose you could be talented at doing
teams are talented at playing baseball. anything in the world. What would you be
2. En español, talented quiere decir “que es talented at? Why?
bueno haciendo algo, dotado.” Los jugadores 6. Now let’s say talented together three more
de baloncesto son dotados para el baloncesto. times: talented, talented, talented.
Los equipos de beísbol son dotados para el
beísbol.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word talented. (Point to the girl at the
piano.) This girl is a talented piano player.
She is talented, or really good, at playing the
piano. She does not make many mistakes.
People like to hear the beautiful music she
makes.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 single


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. (Have everyone sit except for one boy.) A
1. Another word in the selection is single. Say it single boy is standing. He is the only person
with me: single. Single means “the only one or standing. Now let’s take turns being the
all alone.” Suppose there is only one star that single person to do something. When I tap
you can see in the sky. You would see a single you, be the single person to do something.
star. Complete this sentence: I am the single person
to . (Examples include: clap,
2. En español, single quiere decir “el único, solo.”
jump, raise my hand)
Supón que sólo hay una estrella en el cielo.
Ves una sola estrella. 5. I will hold up some things. If I hold up a single
thing, you hold up a single finger. If I hold up
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
more than a single thing, you hold up more
the word single. (Point to the sunflower.) I see
than a single finger. (Hold up single objects
a single flower in this picture. There is only
and more than one object.)
one flower. It is all alone.
6. Now let’s say single together three more times:
single, single, single.

120
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Asia Images Group/AsiaPix/Getty Images. (b) © DAJ/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 proper
Unit 3 Week 1 Author: A True Story

Word 4 excitement
Key Vocabulary Word 3 proper
Unit 3 Week 1 Author: A True Story

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. I will show you the proper way to hold a
1. Another word in the selection is proper. Say pencil. (Hold your pencil.) Now you hold a
it with me: proper. Proper means “correct pencil the proper way. Why is it important to
or right.” If you learn to do something the hold your pencil in the proper way?
proper way, you do it the correct way. 5. Teach your partner to do something in a
2. En español, proper quiere decir “correcto o proper way. Tell and show your partner what
adecuado.” Si aprendes a hacer algo de la to do. Then have your partner practice doing
manera adecuada, lo aprendes a hacer bien o it the proper way.
correctamente. 6. Now let’s say proper together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: proper, proper, proper.
the word proper. (Point to the man teaching
the girl how to play a guitar.) This dad is
showing his daughter how to play the guitar
the proper way. She is learning the proper
place to put her fingers.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 excitement


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is excitement. the word excitement. (Point to the children
Say it with me: excitement. If you feel who are riding down the hill.) These children
excitement, you really like what you are are feeling excitement. Do you see their faces?
doing. You want to do it again and again. They look really happy. I think they are having
Some people feel excitement when they lots of fun.
ride on a rollercoaster. They might be a little 5. Do you think this is a good picture to show
scared, but they are having a lot of fun! the meaning of excitement? Work with your
2. En español, excitement quiere decir “el partner and tell why or why not. Tell your
movimiento de un sentimiento, excitación.” partner what picture you would use to show
A algunas personas les produce excitación what excitement means.
montar en una montaña rusa. Les produce 6. When have you felt a lot of excitement? What
susto y dicha al mismo tiempo made it exciting? Share answers with your
3. Excitement in English and excitación in partner.
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 7. Now let’s say excitement together three more
the same and mean the same thing in both times: excitement, excitement, excitement.
languages.

122
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Asia Images Group/AsiaPix/Getty Images. (b) © Purestock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 acceptance
Unit 3 Week 1 Author: A True Story

Word 6 useful
Key Vocabulary Word 5 acceptance
Unit 3 Week 1 Author: A True Story

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is acceptance. the word acceptance. (Point to the family
Say it with me: acceptance. When something with their thumbs up.) This family is showing
has your acceptance, you like it or think it is their acceptance of something. I know that
a good idea. Suppose I said that you can have because they have their thumbs up. A thumbs-
a long recess today. That idea might get your up sign means that something is a good idea.
acceptance! 5. Show a thumbs-up sign to show your
2. En español, acceptance se dice “aprobación acceptance. I will name things. Put your
o aceptación.” Cuando algo tiene tu thumbs up if you feel acceptance. Put your
aceptación, te gusta o te parece bueno. La thumbs down if you don’t. (Name things such
idea de tener un recreo más largo hoy recibiría as no recess, less homework, a new puppy.)
tu aceptación, ¿verdad? 6. One way to show acceptance is to show a
3. Acceptance in English and aceptación in thumbs-up sign. What are other ways to show
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost acceptance? Show me what you do. (Examples
the same and mean the same thing in both include: nod your head, clap your hands)
languages. 7. Now let’s say acceptance together three more
times: acceptance, acceptance, acceptance.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 useful


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. What things are useful to you? Make a list of
1. Another word in the selection is useful. Say useful things with your partner. Then choose
it with me: useful. Useful means “helpful or one thing from your list. Tell the class why it is
having a good use.” Raincoats are useful. They useful.
keep us dry when we go out in the rain. 5. What is one useful thing you learn in school?
2. En español, useful quiere decir “que tiene un Why do you think it is useful? Complete
uso, útil.” Los impermeables son útiles. Nos these sentences: One useful thing I learn in
mantienen secos cuando está lloviendo. school is . It is useful because
.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word useful. (Point to the boots.) These 6. Now let’s say useful together three more
rubber boots are useful. Suppose it is raining times: useful, useful, useful.
outside. The boots keep your feet dry. The
boots are useful if you want to splash in
puddles or play in snow, too.

124
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Goodshot/PunchStock. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 usually
Unit 3 Week 1 Author: A True Story

Word 2 never again


Word 1 usually
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the word usually when we 5. Listen to each sentence. Make it tell about
tell about something that happens most of the something you usually do. Add the word
time but not all of the time. Say it with me: usually.
usually. I usually come to school every weekday I go to school.
morning. If I am sick, I do not come. If there is I eat breakfast.
no school, I do not come. Usually, though, I’m I go outside for recess.
here at school every weekday morning. I walk to school.
2. En español, usually quiere decir “usualmente, I watch television after school.
casi siempre.” Yo casi siempre llego a la 6. Tell about something you usually do but
escuela cada mañana. Si estoy enferma, do not always do. Complete this sentence:
no vengo. Si no hay clases, no vengo. I usually , but sometimes I
Usualmente, aquí me tienen cada mañana. .
3. Usually in English and usualmente in Spanish (Responses include I usually go to school, but
are cognates. They sound almost the same sometimes I stay home; I usually have cereal
and mean the same thing in both languages. for breakfast, but sometimes I have eggs.)
4. This picture demonstrates the word usually. 7. Repeat the word three times with me: usually,
This dad usually walks his daughter to the usually, usually.
bus stop in the morning. He does that almost
every morning. The bus usually gets to the
bus stop at the same time every day. Then the
dad usually gives his daughter a kiss good-bye.
After that, his daughter always gets on the bus.

Word 2 never again


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the phrase never again to 4. Here are some things people can do. Tell your
tell about something that we do not want to partner which you would never again do. Say
ever happen even one more time. Say it with the phrase never again. Then tell why.
me: never again. Sometimes people go to a get a zero on homework
scary movie. They get so scared that they say get an A in school
they will never again go to a scary movie. Then drop a glass of milk and have to clean it up
they do not go to any more scary movies ever. be mean to my best friend
2. En español, never again quiere decir “nunca try hard
más, jamás.” A veces las personas ven una tell a lie
película de terror. Se asustan tanto que dicen 5. Tell your partner about something that you
“Jamás vuelvo a ver una película de terror.” did once and will never again do. Why will you
Eso quiere decir que nunca más volverán a ver never do it again?
una película de terror.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: never
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase never again, never again, never again.
again. This man gets a speeding ticket from
the police officer. The man was driving too
fast. As his punishment, he will have to pay
some money. Now the man is not happy. He
is thinking, “I will never again drive too fast.
I will never again get a ticket.” He does not
want this to happen even one more time.

126
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ariel Skelley/Blend Images/Getty Images. (b) © William Fritsch/Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 anytime
Unit 3 Week 1 Author: A True Story

Word 4 anywhere
Word 3 anytime
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the word anytime to talk 4. I will name some things. Tell me which things
about when things can happen or when we can happen anytime during the day.
can do things. Say it with me: anytime. Some Wake up at 8:00 in the morning.
people can read a book anytime. They are Drink a glass of cold water.
always happy to read. They can read now. Go to the first day of school in September.
They can read later. They can read anytime. Eat an apple.
2. En español, anytime quiere decir “a cualquier Have fun.
hora.” Algunas personas pueden leer un libro Smile.
a cualquier hora. Siempre están dispuestas a 5. What can we do anytime at all while we are in
leer. Pueden leer ahora mismo. Pueden leer school? What can we only do at special times?
más tarde. Pueden leer a cualquier hora. Complete these sentences to tell:
3. This picture demonstrates the word anytime. We can anytime. We cannot
This girl drinks a glass of milk. She can drink anytime. We can only do that
milk anytime. Sometimes she drinks milk with when .
her breakfast. Sometimes she drinks milk with (We can read anytime. We cannot have lunch
her lunch. Sometimes she drinks milk for a anytime. We can only do that when the lunch
snack. She likes to drink milk anytime during bell rings.)
the day. 6. Repeat the word three times with me:
anytime, anytime, anytime.

Word 4 anywhere
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the word anywhere to 4. If you have a cell phone, you can talk to
talk about where people can do something your friends anywhere. What else can you do
or where something can happen. Say it with anywhere at all? Tell your partner.
me: anywhere. If something can happen 5. If you could go anywhere in the world,
anywhere, it can happen at many different where would you go? Why? Complete this
places and not just at one place. It can sentence: If I could go anywhere, I would go
happen here, there, or anywhere. to because .
2. En español, anywhere quiere decir 6. Repeat the word three times with me:
“dondequiera, en cualquier lugar.” Si algo anywhere, anywhere, anywhere.
puede suceder dondequiera, puede suceder en
diferentes lugares, no en un solo lugar. Puede
suceder aquí, allá o en cualquier lugar.
3. This picture demonstrates the word anywhere.
This man is on top of a mountain, but he is
still talking on the telephone! That’s because
today many people have cell phones. If you
have a cell phone, you can talk on the phone
anywhere. You do not have to be in just one
place.

128
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Purestock/Alamy Images. (b) © Solstice Photography/Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 1
straight, round, backwards,
Author: A True Story
middle, beginning, end

straight round backwards

middle beginning end

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
129
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Ingram Publishing/age fotostock. (tc) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (tr) © Jeff Maloney/Photodisc/Getty Images.
(bl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (bm) © Digital Vision/Getty Images. (br) © Ken Seet/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 crackle
Unit 3 Week 2 Dear Juno

Word 2 starry
Key Vocabulary Word 1 crackle
Unit 3 Week 2 Dear Juno

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Leaves can crackle. Paper can crackle, too.
1. One word in the selection is crackle. Say it Listen. (Scrunch up a piece of paper.) I made
with me: crackle. Crackle means “to make the paper crackle. Now you take turns. Make
snapping sounds.” When a fire is burning in the paper crackle.
your fireplace, you can hear the wood crackle 5. Some words sound almost like the sound
as it burns. they tell about. Work with your partner. Say
2. En español, to crackle quiere decir “producir crackle. Try to make the word sound like its
un sonido seco o crujiente, como el de la meaning.
madera quemándose; crepitar.” Cuando 6. Now let’s say crackle together three more
prendes un fuego en la chimenea, la madera times: crackle, crackle, crackle.
crepita.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word crackle. (Point to the fall leaves.)
These are leaves that you see in the fall. The
leaves get dry when they change color. If
you step on the leaves, the leaves crackle.
Sometimes the wind blows the leaves. That
can make the leaves crackle, too.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 starry


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s make believe that we are stars and our
1. Another word in the selection is starry. Say it room is a night sky. Stand up and blink like a
with me: starry. Starry means “having a lot of star. Open and close your eyes and hands. Say:
stars.” Sometimes we can see a lot of stars in We are a starry night sky.
the sky at night. We call that a starry night. 5. Would you see only a single star or many stars
2. En español, starry quiere decir “que tiene on a starry night? Stand up and blink like a
muchas estrellas, estrellado.” Decimos que el star if you would see only a single star on a
cielo está estrellado cuando se ven muchas starry night. Stand up and blink like a star if
estrellas en él. you would see many stars on a starry night.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say starry together three more
the word starry. (Point to the night sky.) This times: starry, starry, starry.
picture shows a starry night sky. Do you see
all the stars in the sky? The stars make the sky
bright and shiny on a starry night.

132
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Robert Llewellyn/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 announced
Unit 3 Week 2 Dear Juno

Word 4 soared
Key Vocabulary Word 3 announced
Unit 3 Week 2 Dear Juno

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is announced. the word announced. (Point to the man
Say it with me: announced. Announced in front of the microphone.) This man
means “told or gave information to people.” announced important news. He gave
Sometimes something new or important information to other people. (Point to the
happens at school. The principal announces microphone.) He used a microphone when he
the news to us. announced the news. He wanted everyone to
hear him.
2. En español, to announce quiere decir “decir o
dar información a otras personas, anunciar.” 5. Think of some important news. Then pretend
Cuando algo importante ocurre en el colegio, you are the man in the picture. Announce
el rector anuncia la noticia. your news to your partner.
3. To announce in English and anunciar in 6. Talk to your partner about the last time our
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost principal announced something to us. What
the same and mean the same thing in both did the principal announce? How did the
languages. principal announce it?
7. Now let’s say announced together three more
times: announced, announced, announced.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 soared


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s make believe that we are the birds in the
1. Another word in the selection is soared. Say picture. Let’s soar in the sky. Now complete
it with me: soared. Soared means “flew high this sentence: When I soared high in the sky,
in the sky.” This morning, a single bird soared .
above me on my way to school. 5. Birds soar in the sky. What else soars in the
2. En español, to soar quiere decir “volar muy sky? Act out something soaring in the sky. We
alto.” Esta mañana vi un solo pájaro volando will guess what you are.
muy alto sobre mí. 6. Now let’s say soared together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: soared, soared, soared.
the word soared. (Point to the soaring birds.)
These birds soared in the sky. They flew high
above the water. Do you see how their wings
are spread wide? When birds soar, they spread
their wings wide.

134
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source Pink/Getty Images. (b) © Stockbyte/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 noticed
Unit 3 Week 2 Dear Juno
Key Vocabulary Word 5 noticed
Unit 3 Week 2 Dear Juno

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is noticed. Say it the word noticed. (Point to the girl looking at
with me: noticed. Noticed means “saw.” This the exhibit.) This girl just noticed something
morning, I noticed a single bird that soared in behind the glass. Do you see what she is
the sky. pointing to? She is pointing to what she
noticed. What do you think she noticed?
2. En español, to notice quiere decir “ver, darse
cuenta, notar.” Cuando caminaba al colegio 5. Play a game with your partner. Look around
esta mañana noté a un pájaro volando alto en the room until you notice something. Give
el cielo. your partner clues. Have your partner guess
what you noticed.
3. To notice in English and notar in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 6. Imagine that you are outside. What do you
mean the same thing in both languages. notice when you look up at the sky? What
do you notice when you look down at the
ground? Tell your partner what you noticed.
7. Now let’s say noticed together three more
times: noticed, noticed, noticed.

136
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Bananastock/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 first
Unit 3 Week 2 Dear Juno

Word 2 second
Word 1 first
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the word first when we 4. Let’s stand in line. (Have students stand in a
tell what comes before anything else or what line.) Who is standing first in our line? Let’s
happens before anything else. Say it with me: complete this sentence to tell:
first. A is the first letter in the alphabet. The is first in line.
number 1 is the first number we say when we (Continue by having other students stand first
count to 10. in line.)
2. En español, first quiere decir “primero; algo 5. Tell about what you do first. Answer these
que precede cualquier otro.” La letra A es la questions:
primera letra del abecedario. El número 1 es el What is the first thing you do when you wake
primer número que decimos cuando contamos up?
hasta 10. What is the first thing you do when you get to
3. This picture demonstrates the word first. school?
These children are waiting to get on the bus. Who was the first child in your family?
They are standing in line. This boy is the first Which do you do first, eat breakfast or brush
person in line. He is standing before, or in your teeth?
front of, everyone else. He will get onto the 6. Repeat the word three times with me: first,
bus first. He will get onto the bus before all first, first.
the other children.

Word 2 second
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the word second when 5. Let’s stand in line. (Have students stand in a
we tell what comes or happens right after line.) Who is standing first in our line? Who
something that is first. Say it with me: second. is standing second in line? Let’s complete
A is the first letter in the alphabet. B is the these sentences to tell: is
second letter. The numbe two is the second first in line. is second in line.
number we say when we count from one to (Continue by having other students stand first
ten. and second in line.)
2. En español, second quiere decir “segundo; algo 6. Let’s talk about things that come first and
que viene después del primero.” La letra A es la second.
primera letra del abecedario. La B es la segunda Write your name. What is the first letter in
letra. El númer two es el segundo número que your name? What is the second letter?
decimos cuando contamos hast ten. Look at the calendar. Let’s name the days
3. Second in English and segundo in Spanish are of the week. (Begin with Sunday.) What day
cognates. They sound almost the same and comes first? What day comes second?
mean the same thing in both languages. Now let’s name the months. What is the first
4. This picture demonstrates the word second. month? What is the second month?
This boy is the first person in line. This girl is 7. Repeat the word three times with me: second,
the second person in line. She is standing right second, second.
behind the first person. She will get onto the
bus second. She will get on right after the first
person gets on.

138
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Kwame Zikomo/SuperStock. (b) © Kwame Zikomo/SuperStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 then
Unit 3 Week 2 Dear Juno

Word 4 after he finished


Word 3 then
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase then to tell what 4. What will happen when the bus gets to
happens after something else happens. Say it school? First, the bus will stop. What will
with me: then. In the morning, the first thing happen then? (Then the bus driver will open
you do is get out of bed. Then you get ready the door, and the children will get off.)
for school. You get ready for school after you 5. I will say a pair of sentences. What happens
get out of bed. first? What happens then? Use first and then
2. En español, then quiere decir “después, to say the sentences in order.
entonces.” En la mañana lo primero que haces We read the middle of the story. We read the
es levantarte. Después, te preparas para ir a beginning of the story.
la escuela. Te preparas para ir a la escuela We get ready for school. We leave for school.
después de levantarte. We eat dinner. We make dinner.
3. This picture demonstrates the word then. We take the dog for a walk. We put the leash
(Show the picture of the children getting on on the dog.
the bus.) First the children got on the bus. 6. Repeat the word three times with me: then,
(Show this picture.) Then the bus left the bus then, then.
stop. The bus left after the children got on.
Now the bus is on its way to school.

Word 4 after he finished


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase after he finished 4. Change the second sentence in each pair. Use
when we talk about what happened next the phrase after he finished instead of then.
after someone stopped doing something. Say The boy cleaned his room. Then he played a
it with me: after he finished. Suppose a boy game.
just played basketball. He worked hard and The boy did his homework. Then he watched
ran a lot. Then he stopped playing. He was TV.
hot and tired, so he drank some water. After Dad mowed the lawn. Then he took a shower.
he finished playing basketball, he drank some Victor ate lunch. Then he had dessert.
water.
5. Think about what we did first in school this
2. En español, after he finished quiere decir morning. Tell your partner what we did
“después de que terminó.” Digamos que un after we finished doing that. Complete this
niño acaba de jugar baloncesto. Se esforzó sentence: After we finished ,
mucho y corrió demasiado. Luego dejó de we .
jugar. Estaba acalorado y cansado, y por eso
tomó agua. Después de que terminó de jugar, 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
tomó agua. after he finished, after he finished, after he
finished.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase after he
finished. Look at this boy. He just got off the
school bus. After he finished his day at school,
the boy got on the bus. After he finished
riding on the bus, the boy got off the bus.
After the boy got off the bus, the bus driver
closed the bus doors. After he finished his bus
route, the bus driver went home.

140
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © StockTrek/Getty Images (b) © D. Berry/PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Image.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 2
name, address, picture,
Dear Juno
crayons, pencils, drawing paper

name address picture

crayons pencils drawing paper

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
141
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © C Squared Studios/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © TongoRo Image Stock/Alamy Images. (tr) © Burke/Triolo Productions/Brand X/Corbis.
(bl) © Gabe Palmer/Alamy Images. (bm) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (br) © Ken Cavanagh Photographer/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 record
Unit 3 Week 3 Messaging Mania

Word 2 estimate
Key Vocabulary Word 1 record
Unit 3 Week 3 Messaging Mania

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. How do you think the girl in the picture felt
1. One word in the selection is record. Say it with when she broke her own record and ran so
me: record. If you set a record in a sport or fast? Imagine you and your partner are the
in a competition, you do the best ever. A fast girl and her friend. Ask and answer questions
runner might set a record by running a race about the girl’s record.
faster than anyone else has ever run that race. 5. What record would you like to break? What
2. En español, record quiere decir “un resultado would you do to try to break the record?
mejor que el de cualquier persona antes, un 6. Now let’s say record together three more
récord.” Un atleta que termina una carrera en times: record, record, record.
menos tiempo que cualquier otra persona en
la historia de la carrera ha batido un récord.
3. Now, let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word record. (Point to the girl who is
winning the race.) This girl is breaking her
own record. She just ran the race faster than
she ever ran it before.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 estimate


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. (Point to the
1. Another word in the selection is estimate. money.) This person can estimate how much
Say it with me: estimate. Estimate means “to money she has. Then she can count the money
make a guess that is close to the number or to see exactly how much money she has. I
size of something.” I can estimate how many estimate that she has around $50.00. Do you
students are in our school. Then I can check think I am close?
to find out if my guess was close to the real 5. Let’s estimate how tall each of us is. (Have
number. students estimate their heights.) Now let’s
2. En español, to estimate quiere decir “calcular check. We will measure ourselves to see if our
o adivinar la cantidad o el tamaño de algo, estimates were close.
estimar.” Puedo estimar cuántos estudiantes 6. (Display some pennies, counting blocks, or
tiene nuestro colegio. Después podría other small classroom items.) I have some
averiguar el número exacto para ver si acerté. pennies. Estimate how many pennies I have.
3. To estimate in English and estimar in Spanish (Have students estimate.) Now count the
are cognates. They sound almost the same pennies. How close was your estimate?
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say estimate together three more
times: estimate, estimate, estimate.

144
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Thomas Barwick/Photographer’s Choice/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 focus
Unit 3 Week 3 Messaging Mania
Key Vocabulary Word 3 focus
Unit 3 Week 3 Messaging Mania

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is focus. Say it the word focus. (Point to the girl who is
with me: focus. Focus means “to give all your focusing on the computer screen.) This girl is
attention to something or to concentrate focusing on her work. She is looking carefully
on it.” When I read a book, I focus on it. I at her computer screen and thinking about
concentrate on what I am reading. what she is doing.
2. En español, to focus quiere decir “dar toda tu 5. Why do you think the girl is focusing on her
atención a algo, concentrar, enfocar.” Cuando computer screen? Tell your partner.
leo un libro, me enfoco en él. Me concentro 6. What do you focus on? When do you focus on
en lo que estoy leyendo. it? Tell what you do when you focus on that
thing.
7. Now let’s say focus together three more times:
focus, focus, focus.

146
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 up-to-the-minute
Unit 3 Week 3 Messaging Mania

Word 2 more easily


Word 1 up-to-the-minute
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the words up-to-the-minute 4. Today we can get up-to-the-minute
to tell about information that we get right information in a lot of ways. Tell your partner
now about something that is happening right how some people get up-to-the-minute
now. Say it with me: up-to-the-minute. The information. (Responses include using a
news programs on TV have up-to-the-minute phone, watching TV, using the computer to
news. They tell us important news that is send messages to friends, or sending e-mail.)
happening right now. 5. Do you think it is important to get up-to-the-
2. En español, up-to-the-minute quiere decir “de minute information? Why or why not? Tell
última hora; lo que está sucediendo en este your partner.
mismo momento.” Las noticias de última hora 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: up-
son las que están sucediendo en este mismo to-the-minute, up-to-the-minute, up-to-the-
momento. minute.
3. This picture demonstrates the words up-
to-the-minute. This boy is about to go on a
trip. He is looking at the plane schedule. The
schedule gives up-to-the-minute information.
It tells when each plane will get to the airport
and when each plane will leave.

Word 2 more easily


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase more easily to 4. I will name two things people can do. Tell me
tell how we can do something in a way that which thing you could do more easily.
is not as difficult as doing it another way. walk 50 miles/ride in a car for 50 miles
Say it with me: more easily. I can move a pile wake up at 5 in the morning/wake up at 9 in
of rocks across the yard by moving one rock the morning
at a time. I can do it more easily, though, hop on two feet/hop on one foot
if I use a wheelbarrow. It will be easier, or say the alphabet starting with A/say the alpha-
not as difficult, if I put all the rocks into the bet backwards starting with Z
wheelbarrow and then move them together.
5. Machines help us do things more easily. Think
2. En español, more easily quiere decir “más of a machine that helps you do something
fácilmente.” Si podemos hacer algo más more easily. Tell me about it. Complete
fácilmente que otra cosa, no es tan difícil de this sentence: A helps me
hacer. Puedo mover un montón de piedras si more easily. (A washing
las muevo una por una. Las puedo mover más machine helps me wash my clothes more
fácilmente si uso una carretilla. Sería más fácil, easily.)
o no tan difícil, echar todas las piedras en la
carretilla y transportarlas todas juntas. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: more
easily, more easily, more easily.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase more
easily. It shows one way that people can lift
heavy things more easily than by picking
up the heavy things themselves. The crane
is lifting the heavy box onto the boat. The
crane can lift the heavy box more easily than a
person could lift it.

148
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Inti St. Clair/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Ingram Publishing/age fotostock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 cut down
Unit 3 Week 3 Messaging Mania

Word 4 at once
Word 3 cut down
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the phrase cut down 4. What is something that takes you a long time
when we talk about how long it takes to do to do? What can you do to cut down on the
something. Say it with me: cut down. When time it takes to do it? Tell your partner.
we cut down on the time, we do something in 5. Computers help us cut down on the time it
less time than we usually do it in. It does not takes to do things. What are some ways that
take as long to do something if we cut down using a computer can help you cut down on
on the time. time? (Responses include finding information
2. En español, to cut down quiere decir for school, seeing if stores have things you
“reducir.” Cuando reducimos el tiempo que want, getting the news, talking to friends, or
usamos para hacer algo, usamos menos using the calculator to do math.)
tiempo. No nos toma tanto tiempo si 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: cut
reducimos el tiempo. down, cut down, cut down.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase cut
down. The children are working on a project
together. Usually when people work together,
it cuts down on the time it takes to do the
same thing alone. Two people are working
together and helping out, so the project does
not take as much time.

Word 4 at once
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the phrase at once when we 4. Tell your partner about two things that you
talk about doing more than one thing at the can do at once. Complete these sentences: I
same time. Say it with me: at once. Sometimes can do two things at once.
people do two things at once. They might I can at the same time that I
read the newspaper and eat breakfast at the .
same time. They do those things at once. 5. Now think about things that you should not
2. En español, at once quiere decir “al mismo do at once. Tell your partner two things you
tiempo.” A veces las personas hacen dos cosas should not do at once. Why shouldn’t you do
al mismo tiempo. Quizás leen el periódico those things at the same time?
mientras desayunan. Hacen dos cosas al 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: at
mismo tiempo. once, at once, at once.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase at once.
This dad gives his son breakfast. At the same
time, he talks on the telephone. The dad is
doing those two things at once.

150
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/Corbis. (b) © Randy Faris/Corbis.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 3
mouse, e-mail, computer,
Messaging Mania
screen, mouse pad, video

mouse e-mail computer

screen mouse pad video

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
151
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Andrew Paterson/Alamy Images. (tc) © David Young-Wolff/PhotoEdit. (tr) © David Cook / www.blueshiftstudios.co.uk/Alamy Images.
(bl) © John Wilkes Studio/Corbis. (bm) © Photodisc/Getty Images. (br) © Tetra Images/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 instance
Unit 3 Week 4 What Do Illustrators Do?

Word 2 illustrate
Key Vocabulary Word 1 instance
Unit 3 Week 4 What Do Illustrators Do?

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. “A dog is a person’s best friend.” Do you
1. One word in the selection is instance. agree or disagree with this saying? Tell your
Say it with me: instance. Instance means partner. Then give examples. Complete these
“example.” For instance, when I say “For sentences: I agree/disagree. For instance,
instance,” I mean “For example.” dogs .
2. En español, instance quiere decir “un ejemplo, 5. Tell your partner about something that is
o caso en el que ocurre algo.” “En este true. Then use the words for instance to give
caso” y “Por ejemplo” tienen un significado examples. (Examples include: It is getting
parecido. dark early. For instance, yesterday it was dark
at 4:30.)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word instance. (Point to the shades of 6. Now let’s say instance together three more
purple.) Suppose you want to paint your times: instance, instance, instance.
bedroom purple. There are many shades of
purple. For instance, this card shows three
purples. So, you go to the paint store and look
at the different purples. You choose one. For
instance, I choose this purple in the middle.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 illustrate


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is illustrate. the word illustrate. (Point to the illustration
Say it with me: illustrate. Illustrate means “to the boy drew.) This boy likes to illustrate. He
draw.” Authors write a book, and illustrators illustrated his wall. I like the pictures he drew.
illustrate a book. When they illustrate the I really like how he illustrated the sun.
book, they draw the pictures for it. 5. Imagine that you are an illustrator. You can
2. En español, to illustrate quiere decir “dibujar, illustrate any book you want. What would
ilustrar.” Los autores escriben las palabras que the book be about? Complete this sentence: I
van en los libros, mientras que los ilustradores would illustrate a book about .
los ilustran o pintan los dibujos que van en Share your sentence with a partner.
ellos. 6. What equipment do you think an illustrator
3. To illustrate in English and ilustrar in Spanish needs to illustrate a book? Talk with your
are cognates. They sound almost the same partner. Then share your answers with us.
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say illustrate together three more
times: illustrate, illustrate, illustrate.

154
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © C Squared Studios/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Creatas Images/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 style
Unit 3 Week 4 What Do Illustrators Do?

Word 4 textures
Key Vocabulary Word 3 style
Unit 3 Week 4 What Do Illustrators Do?

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is style. Say it the word style. (Point to the girl in the
with me: style. Style means “the way you dress middle.) Her friends help her get ready to go
or what you do that makes you special.” For out. This girl will wear her hair, make-up, and
instance, illustrators use their own style when clothing in her own special style. When she
they illustrate books. They draw the pictures goes out, people will see the girl’s style.
in their own special way. The pictures show 5. People wear their hair in different styles. Look
their style. around our room. Tell your partner about
2. En español, style quiere decir “la manera some different hairstyles.
especial o particular en la que haces algo, 6. Think about things you like, such as movies,
estilo.” Cada ilustrador tiene su propio estilo. music, food, or books. Tell your partner what
Cada uno dibuja de una manera distinta. styles are your favorite. (Examples include:
3. Style in English and estilo in Spanish are funny movies, loud music, spicy food,
cognates. They sound almost the same and mystery books)
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say style together three more times:
style, style, style.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 textures


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is textures. Say the word textures. (Point to the rocks.) Rocks
it with me: textures. The texture of something can have different textures. Some rocks are
is how it feels. Things have different textures. smooth. Some rocks are bumpy. Some rocks
Glass has a smooth texture. Sandpaper has a are rough. I wish we could feel these rocks.
rough texture. Peaches have a fuzzy texture. I wonder what different textures we would
feel.
2. En español, textures quiere decir “como se
siente algo al tocarlo, texturas.” Las cosas 5. Walk around the room until I clap my hands.
tienen texturas distintas. El papel de lija tiene (Clap.) Now stop and feel something that is
una textura áspera o tosca. Un melocotón near you. Describe the texture. (Repeat a
tiene una textura peluda. few times.)
3. Textures in English and texturas in Spanish are 6. Work with your partner. Have your partner
cognates. They sound almost the same and close his or her eyes. Then ask your partner to
mean the same thing in both languages. feel the texture of a small object. Have your
partner use the texture to guess what the
object is.
7. Now let’s say textures together three more
times: textures, textures, textures.

156
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Purestock/PunchStock. (b) © Purestock/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 sketches
Unit 3 Week 4 What Do Illustrators Do?

Word 6 suggestions
Key Vocabulary Word 5 sketches
Unit 3 Week 4 What Do Illustrators Do?

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. I’m going to use my finger to make a sketch.
1. Another word in the selection is sketches. Say Watch. (Sketch a rabbit’s head in the air.)
it with me: sketches. Sketches are drawings. What did I make a sketch of? (rabbit) Now
Illustrators often make sketches before they take turns making sketches. We will guess
draw pictures. what you sketch.
2. En español, sketches quiere decir “dibujos 5. Let’s take turns making sketches on the board.
inciales, bosquejos.” Los ilustradores casi (Have students make sketches.) Tell us about
siempre hacen bosquejos antes de hacer el your sketch. Complete this sentence: I made a
dibujo final. sketch of a .
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say sketches together three more
the word sketches. (Point to the sketch of times: sketches, sketches, sketches.
a house.) This is a sketch of a house. It is a
quick drawing to show what the house will
look like. Look at the letter G on the sketch.
(Point to the G.) The G stands for garage.
(Point to the door and the window.) This
sketch shows where the garage, a door, and a
window will be.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 suggestions


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is suggestions. the word suggestions. (Point to the coach.)
Say it with me: suggestions. You make This coach is giving suggestions to his soccer
suggestions, or give your ideas, when you team. He is telling the players how to be
want to help someone do something better. better players. If the players follow the
Sometimes I give you suggestions about your coach’s suggestions, they will become better
work. You can use my suggestions to make players than they already are.
your work even better than it already is. 5. What suggestions do you and your partner
2. En español, suggestions quiere decir “ideas have for me to make our class better? Discuss
para mejorar, sugerencias.” A veces les doy your suggestions. Then tell me about them.
sugerencias sobre su trabajo. Pueden usar mis 6. Do you like to get suggestions from your
sugerencias para que su trabajo sea mejor de parents or your friends? Why or why not? Tell
lo que ya es. your partner.
3. Suggestions in English and sugerencias in 7. Now let’s say suggestions together three more
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost times: suggestions, suggestions, suggestions.
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages.

158
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/Corbis. (b) © PNC/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 bird’s-eye-view
Unit 3 Week 4 What Do Illustrators Do?

Word 2 mouse-eye-view
Word 1 bird’s-eye-view
TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
1. In English, we use the phrase bird’s-eye-view 4 Let’s get a bird’s-eye-view. Stand by the
to tell about what we see when we are above window and look straight down. What do you
something and looking down at it. Say it with see? Start like this: I have a bird’s-eye-view. I
me: bird’s-eye-view. Birds look down at things see .
from the sky. When we have a bird’s-eye-view, 5. A bird gets a bird’s-eye-view from the sky.
we are like birds. We look straight down on Where can you get a bird’s-eye-view from?
something and see what a bird would see. Name places. I will list them. Then for each
2. En español, bird’s-eye-view quiere decir “a place, act out standing there and getting a
vista de pájaro.” Se usa para describir algo bird’s-eye-view. Then tell what you would
que vemos desde arriba. Cuando vemos algo see and what it would look like. (Responses
a vista de pájaro, somos como los pájaros. include airplane, mountain top, hill, window
Vemos lo que vería un pájaro. of a tall building, a tree, top of stairs, or
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase bird’s- standing up and looking down.)
eye-view. The students work on a project. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: bird’s-
Someone stands above them and looks eye-view, bird’s-eye-view, bird’s-eye-view.
straight down. That person has a bird’s-eye-
view. The person sees the tops of the students’
heads. We have a bird’s-eye-view, too. When
we look at the picture, we feel as if we are
above the students and looking down.

Word 2 mouse-eye-view
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the phrase smouse-eye- 4. I will name something. Tell your partner what
view to tell what something looks like when it would look like from a mouse-eye-view.
we stand at the bottom and look up. Say it Then tell what it would look like from a bird’s-
with me: mouse-eye-view. A mouse looks up eye-view.
at things. When we have a mouse-eye-view, umbrella
it’s as if we are mice. We see things they way tree
mice would see them. house
2. En español, mouse-eye-view quiere decir “a chimney
vista de ratón.” Se usa para describir algo que 5. Would you rather be a bird and get a bird’s-
vemos desde abajo. Un ratón mira las cosas eye-view or a mouse and get a mouse-eye-
desde abajo. Cuando vemos algo a vista de view? Why? Tell your partner.
ratón, somos como un ratón. Vemos lo que
vería un ratón. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
mouse-eye-view, mouse-eye-view,
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase mouse- mouse-eye-view.
eye-view. Someone stands on the street near
the bottom of the skyscrapers and looks up.
That person has a mouse-eye-view. We have
a mouse-eye-view, too. When we look at the
picture, the buildings look very tall. They look
skinnier at the top than at the bottom.

160
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/PunchStock. (b) © Bud Freund/Corbis
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 run across
Unit 3 Week 4 What Do Illustrators Do?

Word 4 run across


Word 3 run across
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the phrase run across in 4. We run across different things in different
different ways. Say it with me: run across. places. We see things we do not expect to
Sometimes when we use the phrase run across, see. I will name some places. Tell your partner
we mean we find something by accident. We what you might run across in each place.
were not looking for that thing. We did not forest
expect to find that thing. We run across it, beach
though, so we find it. Sometimes I run across school
something in my desk that I thought I had lost. backyard
When I look for something else in my desk, I run attic
across the thing I thought I had lost.
5. What is something that you thought you had
2. En español, to run across quiere decir “dar lost but then you ran across? Complete this
con; toparse con.” Cuando damos con algo, sentence: I ran across my
lo encontramos de pura casualidad. No when I .
esperábamos encontrar esa cosa. A veces
me topo con algo que pensé haber perdido. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: run
Cuando busco otra cosa, a veces doy con otra across, run across, run across.
cosa que estaba perdida.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase run
across. The boy is looking up information
in books in the library. He wants to find out
about one thing. While he is looking, he runs
across other interesting information. He finds
information he did not expect to find. He
learns something he did not expect to learn.

Word 4 run across


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use also the phrase run across 4. I will name some activities. Tell what people
when we run from one place to another. Say run across when they do each activity.
it with me: run across. Sometimes you run Complete this sentence: We run across
across the playground when you play outside .
at recess. Sometimes you run across the street football (field, goal line)
when you want to get to the other side. baseball (home plate)
2. En español, to run across tiene otro basketball (court)
significado. También quiere decir “correr de soccer (field, grass)
un lugar a otro.” A veces corres por el patio de play with friend (yard, playground)
recreo cuando juegas afuera. A veces corres de 5. Make believe you are an animal that can run.
un lado de la calle al otro lado de la calle. Tell what animal you are and what you run
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase run across.
across. The children run across the grass. They 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: run
were playing at the playground. Now it is time across, run across, run across.
to go into school. They run across the grass to
get to school.

162
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock/PunchStock. (b) © Polka Dot Images/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 4
paint, mirror, watercolor,
What Do Illustrators Do?
brush, pastel, felt-tip pen

paint mirror watercolor

brush pastel felt-tip pen

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
163
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Stockdisc/PunchStock. (tc) © Photodisc/Getty Images. (tr) © Todd Gipstein/National Geographic/Getty Images.
(bl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (bm) © Wetzel & Company. (br) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 annual
Unit 3 Week 5 The Jones Family Express

Word 2 potential
Key Vocabulary Word 1 annual
Unit 3 Week 5 The Jones Family Express

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. I am going to name some things. If I name
1. One word in the selection is annual. Say it something that is annual, hold up one finger
with me: annual. Annual means “happening and say, “Annual.” (Name events like these:
one time every year.” My birthday is an annual birthday, weekend, Fourth of July, winter,
event. It happens once a year! snow, first day of school)
2. En español, annual quiere decir “que ocurre 6. I will name each month in order, from January
una vez al año, anual.” Mi cumpleaños es un to December. When I name the month that
evento anual. Sólo ocurre una vez cada año. your birthday falls in, raise your hand. Then
line up at the front of the room. Next, I will
3. Annual in English and anual in Spanish are
point to a few of you. When I do, say: My
cognates. They sound almost the same and
annual birthday comes in (name of month).
mean the same thing in both languages.
7. Now let’s say annual together three more
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
times: annual, annual, annual.
the word annual. (Point to the people
celebrating an anniversary.) These people are
celebrating their wedding anniversary, or the
day they got married. An anniversary is an
annual event. It happens once every year. These
people got married on August 15. Every year on
August 15, they celebrate their anniversary.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 potential


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Dark clouds have the potential to be rain
1. Another word in the selection is potential. Say it clouds. Little trees have the potential to be
with me: potential. Potential means “possibility.” big trees. What else has potential? Work
Dark clouds have the potential of bringing rain. with your partner to complete this sentence:
We do not know for sure that dark clouds will have the potential to be
bring rain, but they look like they might. . Make as many sentences as
you can. (Examples include: Little seeds/pretty
2. En español, potential quiere decir “posibilidad,
flowers; Fuzzy caterpillars/beautiful butterflies)
potencial.” Las nubes negras tienen el
potencial de traer lluvia. No sabemos con 6. Suppose a rainstorm has left puddles on the
certeza si esas nubes traerán lluvia. ground. The weather forecast for tonight
is for freezing temperatures. What is there
3. Potential in English and potencial in Spanish
potential for tonight? Tell your partner.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say potential together three more
times: potential, potential, potential.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word potential. (Point to the tree.) The boy is
planting a little tree. The tree has the potential
to grow into a big tree. We do not know for sure
that it will grow big, but it has potential. The
boy has potential, too. He could grow up to be
someone who studies or grows trees.

166
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mark Karrass/Corbis. (b) © Comstock Images/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 expensive
Unit 3 Week 5 The Jones Family Express

Word 4 politely
Key Vocabulary Word 3 expensive
Unit 3 Week 5 The Jones Family Express

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. With your partner, name as many things as
1. Another word in the selection is expensive. you can that are expensive.
Say it with me: expensive. If something is 5. Suppose you had to draw a picture to show
expensive, it costs a lot of money. A new car is the meaning of the word expensive. What
very expensive. It costs a lot of money to buy picture would you draw? Why?
a new car. 6. Now let’s say expensive together three more
2. En español, expensive quiere decir “que cuesta times: expensive, expensive, expensive.
mucho dinero, caro, costoso.” Un carro nuevo
es costoso. Hay que pagar mucho por un carro
nuevo.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word expensive. (Point to the jewelry.)
This picture shows a lot of jewelry. I see
watches, necklaces, and rings. This jewelry
is expensive. It costs a lot of money to buy
expensive jewelry.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 politely


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s practice doing things politely. I will
1. Another word in the selection is politely. Say it tell you what do to. You do it politely. (Have
with me: politely. Politely means “in a nice or students do things such as opening or closing
kind way.” In school, you talk to me politely, the door, asking a question, or greeting
and I talk to you politely. someone.)
2. En español, politely quiere decir “de una 5. What do you think the people in the picture
manera amable o educada, cortésmente.” are talking about? Act out the conversation
En el colegio me hablan cortésmente y yo les with your partner. Remember to speak
respondo cortésmente. politely.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say politely together three more
the word politely. (Point to the people times: politely, politely, politely.
speaking to each other politely.) These people
are speaking to each other politely. I can tell
that the people are speaking politely because
they are smiling. They look happy. They would
not be happy if they were being mean, or not
polite, to each other.

168
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jules Frazier/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Ryan McVay/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 wrapping
Unit 3 Week 5 The Jones Family Express

Word 6 innocent
Key Vocabulary Word 5 wrapping
Unit 3 Week 5 The Jones Family Express

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. What do you use when you are wrapping
1. Another word in the selection is wrapping. a present? Tell your partner. Complete this
Say it with me: wrapping. Wrapping means sentence: I use when I am
“covering or putting something around wrapping a present. (Examples include: tape,
something else.” If you are wrapping a paper, scissors, ribbon, bows)
present, you are covering the present with 5. Besides presents, what are some other things
pretty paper. people wrap? Complete this sentence: People
2. En español, to wrap quiere decir “cubrir o wrap around .
poner algo alrededor de un objeto, envolver.” (Examples include: blankets/babies; food wrap/
Cuando envuelves un regalo lo cubres con food; scarves/necks; bandages or tape/around
papel bonito. hurt ankles or wrists)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say wrapping together three more
the word wrapping. (Point to the present.) times: wrapping, wrapping, wrapping.
This woman is wrapping a present. She has
already put pretty paper around the present.
Now she is putting a ribbon around it.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 innocent


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is innocent. Say the word innocent. (Point to the girl picking
it with me: innocent. If you are innocent, you flowers.) This girl is innocent. She is not doing
have not done something wrong. Babies are something wrong. She is sweet and kind.
innocent. They are sweet and cuddly. They When I think of a sweet girl who is picking
have not done something wrong. flowers, I think of the word innocent.
2. En español, innocent quiere decir “sin culpa o 5. What do you think of when you think of the
falta, que no ha hecho nada malo; inocente.” word innocent? Tell your partner.
Los bebés son inocentes. No han hecho nada 6. Tell your partner about a time that your
malo. parents thought you did something wrong,
3. Innocent in English and inocente in Spanish but you were innocent. How did you let your
are cognates. They sound almost the same parents know you were innocent?
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say innocent together three more
times: innocent, innocent, innocent.

170
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Somos/Veer/Getty Images. (b) © Westend61 - WEST/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 as soon as
Unit 3 Week 5 The Jones Family Express

Word 2 in between
Word 1 as soon as
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the phrase as soon as to 4. Complete each sentence. Tell your partner
tell when we do something. Say it with me: as what you do as soon as something happens.
soon as. Suppose I want to take a walk, but As soon as the snow stops, I will
it is raining. I take my walk as soon as it stops .
raining. I take my walk right after the rain As soon as I am done with my homework,
stops. I will .
2. En español, as soon as quiere decir “en cuanto; As soon as my friend calls, I will
tan pronto como.” Digamos que quiero salir a .
caminar, pero está lloviendo. Saldré a caminar 5. Answer each question. Start your answer with
en cuanto deje de llover. Saldré a caminar the phrase as soon as.
cuando la lluvia pare.
What happens as soon as the sun sets?
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase as soon What do you do as soon as you can every day?
as. The children are eating lunch. They are What do we do in school as soon as lunch is
hungry, so they eat lunch as soon as they can. over?
That is right after they get to the lunchroom.
As soon as they get to the lunchroom, they 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: as
start to eat. Right after they get to the soon as, as soon as, as soon as.
lunchroom, the first thing they do is eat.

Word 2 in between
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase in between to 4. Let’s stand in groups of three. Each group
tell what is in the middle of two things. Say should stand in a straight line. Tell me who is
it with me: in between. The thing that is in in between the other two people in your line.
between is the thing in the middle. (Write Complete this sentence: is in
ABC and 1 2 3.) The letter B is in between the between and .
A and the C. The number two is in between Now stand in a different order. Who is in
the one and the three. between the other two people now?
2. En español, in between quiere decir “entre 5. I will write the alphabet on the board. (Write
dos cosas.” Algo que está entre dos cosas está the alphabet.) I will name two letters. You tell
en medio. (Escriba ABC y 1 2 3.) La letra B está me the letter or letters that are in between.
entre la A y la C. El número dos está entre el a, d
uno y el tres.
x, z
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase in
between. Look at the girl in the middle and m, q
the girl on the far right. A boy stands in Now you name letters. I will tell you what
between those two girls. Now let’s look at the letters are in between.
girl in the middle and the boy at the far left. Is 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: in
a girl or a boy standing in between them? between, in between, in between.

172
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/PunchStock. (b) © Amos Morgan/Getty Imageses.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 put on a smile
Unit 3 Week 5 The Jones Family Express

Word 4 fly by
Word 3 put on a smile
TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
1. In English, we use the phrase put on a smile to 4. I will name some things that can happen. Put
tell about someone who is smiling. Say it with on a smile for each thing would make you
me: put on a smile. If you put on a smile, you smile.
smile. (Smile.) Right now, I am happy. I put on You get a brand new bicycle.
a smile.
You fall and break your leg.
2. En español, to put on a smile quiere decir
“sonreír, regalar una sonrisa.” Si me regalas You go to the store and buy something you
una sonrisa, estás sonriendo. (Sonría.) En este really want.
momento, estoy contenta. Les regalo una Your dog runs away.
sonrisa. Your soccer team wins the big game.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase put on a 5. What would make you put on a really big
smile. This girl is really happy. She is smiling. smile? Act it out. Then complete this sentence
She put on a smile because she is happy. to tell: I put on a smile when .
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: put on
a smile, put on a smile, put on a smile.

Word 4 fly by
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the phrase fly by when we 4. Tell your partner about something you do
talk about time passing quickly. Say it with when the time seems to fly by. Complete this
me: fly by. Sometimes an hour flies by. The sentence: Time flies by when I .
time passes really quickly. Suppose you can 5. Why do you think that sometimes time flies
go to your friend’s house and play there for by and sometimes time goes really slowly? Tell
one hour. You are having a great time. All of your partner. Complete these sentences:
a sudden it is time to go home. Your playtime Time seems to fly by because .
flies by, and before you know it, the playtime Time seems to pass slowly because
is over. You are surprised that the hour is over. .
The hour flies by. You have to go home.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: fly by,
2. En español, to fly by se usa para hablar del fly by, fly by.
tiempo que pasa volando. A veces una hora
pasa volando. El tiempo pasa rápido. Digamos
que tienes permiso de jugar con un amigo
por una hora. Se están divirtiendo mucho. De
repente, ya es hora de irte a casa. Sin darte
cuenta, terminó la visita. ¿Adónde se fue el
tiempo? La hora pasó volando. Ya te tienes
que despedir de tu amigo.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase fly by.
First the children are at school. The school day
flies by. The children are so busy in school that
they are surprised that it is already time to go
home. The children are happy to get out of
school and go home. Will the afternoon fly by,
too?

174
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Christina Kennedy/Alamy Images. (b) © Pixland/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 5
syrup, butter, pancakes,
The Jones Family Express
potatoes, ice cream, barbecue

syrup butter pancakes

potatoes ice cream barbecue

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
175
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Ken Cavanagh photographer/McGraw-Hill Companies. (tc) © Image Source/PunchStock. (tr) © Creatas Images/PunchStock.
(bl) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images. (bm) © Photodisc/PunchStock. (br) © Jonelle Weaver/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 beamed
Unit 4 Week 1 Seven Spools of Thread

Word 2 argued
Key Vocabulary Word 1 beamed
Unit 4 Week 1 Seven Spools of Thread

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Lighthouses beam at night. What else beams
1. One word in the selection is beamed. Say it at night? Tell your partner. (Examples include:
with me: beamed. Beamed means “shined streetlights, stars, lamps, flashlights)
brightly.” Last night, the moon beamed in the 5. Imagine you are the sun and your partner is
dark sky. the moon. Tell each other when you beamed
2. En español, to beam quiere decir “alumbrar yesterday.
con intensidad.” Anoche, la luna alumbró con 6. Now let’s say beamed together three more
intensidad en el cielo oscuro. times: beamed, beamed, beamed.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word beamed. (Point to the lighthouse
light.) This lighthouse beams at night. Do you
see the light that shines in the dark sky? A
lighthouse beams to help ships know where
they are at night.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 argued


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is argued. the word argued. (Point to the two people
Say it with me: argued. Argued means “did who are arguing.) These people are arguing.
not agree.” If two people argue, they have I can tell they are angry with each other
different opinions. They are talking, but they because they are pointing their fingers.
are using their words to fight with each other. They do not look happy. These two people
disagree.
2. En español, to argue quiere decir “no estar de
acuerdo, discutir.” Cuando dos personas no 4. Sometimes when I argue, I raise my voice and
están de acuerdo o discuten, tienen opiniones point my finger. What do you do when you
opuestas. Están hablando, pero usan sus argue? Show me what you do and how
palabras para pelear. you look.
5. Work with a partner. Pretend you are arguing.
Show what you do. What do you do when you
stop arguing? (smile, shake hands)
6. Now let’s say argued together three more
times: argued, argued, argued.

178
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Steve Hamblin/Alamy Images. (b) © Ingram Publishing/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 possessions
Unit 4 Week 1 Seven Spools of Thread

Word 4 fabric
Key Vocabulary Word 3 possessions
Unit 4 Week 1 Seven Spools of Thread

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. I keep some of my possessions in my desk.
1. Another word in the selection is possessions. Here is one of my possessions. (Hold up your
Say it with me: possessions. Possessions are possession.) It is a (possession name). Show
things you own. Your possessions belong to me one of your possessions. Complete the
you. My coffee mug is one of my possessions. sentences: Here is one of my possessions. It is a
It belongs to me. .
2. En español, possessions quiere decir 6. We have classroom possessions. Walk around
“posesiones; cosas que son de cada quien.” the room. When I say, “Possessions,” find
Tus posesiones te pertenecen. Mi taza para el one of our possessions. Tell me what the
café es mi posesión. Es mía. possession is.
3. Possessions in English and posesiones in Spanish 7. Now let’s say possessions together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same and times: possessions, possessions, possessions.
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word possessions. (Point to the baskets.)
These baskets are labeled with children’s names.
Each one holds the possessions of a child in the
classroom. The possessions in these baskets
include drawings, books, and mittens.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 fabric


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. People use fabric to make clothes. They use
1. Another word in the selection is fabric. Say fabric to make other things, too. What else do
it with me: fabric. Fabric is cloth or material. people make from fabric? (Examples include:
People use fabric to make clothes. Your curtains, tablecloths, pocketbooks,
clothes are made of fabric. furniture, flags)
2. En español, fabric quiere decir “tela.” De la 5. Describe any fabric that you see right now to
tela se hace la ropa. Tu camisa y tu pantalón your partner. Have your partner guess what
están hechos de tela. fabric you are describing.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say fabric together three more
the word fabric. (Point to the fabric.) This times: fabric, fabric, fabric.
picture shows fabric. Each fabric has bright
colors. Someone could make pretty clothes
with this fabric.

180
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/PunchStock. (b) © Martin Child/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 purchased
Unit 4 Week 1 Seven Spools of Thread

Word 6 quarreling
Key Vocabulary Word 5 purchased
Unit 4 Week 1 Seven Spools of Thread

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner what your family purchased
1. Another word in the selection is purchased. the last time they went to the grocery store.
Say it with me: purchased. Purchased means Complete this sentence: We purchased
“bought.” I purchased some milk yesterday. I .
went to the store and bought milk. 5. Imagine that you could purchase anything in
2. En español, to purchase quiere decir “comprar, the world. What would you purchase? Why?
adquirir una cosa con dinero.” Ayer compré un Tell your partner.
galón de leche. Fui a la tienda y compré leche. 6. Now let’s say purchased together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: purchased, purchased, purchased.
the word purchased. (Point to the woman.)
This woman just purchased groceries at the
grocery store. Do you see the bags filled with
groceries? The cashier is giving her a receipt
for the things she purchased.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 quarreling


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. How can you tell that the people in the car
1. Another word in the selection is quarreling. are quarreling? Complete this sentence: I
Say it with me: quarreling. If two people are know the people are quarreling because
quarreling, they are arguing. Each person .
disagrees with what the other is saying. 5. The people in the picture are quarreling
2. En español, to quarrel quiere decir “discutir; because they are lost. What else might you
pelear a gritos.” Si dos personas discuten, hear people quarreling about? Tell your
probablemente están peleándose con partner. (Examples include: what game to
palabras. No están de acuerdo. play, who really won the race, whose turn it is
to set the table or wash the dishes)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word quarreling. (Point to the people in 6. Now let’s say quarreling together three more
the car.) These people are quarreling. They are times: quarreling, quarreling, quarreling.
lost. They are quarreling about how to get to
where they are going. What way should they
go? If you were near them, you could hear
their quarreling.

182
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jack Hollingsworth/Photodisc/PunchStock. (b) © Stockbyte/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 creep up
Unit 4 Week 1 Seven Spools of Thread

Word 2 equally
Word 1 creep up
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the words creep up to tell 4. Make believe you are a big cat or a little
when we sneak up on someone or something. cat. Show me how you creep up on
Say it with me: creep up. When we creep something. Then complete this
up, we are very, very quiet. Sometimes a cat sentence: A creeps up on
creeps up on a mouse. The cat sneaks up on a . (A lion, tiger, leopard,
the mouse. The cat is really quiet so the mouse panther creeps up on a cat, mouse, bird,
does not know the cat is coming. toy, person.)
2. En español, to creep up quiere decir “acercarse 5. When do you creep up on someone or
inadvertidamente, sin que nadie se dé something? Tell who or what you creep up
cuenta.” Así se acerca un gato cuando quiere on and why. Then tell how you creep up.
atrapar un ratón. El gato se acerca lentamente Complete these sentences: I creep up on
y sin hacer ruido, para que el ratón no se dé because .
cuenta. When I creep up, I am .
3. This picture demonstrates the words creep up. (Examples include: I creep up on my dog
Do you see the big cat up in the tree? The cat because I want to catch her. When I creep
is creeping up the tree. Do you think it sees a up, I am very quiet. I creep up on my sister
monkey? The cat will creep up on the monkey. because I want to scare her. When I creep up,
The cat will be so quiet that the monkey will I am sneaky.)
not know the cat is coming. 6. Repeat the words three times with me: creep
up, creep up, creep up.

Word 2 equally
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the word equally to tell 4. I am going to divide you into two groups.
about how we do something. Say it with me: (Put some students in one group and a
equally. The word equal means “the same.” different number in another.) Did I divide you
(Draw a square.) I want to divide this square up equally? Why or why not? (Put an equal
so that I have two equal parts. (Draw a line number of students into two or three groups.)
to divide the square in half.) Now I have two Did I divide you up equally now? Why or why
equal parts. That means I divided the square not?
equally. 5. I will tell you how I divide up some things.
2. En español, equally quiere decir “por igual.” You say equally if I divided them equally. If I
(Dibuje un cuadrado.) Quiero dividir este didn’t divide them equally, how could I divide
cuadrado en dos partes iguales. (Ahora dibuje them equally?
una línea que divide el cuadrado por la mitad.) a pizza into two halves
Ahora tengo dos partes iguales. Eso quiere four apples and two apples
decir que dividí el cuadrado por igual. a square into four equal squares
3. This picture demonstrates the word equally. one cup of milk and three cups of milk
The sandwich is divided into two equal parts. 6. Repeat the word three times with me: equally,
The parts are the same. Someone divided the equally, equally.
sandwich equally. Suppose you eat one part,
and I eat one. Because the sandwich is divided
equally, we share it equally. We both eat the
same amount of food.

184
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas/PunchStock. (b) © Comstock/Jupiterimages.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 side by side
Unit 4 Week 1 Seven Spools of Thread

Word 4 tightly
Word 3 side by side
TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
1. In English, we use the words side by side 4. (Have students stand in a row, side by side.)
when people or things are right next to each Are we standing side by side? Use the words
other. The side of one person or thing is next side by side in a sentence to answer. (Now
to the side of another person or thing. Say it have students stand in a line, one behind the
with me: side by side. In a parking lot, cars other.) Are we standing side by side now?
park side by side. Each car is right beside 5. Draw a picture to show things that are side
another car. by side. Use the words side by side to tell us
2. En español, side by side quiere decir “al lado; about your picture.
lado a lado.” Si algo está al lado de una cosa 6. Repeat the words three times with me: side by
o de una persona, está muy cerca. En un side, side by side, side by side.
estacionamiento, los carros se estacionan lado
a lado. Cada coche está al lado de otro.
3. This picture demonstrates the words side by
side. The children are sitting next to each
other. They are sitting side by side.

Word 4 tightly
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the word tightly to talk 4. Sometimes parents hold their children’s
about how we hold something. If we hold hands tightly. Hold your hands tightly. Now
something tightly, we hold it really hard. We hold them loosely. Why do you think parents
do not want to let go. Say it with me: tightly. hold their children’s hands tightly? Tell your
Sometimes a child holds a balloon tied onto a partner.
string. The child holds the string tightly so the 5. When I tie a knot, I tie it tightly. Why is it
balloon will not get loose and fly away. important to tie a knot tightly? What else do
2. En español, tightly quiere decir you tie tightly? (Responses include a bow,
“apretadamente.” Si sujetamos algo your shoes, a tie.)
apretadamente, no queremos que se nos 6. Repeat the word three times with me: tightly,
escape. Un niño puede sujetar un globo tightly, tightly.
apretadamente. No quiere que el globo se le
escape y se vaya volando.
3. This picture demonstrates the word tightly.
This father and son are flying a kite. The boy
holds the kite tightly. He really grabs the kite
and does not let go. He does not want the kite
to fly away.

186
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Fancy/Veer. (b) © Purestock/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 4 Week 1
stripes, pattern, spool,
Seven Spools of Thread
loom, bolt of cloth, thread

stripes pattern spool

loom bolt of cloth thread

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
187
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © Barbara Chase/Corbis. (tr) © Ingram Publishing/Fotosearch Stock Photography.
(bl) © David R. Frazier Photolibrary, Inc./Alamy Images. (bm) © WidStock/Alamy Images. (br) © PhotoLink/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 brilliance
Unit 4 Week 2 Nacho and Lolita

Word 2 affection
Key Vocabulary Word 1 brilliance
Unit 4 Week 2 Nacho and Lolita

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. We saw the brilliance of the birds’ feathers
1. One word in the selection is brilliance. in the picture. What other pictures could you
Say it with me: brilliance. Brilliance means use to demonstrate the word brilliance? Tell
“brightness.” If you see the brilliance of the your partner. (Examples include: bright stars,
stars at night, you see how bright and shining colorful costumes, a city with a lot of bright
they are. lights, etc.)
2. En español, brilliance quiere decir “resplandor; 6. Do you think the brilliance of the birds in the
brillo.” Si ves las estrellas de noche, verás su picture helps them stay safe from enemies or
resplandor y brillo. makes it hard for them to stay safe? Why?
3. Brilliance in English and brillo in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say brilliance together three more
cognates. They sound almost the same and times: brilliance, brilliance, brilliance.
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word brilliance. (Point to the yellow birds.)
Look at these brightly colored birds. I like the
brilliance of their feathers. Their feathers are
bright and shiny.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 affection


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is affection. Say the word affection. (Point to the family.)
it with me: affection. If you feel affection for The people in this family feel affection for
someone or something, you really like it. Many each other. They love each other. I can tell
people feel affection for their pets. They love because they are hugging each other. You feel
their pets. affection for someone you hug.
2. En español, affection quiere decir “afecto.” 5. I hug people in my family to show my
Si sientes afecto por alguien, te cae bien esa affection. Show me how you hug to show
persona o la quieres. Mucha gente siente affection. (Hug yourself.) Complete this
afecto por sus animales. Aman a sus animales. sentence: I hug to show
affection.
3. Affection in English and afecto in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 6. Make believe you have a pet cat that you
mean the same thing in both languages. feel affection for. How would you show your
affection? Act it out. (Demonstrate
petting a cat.)
7. Now let’s say affection together three more
times: affection, affection, affection.

190
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Tim Laman/National Geographic/Getty Images. (b) © Image Source Black/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 pleaded
Unit 4 Week 2 Nacho and Lolita

Word 4 exhausted
Key Vocabulary Word 3 pleaded
Unit 4 Week 2 Nacho and Lolita

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Sometimes when children plead for
1. Another word in the selection is pleaded. Say something, they put their hands together like
it with me: pleaded. Pleaded means “begged this. (Fold your hands in front of you as if you
or asked a lot of times.” Suppose you wanted are pleading.) Then they say, “Please, please,
an extra long recess. You asked me politely. please!” Let’s make believe we are pleading.
Then you asked again and again. You pleaded Put your hands together and say, “Please,
with me to give you an extra long recess. please, please!”
2. En español, to plead quiere decir “rogar; 5. Role play how you plead with a parent when
suplicar; pedir algo formalmente.” Digamos you ask to do something you really want to
que quieren un recreo largo. Me lo piden do. Show what you would say and do.
amablemente. Me lo piden una y otra vez. Me 6. Now let’s say pleaded together three more
suplican que les dé un recreo largo. times: pleaded, pleaded, pleaded.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word pleaded. (Point to the children
pleading for money.) These children pleaded
with their dad. The children begged him to
give them some money. They asked and asked
and asked. The children pleaded so much, that
their dad gave them money.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 exhausted


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. When I am exhausted, I stretch and yawn.
1. Another word in the selection is exhausted. (Demonstrate.) Let’s all imagine we are
Say it with me: exhausted. Exhausted means exhausted. Let’s stretch and yawn. Now
“very, very tired.” When I am really exhausted we can pretend we are taking a nap.
in the afternoon, I take a nap. (Demonstrate resting your head on your hands
or your table.)
2. En español, exhausted quiere decir “muy, muy
cansado, agotado.” Cuando estoy agotado 5. Some people get exhausted when they
por la tarde, tomo una siesta. run. (Act out running. Then stretch and
yawn.) Show me something that makes you
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
exhausted. Then act exhausted. We will guess
the word exhausted. (Point to the doctor.) This
what makes you exhausted by completing
doctor worked all day. He had a very busy day.
this sentence: You are exhausted because
Now he is exhausted. That is why he is
.
taking a nap.
6. Now let’s say exhausted together three more
times: exhausted, exhausted, exhausted.

192
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Thinkstock/Jupiterimages. (b) © Chris Whitehead/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 guarantee
Unit 4 Week 2 Nacho and Lolita

Word 6 preparations
Key Vocabulary Word 5 guarantee
Unit 4 Week 2 Nacho and Lolita

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Think about things that happen every day.
1. Another word in the selection is guarantee. Then tell your partner something you can
Say it with me: guarantee. Guarantee means guarantee will happen today. Complete this
“to promise or be certain.” If you guarantee sentence: I guarantee that .
you will clean your room by noon, you (Examples include the following: school will
promise you will clean it. get out at (time of release); it will get dark
outside; we will go to lunch.)
2. En español, to guarantee quiere decir
“garantizar; prometer.” Si me garantizas 6. You can guarantee some things but not
que limpiarás tu cuarto antes de las doce, others. Tell your partner one thing you can
prometes limpiarlo. guarantee and why you can guarantee it.
Then tell one thing you cannot guarantee and
3. To guarantee in English and garantizar in Spanish
why you cannot guarantee it.
are cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say guarantee together three more
times: guarantee, guarantee, guarantee.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word guarantee. (Point to the sunset.) This
is a picture of a sunset. I know that the sun
sets in the west every day. I can guarantee
that if you look to the west at the end of a
sunny day, you will see the sun set.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 preparations


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is preparations. the word preparations. (Point to the family
Say it with me: preparations. When you make making preparations for lunch.) These people
preparations for something, you get ready for are making preparations for lunch. They are
it. I make preparations for school every day. I getting ready. They have dishes and food on
plan what we will do. the table. I see a cake, too. I think they are
making preparations for a birthday lunch.
2. En español, preparations quiere decir
Soon the preparations will be done, and the
“preparativos.” Cuando haces preparativos
people will eat.
para una ocasión, estás poniendo todo en
orden. Yo hago preparativos antes de empezar 5. Why do people make preparations? Do
el día escolar. Así sé lo que vamos a hacer you think it is always important to make
durante el día. preparations? Why or why not?
3. Preparations in English and preparativos in 6. What do you make preparations for? How do
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost you make the preparations?
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say preparations together three
languages. more times: preparations, preparations,
preparations.

194
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (b) © Big Cheese Photo/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 followed by
Unit 4 Week 2 Nacho and Lolita

Word 2 except
Word 1 followed by
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase followed by to 4. I will name two things. Say the two
tell what happens after something else. Say things in order to complete this sentence:
it with me: followed by. At school, students is followed by
have lunch. Lunch is followed by recess. .
After lunch, students go out to play. Recess is the letter A/the letter B
followed by more learning. the number 2/the number 3
2. En español, followed by quiere decir “sigue.” spring/summer
En la escuela, los estudiantes comen su Friday/Saturday
almuerzo. Después del almuerzo sigue la hora 5. Let’s all stand in one line. I will be at the
del recreo. Después del almuerzo los niños front of the line. Listen as I say this sentence:
salen a jugar. Al recreo le siguen más clases. “I am followed by [name of student behind
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase followed you in line].” Now [name of student], you say
by. The girl blows out the candles on her cake. the sentence. Tell who you are followed by.
After that, she eats some cake. So blowing out (Continue on down the line.) What did the last
the candles is followed by eating the cake. person say? (I am followed by no one; I’m not
After she eats cake, she opens presents. Eating followed by anyone.)
the cake is followed by opening the presents. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
followed by, followed by, followed by.

Word 2 except
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the word except to mean 5. I am going to say a group of words. All the
almost the same as but. Say it with me: except. words belong in the group except one. Tell me
If all the students are here today except one, which word does not belong. Complete this
then everyone is here but one student. One sentence: All the words except
student is not here. belong in the group.
2. En español, except quiere decir “excepto.” green, twenty, blue
Hoy todos los estudiantes están presentes, football, soccer, pizza
excepto uno. Falta un estudiante hoy. mom, bike, dad
3. Except in English and excepto in Spanish are dog, cat, elephant
cognates. They sound almost the same and giraffe, bird, butterfly
mean the same thing in both languages. 6. Everyone stand up. I will sit down. Now
4. This picture demonstrates the word except. everyone except me is standing. If I tap you
The whole pizza is gone except for one piece. on the shoulder, sit down. Then say, “Everyone
Only one piece is left. except me is standing.” Now everyone clap.
If I tap you, stop clapping and say, “Everyone
except me is clapping.” (Continue to have
everyone except one student do something.
That student will say the sentence, “Everyone
except me is .”)
7. Repeat the word three times with me: except,
except, except.

196
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Danilo Calilung/Royalty-Free/Corbis. (b) © Image Source/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 the more . . . the more
Unit 4 Week 2 Nacho and Lolita

Word 4 before
Word 3 the more . . . the more
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase the more 4. I will say the beginning of some sentences.
something happens, the more something else You complete each sentence.
happens to show a relationship between two The more I run, the more .
events. Say it with me: the more something The more I buy at the store, the more
happens, the more something else happens. .
Make believe we are watching a clown do The more fun I have, the more
funny tricks. The more funny tricks the clown .
does, the more we laugh. The more we laugh, The more I go to school, the more
the more fun we have. .
2. En español, the more something happens, the 5. Now you think about a time when you would
more something else happens quiere decir use the words the more something happens,
“entre más ocurre algo, más ocurre otra cosa.” the more something else happens. Tell us
Esta expresión describe la relación que hay about when doing more of one thing makes
entre dos cosas. Digamos que hay un payaso you do more of something else.
entreteniéndonos. Entre más travesuras hace,
más nos reímos. Entre más nos reímos, más nos 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: the
divertimos. more something happens, the more something
else happens; the more something happens,
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase the more the more something else happens; the more
something happens, the more something else something happens, the more something else
happens. The children play a game together. happens.
The more children play the game, the more
fun the game is. The more the children play,
the more tired they get. The more they get
tired, the more they want to rest. The more
they rest, the more ready they are to play
again. So the children play again and have fun.

Word 4 before
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the word before to tell 3. This picture demonstrates the word before.
what happens first or what you should do Before this girl went outside to play in the
first—before you do something else. Say it snow, she put her winter jacket on. She did
with me: before. Before we eat breakfast, we not want to get cold. Before she made a face
get out of bed. Before we leave for school, for her snowman, she found some rocks and a
we get ready for school. We wait for the bell carrot.
to ring before we start school in the morning. 4. I will name two things. Use before in a
We wait for the bell to ring before we leave sentence to tell what happens before
school in the afternoon, too. something else.
2. En español, before quiere decir “antes.” Antes I go outside to play in the snow. I put on my
de desayunar, tenemos que salir de la cama. jacket.
Antes de salir para la escuela, tenemos que It gets dark outside. The sun sets.
alistarnos. Esperamos a que suene la campana I brush my teeth. I go to bed.
antes de entrar a la escuela. Esperamos la I put on my helmet. I go for a bike ride.
campana antes de salir también.
5. Tell us about something you always do before
you do something else.
6. Repeat the word three times with me: before,
before, before.

198
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jean-Michel Cornet/Pixland/Jupiterimages. (b) © Blend Images/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 4 Week 2
vine, twig, branch,
Nacho and Lolita
buds, poppies, flower

vine twig branch

buds poppies flower

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
199
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Holmes Garden Photos/Alamy Images. (tc) © Creatas Images/PunchStock. (tr) © Creatas Images/PunchStock.
(bl) © Garry DeLong/Alamy Images. (bm) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (br) © Stockbyte/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 utilize
Unit 4 Week 3 A Solution to Pollution

Word 2 awareness
Key Vocabulary Word 1 utilize
Unit 4 Week 3 A Solution to Pollution

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. The child in the picture utilizes a computer.
1. One word in the selection is utilize. Say it with In school, we utilize computers, too. Tell your
me: utilize. Utilize means “to use.” People utilize partner about a time when you utilized a
the Internet to learn about many things. computer. What did you utilize it for?
2. En español, to utilize quiere decir “utilizar; 6. What else do you utilize? Complete this
usar.” La gente utiliza la red para aprender sentence: I utilize when I
muchas cosas. .
3. To utilize in English and utilizar in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say utilize together three more
cognates. They sound almost the same and times: utilize, utilize, utilize.
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word utilize. (Point to the mother and
child who are using the computer.) This
mother and child utilize the computer. They
use it to draw a picture of a house. The
mother utilizes the computer to teach her
child colors, too. She teaches her child to
name the colors in the picture.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 awareness


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is awareness. the word awareness. (Point to the people who
Say it with me: awareness. If you have an are picking up garbage.) These people have
awareness of something, you know about an awareness of a problem. There is too much
it. When I am working with one student in trash on the ground. They want to help solve
class, I have an awareness of what the other the problem, so they pick up the trash.
students are doing. 5. Imagine you are having a surprise party
2. En español, awareness quiere decir for a friend. Your friend has no awareness
“conocimiento; estar consciente de algo.” Si that there is a party. Show what your friend
estás consciente de algo, sabes que existe o does when your friend gets to the party.
está pasando. Cuando estoy ayudando a un (Demonstrate a reaction of surprise.)
alumno del salón, estoy consciente de lo que 6. I am going to do something. Watch carefully
los demás están haciendo. to get a full awareness. (Jump up and down
three times.) Now show your awareness. Do
what I did. (Continue with other actions.)
7. Now let’s say awareness together three more
times: awareness, awareness, awareness.

202
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/PunchStock. (b) © VisionsofAmerica/Joe Sohm/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 pollution
Unit 4 Week 3 A Solution to Pollution

Word 4 emphasize
Key Vocabulary Word 3 pollution
Unit 4 Week 3 A Solution to Pollution

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is pollution. Say the word pollution. (Point to the pollution.)
it with me: pollution. Pollution is trash or other This is pollution. Someone dumped these
things that make the earth dirty. If you throw big cans on the ground. The big cans
trash on the ground, you cause pollution. are pollution. They make the earth dirty.
Whatever was in the cans can leak into the
2. En español, pollution quiere decir
ground. That causes pollution, too. It makes
“contaminación ambiental.” La
the ground dirty.
contaminación es el daño hecho al medio
ambiente por la basura y otras sustancias que 4. Do you think most people have an awareness
ensucian la tierra. Si tiras basura por la calle, of pollution? Tell your partner one thing you
estás contribuyendo a la contaminación del can do to raise awareness about pollution.
ambiente. 5. What is one thing you can do to help stop
pollution? Complete this sentence: I can
to help stop pollution.
6. Now let’s say pollution together three more
times: pollution, pollution, pollution.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 emphasize


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is emphasize. the word emphasize. (Point to the mushroom
Say it with me: emphasize. Emphasize in the front.) The photographer emphasizes
means “to point out.” (Emphasize the word the mushroom in this picture. Do you see how
emphasize in the following sentence by saying it is bright and clear? This mushroom in the
it louder.) When I want to emphasize a word, back is not clear. The photographer wants me
I say it louder. What word did I emphasize? to focus on this mushroom, and I do.
2. En español, to emphasize quiere decir 5. I will clap three times, but I will only
“enfatizar; realzar la importancia de lo que se emphasize one clap. Tell me which clap I
dice.” (Enfatice la palabra enfatizar al leer la emphasize. (Clap louder on the third clap.)
siguiente oración.) Cuando quiero enfatizar Now clap with me. Emphasize the same clap.
una palabra, alzo mi voz al decirla. ¿Cuál (Repeat but emphasize different claps.)
palabra enfaticé en esta oración? 6. When I write, I can underline a word to
3. To emphasize in English and enfatizar in emphasize it. I will write a sentence. (Write It is
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost very cold outside.) Now I will say the sentence
the same and mean the same thing in both and emphasize one word. Come up and
languages. underline the word I emphasize. (very) (Repeat
with different words and/or different sentences.)
7. Now let’s say emphasize together three more
times: emphasize, emphasize, emphasize.

204
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photo Courtesy of U.S. Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service. (b) © Nick Kirk/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 happily
Unit 4 Week 3 A Solution to Pollution

Word 2 sadly
Word 1 happily
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the word happily to tell 4. I will name some things you might have to do.
how people do things when they are happy. Tell me which things you would do happily.
Say it with me: happily. If you are playing a Smile and complete this sentence:
video game and you are feeling happy, you I happily.
are playing happily. You are playing in a clean my room
happy way. play with my friends
2. En español, happily quiere decir “felizmente.” cheer for my favorite sports team when they
Si estás jugando un videojuego y te sientes win
contento, estás jugando felizmente. Estás get punished
haciendo algo que te hace sentir contento. open birthday presents
3. This picture demonstrates the word happily. 5. Let’s make a class list of things we do happily.
These children are happy. Do you see them I will write down things you do happily. (Make
smiling? I smile when I am happy. The the list.) Now read the list with me. Show me
children are happy, so they are running how you do each thing happily.
happily across the grass. They are running in a 6. Repeat the word three times with me: happily,
happy way. happily, happily.

Word 2 sadly
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the word sadly to tell how 4. Tell when you talk to a friend happily. Then
people do things when they are sad. Say it tell when you talk to a friend sadly. Complete
with me: sadly. Imagine that you are saying these sentences:
good-bye to your best friend who is moving I talk happily when .
far away. You are very sad. You say good-bye I talk sadly when .
sadly. 5. Complete these sentences:
2. En español, sadly quiere decir “tristemente.” The dog wags its tail happily when
Imagina que te estás despidiendo de un amigo .
que se va a vivir lejos. Estás triste. Te despides The dog cries sadly when .
tristemente. 6. Repeat the word three times with me: sadly,
3. This picture demonstrates the word sadly. The sadly, sadly.
boy is getting on the bus for the first time.
He is sad. He does not want to leave his mom.
The boy hugs his mother sadly. Then he gets
on the bus sadly. I hope he feels better when
he gets to school. Maybe he will get off the
bus happily!

206
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Rubberball/PunchStock. (b) © Matt Henry Gunther/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 all year round
Unit 4 Week 3 A Solution to Pollution

Word 4 worldwide
Word 3 all year round
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase all year round 4. Does the weather stay the same all year round
to talk about something that stays almost the where we live? Use the words all year round in
same for the whole year. Say it with me: all your answer.
year round. In some places, schools are open 5. Some people swim all year round. Other
all year round. Students go to school in the people work all year round. What is something
fall, winter, spring, and summer. you do all year round? Complete this sentence
2. En español, all year round quiere decir “todo to tell: I all year round.
el año.” En algunas regiones, las escuelas 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: all
están abiertas todo el año. Los estudiantes year round, all year round, all year round.
asisten a clases en el otoño, invierno,
primavera y verano.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase all year
round. The weather stays almost the same in
this desert all year round. It is hot and dry for
the whole year. In other places, the weather
does not stay the same all year round. In those
places, weather changes with the seasons. It
gets hot in the summer and cold in the winter.

Word 4 worldwide
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the word worldwide when 4. I will name some things that happen. Say
we mean “all over the world.” Say it with me: “worldwide” if I tell about something that
worldwide. Today we have computers and cell happens all over the world.
phones. That makes it easy for news to travel People eat.
worldwide quickly. We learn about things that It snows.
happen far away almost right away. The sun shines.
2. En español, worldwide quiere decir “mundial, People breathe air.
por todo el mundo.” Hoy en día, las A day has 24 hours.
computadoras y los teléfonos celulares hacen The President of the United States lives there.
posible la comunicación mundial. Podemos 5. What do you think is important for all people
darnos cuenta inmediatamente de sucesos que to do or learn worldwide? Why do you think
ocurren lejos de nosotros, en otras partes del that is important?
mundo.
6. Repeat the word three times with me:
3. This picture demonstrates the word worldwide, worldwide, worldwide.
worldwide. Airplanes travel worldwide. You
can get on an airplane in one part of the
world and travel to another part of the world.
Before airplanes, worldwide travel was hard.
It took a very long time, too. Today, airplanes
make worldwide travel easier.

208
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/Corbis. (b) © John Foxx/ Stockbyte Silver/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 4 Week 3
wetland, marsh, beach,
A Solution to Pollution
ocean, coast, waterway

wetland marsh beach

ocean coast waterway

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
209
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Momatiuk - Eastcott/Corbis. (tc) © Robert Cable/Photographer's Choice/Getty Images. (tr) © Stockbyte/Getty Images.
(bl) © Bruce Heinemann/Stockbyte/Getty Images. (bm) © moodboard/Corbis. (br) © Design Pics/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 anxious
Unit 4 Week 4 Ramona and Her Father

Word 2 cross
Key Vocabulary Word 1 anxious
Unit 4 Week 4 Ramona and Her Father

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is anxious. Say it the word anxious. (Point to the woman who is
with me: anxious. Anxious means “nervous or looking at her watch.) This woman is waiting
worried.” Suppose your team has a big game for the bus, and the bus is late. She feels
tomorrow. You want to win. You feel anxious. anxious. She is worried that she will be late for
That means you are excited, but you are also work. I know she is anxious because she looks
worried, or a little scared. worried. She is looking at her watch, too.
When I do that, I feel anxious.
2. En español, anxious quiere decir “ansioso;
preocupado; nervioso.” Digamos que tu 5. Make believe that you are the woman in the
equipo va a jugar en un partido mañana. picture. Point to your watch and look anxious.
Quieren ganar. Están ansiosos. O sea, están Then tell your partner why you are anxious.
nerviosos y quizás un poco temerosos. 6. What makes you feel anxious? Complete this
3. Anxious in English and ansioso in Spanish sentence for your partner: I feel anxious when
are cognates. They sound almost the .
same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say anxious together three more
languages. times: anxious, anxious, anxious.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 cross


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Show me how you look and sound when you
1. Another word in the selection is cross. Say it feel cross with someone or something.
with me: cross. Cross means “angry.” Do your 5. Suppose you want to go to your friend’s
parents get cross when your room gets house, but your parent says you cannot go.
too messy? Does that make you cross or happy? Point
2. En español, cross quiere decir “enojado.” ¿Tus your finger and look cross if it makes you
padres se enojan cuando tu cuarto está en cross. Smile if it makes you happy. (Continue
desorden? with other situations: Your cat spills your milk;
You get a gift; You have to clean your room.)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word cross. (Point to the angry girls.) 6. Now let’s say cross together three more times:
These girls look cross. I think their friend said cross, cross, cross.
something that made them angry. Now they
are angry at him.

212
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Asia Images Group/Getty Images. (b) © Photodisc/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 managed
Unit 4 Week 4 Ramona and Her Father

Word 4 alarmed
Key Vocabulary Word 3 managed
Unit 4 Week 4 Ramona and Her Father

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is managed. the word managed. (Point to the girl with the
Say it with me: managed. Managed means diploma.) This girl just graduated from high
“succeeded or was able to.” Sometimes school. She is happy because she managed to
students have a lot of homework. They think finish high school. She managed to get good
they will not finish it all, but they manage to grades. Now she can go to college.
get all their homework done. 4. Make believe that your partner is the girl in the
2. En español, to manage quiere decir “controlar, picture. Ask: What did you manage to do? How
manejar, lograr.” A veces los estudiantes did you manage it? Have your partner answer.
tienen muchas tareas. Piensan que no podrán 5. Ask your partner what he or she has managed to
terminarlas, pero al final logran hacerlas do. Have your partner answer. Then switch roles.
todas. 6. Now let’s say managed together three more
times: managed, managed, managed.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 alarmed


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is alarmed. the word alarmed. (Point to the woman holding
Say it with me: alarmed. Alarmed means her head.) This woman is alarmed. She just
“suddenly scared or frightened.” One day heard some news that frightened her. Look at
I was walking down the street and all of a her face! She is surprised and a little scared. She
sudden, a dog barked loudly at me. I was put her hands on her face when she heard the
alarmed because I did not see the dog at first. news that alarmed her.
2. En español, to alarm quiere decir “alarmar; 5. When I am alarmed, I open my mouth
producir una sensación de susto ante la wide and put my hand over my mouth.
posibilidad de un peligro.” Un día iba (Demonstrate.) Let’s all be alarmed together.
caminando por la calle y de repente apareció Show me what you do.
un perro ladrando. Me alarmó el perro porque 6. Work with a partner. Act out something that
salió de sorpresa. alarms you and what you do when you get
3. To alarm in English and alarmar in Spanish are alarmed. (Share an idea if necessary: One
cognates. They sound almost the same and student jumps out from behind a desk and
mean the same thing in both languages. alarms the other student.)
7. Now let’s say alarmed together three more
times: alarmed, alarmed, alarmed.

214
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mark Scott/Photographer’s Choice/Getty Images. (b) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 pretend
Unit 4 Week 4 Ramona and Her Father

Word 6 unfortunately
Key Vocabulary Word 5 pretend
Unit 4 Week 4 Ramona and Her Father

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is pretend. the word pretend. (Point to the girl dressed as
Say it with me: pretend. Pretend means “to a butterfly.) This girl is dressed in a costume.
make believe.” When people pretend, they She is pretending to be a butterfly. Do you see
make believe. Sometimes they pretend to be her wings? I think she looks like a princess,
something that they are not. Other times, too. Maybe she is pretending to be a
they pretend to do something that they really butterfly princess.
cannot do. 4. The girl in the picture is pretending to be a
2. En español, to pretend quiere decir “imaginar; butterfly. Let’s all pretend to be butterflies.
inventar una situación que no existe.” Cuando What do butterflies do? (fly) Let’s pretend to fly!
jugamos que somos príncipes o princesas, 5. Pretend to be something that you are not. Act
estamos usando la imaginación. Otras veces, out what that thing does. We will guess what
imaginamos que podemos hacer algo que es you are pretending to be. We will complete
imposible, como volar. this sentence: You pretended to be a(n)
.
6. Now let’s say pretend together three more
times: pretend, pretend, pretend.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 unfortunately


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Write unfortunately on a piece of paper.
1. Another word in the selection is unfortunately. Listen to this sentence: I fell and hurt my
Say it with me: unfortunately. Unfortunately leg. Does the sentence tell about something
means “in a way that is unlucky.” Pretend that unlucky? Hold up and say unfortunately
I missed the school bus this morning. Listen if it belongs at the beginning of the
to what I might say: “Unfortunately, I missed sentence. Then repeat the sentence but add
the bus. That was unlucky because it made me unfortunately at the beginning. (Repeat with
late for school.” other sentences: , I got an A
on my test; , I did not make
2. En español, unfortunately quiere decir
the team.]
“desafortunadamente; sin suerte.” Imagina
que perdí el autobús escolar esta mañana. 5. Act out something unfortunate that could
Podría decir, “Desafortunadamente, perdí el happen to you. Then use unfortunately in a
autobús. Fui desafortunada pues llegué tarde sentence to tell what happened.
a la escuela.” 6. Now let’s say unfortunately together three
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates more times: unfortunately, unfortunately,
the word unfortunately. (Point to the flat tire.) unfortunately.
Unfortunately, the driver of this car got a flat
tire. That was not lucky. Now the driver cannot
drive. The driver has to change the flat tire.

216
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (b) © Lars A. Niki/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 first of all
Unit 4 Week 4 Ramona and Her Father

Word 2 right now


Word 1 first of all
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase first of all to tell 4. I will say two things. Tell me which you would
what happens before everything else. Say it do first of all.
with me: first of all. Suppose that you want brush your teeth/put toothpaste on the tooth-
to try out for the soccer team. First of all, you brush
have to learn how to play soccer. You need to put the leash on the dog/take the dog for a
know the rules if you want to play soccer. walk
2. En español, first of all quiere decir go for a car ride/put your seatbelt on
“primeramente, en primer lugar, lo que sucede put on a winter jacket/play outside in the snow
antes que nada.” Digamos que quieres formar 5. I will name some things you have to do. Tell
parte del equipo de fútbol. Primeramente me what you must do first of all.
tienes que saber jugar fútbol. Tienes que
conocer las reglas del juego. I have to do my homework. First of all,
.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase first of I have to go to bed. First of all,
all. These people get ready to start their day. .
First of all, they eat a healthy breakfast. It is I have to eat lunch. First of all,
important to eat a good breakfast before they .
start their day. After they eat, they will go to
work or to school. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: first of
all, first of all, first of all.

Word 2 right now


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase right now to tell 4. Let’s all clap our hands. While you clap,
what people do at this minute. Say it with me: answer this question: What are you doing
right now. We are in school right now. Right right now? Complete this sentence: Right
now, I am talking to you. I am explaining now, we . Now let’s stop
what the phrase right now means! clapping. Let’s jump. What are you doing right
2. En español, right now quiere decir “en este now? (Continue with other actions.)
momento.” Estamos en la escuela en este 5. What are you doing right now? What would
momento. En este momento, estoy hablando you like to be doing right now? Use the phrase
con ustedes. ¡Estoy explicándoles lo que quiere right now to answer the questions.
decir en este momento! 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: right
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase right now, right now, right now.
now. Right now, these students are in school.
They are in art class right now. Before art, the
students were in math class. After art class,
the students will go to reading. Right now,
though, they are painting.

218
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (b) © Jupiterimages/BananaStock/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 do not have enough
Unit 4 Week 4 Ramona and Her Father

Word 4 turn up
Word 3 do not have enough
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase do not have 4. First of all, we need to know how many
enough when we need more of something. students are in class today. Let’s count. Now
Say it with me: do not have enough. (Have I’m going to name different amounts of
three students stand. Show two pencils.) Let’s things. Say, “We have enough” if we have
pretend these three students need pencils. I enough for all of us. Say “We do not have
have two pencils. I do not have three. That enough” if we do not have enough for all
means I do not have enough pencils to give of us.
each student a pencil. 18 pieces of pizza
2. En español, do not have enough quiere 2 pairs of scissors
decir “no tener suficiente.” (Pídale a tres 7 crayons
estudiantes que se paren. Muestre dos 10 apples
lápices.) Digamos que estos tres estudiantes 25 stickers
necesitan lápices. Tengo dos lápices. No tengo 1 ruler
tres. Eso significa que no tengo suficientes 5. What is something that you do not have
lápices para cada estudiante. enough of and want more of? Complete
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase do not these sentences to tell: I do not have enough
have enough. This is a picture of one pizza. . I want more because
Someone has cut the pizza into 12 pieces. .
They have enough pizza for 12 people. They 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: do
do not have enough pizza for 20 people. They not have enough, do not have enough, do not
would need at least 20 pieces of pizza to have have enough.
enough pizza for 20 people.

Word 4 turn up
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the phrase turn up when 4. You can turn up the TV to make it louder. You
we want to make something hotter, louder, can turn up the oven to make it hotter. What
or brighter. Say it with me: turn up. Suppose else do you turn up? Why? (Responses include
you are watching TV but you cannot hear the radio, the lights, the music, the heat, the
the sound. You turn up the sound to make it stove, the air conditioning, and the sound.)
louder. 5. What phrase do you think means the opposite
2. En español, to turn up quiere decir “subir el of turn up? (turn down) When do you turn
volumen o la temperatura de algo.” Digamos something up? When do you turn it down?
que estás viendo la televisión pero no se oye 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: turn
bien. En ese caso, subes el volumen para up, turn up, turn up.
escuchar mejor.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase turn up.
These people are making fish for dinner. They
have to bake the fish in the oven. The people
turn up the temperature in the oven. They
want the oven to be hot enough to cook the
fish.

220
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/Jupiterimages. (b) © PhotoAlto/PunchStock.
Basic Words pickle, hot dog, hamburger,
Unit 4 Week 4
Ramona and Her Father fried chicken, cinnamon bun, cereal

pickle hot dog hamburger

fried chicken cinnamon bun cereal

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
221
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Burke/Triolo Productions/PunchStock. (tc) © Jules Frazier/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tr) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
(bl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (bm) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (br) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 decisions
Unit 4 Week 5 Out of This World

Word 2 communicate
Key Vocabulary Word 1 decisions
Unit 4 Week 5 Out of This World

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is decisions. Say the word decisions. (Point to the boy who
it with me: decisions. Decisions are choices. is deciding between the melon and the
Sometimes you have to choose between two pineapple.) This boy is making a decision.
things, for example, do you want to play His mom says he can have the melon or the
football or soccer? You cannot do both, so you pineapple. He cannot have both, so he must
make a decision. You choose what you will do. choose. The boy has to make a decision.
2. En español, decisions quiere decir 5. Pretend you are the boy in the picture. What
“decisiones.” Cuando hay que escoger entre decision would you make? Would you choose
dos cosas, como entre jugar béisbol o fútbol, the melon or the pineapple? Why? Tell
hay que tomar una decisión. No puedes hacer your partner.
las dos cosas, por eso hay que escoger. Tienes 6. Tell your partner about a decision you had to
que tomar una decisión. make. Was it hard to choose? Why did you
3. Decisions in English and decisiones in Spanish make that decision? Start like this: I had to
are cognates. They sound almost the same make a decision when .
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say decisions together three more
times: decisions, decisions, decisions.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 communicate


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. We can communicate by talking. We can also
1. Another word in the selection is communicate. communicate by using our bodies to show
Say it with me: communicate. Communicate what we want to say. Let’s play a game. You
means “to talk or write to someone.” Some will communicate without talking. Try to
people use e-mail to communicate with make us guess what you want to “say.”
friends and family who live far away. 6. Let’s sit in a circle to play this game. First I will
2. En español, to communicate quiere decir communicate a message to one student. I will
“comunicarse; hacer saber algo.” Muchas whisper it in the student’s ear. That student
personas usan el correo electrónico para communicates the message to the next
comunicarse con familiares y amigos que student. We keep going until the end. The
viven lejos. last student says the message aloud. Did we
communicate the message correctly? (Possible
3. To communicate in English and comunicar
message: I communicate when I talk.)
in Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say communicate together three
languages. more times: communicate, communicate,
communicate.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word communicate. (Point to the teacher.)
This teacher communicates with the students
in his class. He is talking to them, and they are
listening.

224
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © B2M Productions/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Scott T. Baxter/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 essential
Unit 4 Week 5 Out of This World

Word 4 responsible
Key Vocabulary Word 3 essential
Unit 4 Week 5 Out of This World

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is essential. the word essential. (Point to the essential
Say it with me: essential. Essential means foods.) This picture shows some foods that are
“necessary or important.” It is essential for essential for people to eat. Essential foods are
children to eat vegetables. Children need foods that people need to eat. It is necessary to
vegetables to keep their bodies healthy and have essential foods to stay healthy and strong.
strong. Vegetables are an important and 5. Discuss with your partner the foods in the
necessary food for children. picture. Complete this sentence to tell why
2. En español, essential quiere decir “esencial, each food is essential to eat: It is essential to
lo necesario o importante.” Los vegetales have because .
son esenciales para la salud de los niños. 6. What do you do every day that is essential
Los vegetales los ayudan a crecer fuertes y for you to do? Tell your partner. (Possible
saludables. responses include brush your teeth, sleep, eat,
3. Essential in English and esencial in Spanish are or go to school.)
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say essential together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: essential, essential, essential.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 responsible


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is responsible. the word responsible. (Point to the children
Say it with me: responsible. If you are with their seatbelts on.) These children are
responsible, people can trust you to do what responsible. They are doing what they are
you are supposed to do. Parents choose a supposed to do. They are wearing their
responsible person to be a babysitter. Parents seatbelts in the car.
trust a babysitter to take care of their children. 5. What makes a student a responsible student?
That’s why a babysitter has to be responsible. Tell your partner by completing this sentence:
2. En español, responsible quiere decir A responsible student .
“responsable.” Se puede confiar en una 6. What do you do at home that shows that you
persona responsable. Esa persona cumplirá lo are responsible? What could you start to do to
que dice. Los padres de familia contratan a make you even more responsible?
una niñera responsable para cuidar a sus hijos. 7. Now let’s say responsible together three more
Los padres confían en ella. times: responsible, responsible, responsible.
3. Responsible in English and responsable in
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages.

226
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ken Karp photographer/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © Noel Hendrickson/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 research
Unit 4 Week 5 Out of This World

Word 6 specialist
Key Vocabulary Word 5 research
Unit 4 Week 5 Out of This World

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is research. Say the word research. (Point to the scientist.) This
it with me: research. When you do research, woman is a scientist. She is doing an experiment
you study something to learn more about to learn more about something. She is doing
it. Sometimes I ask you to do research to research. Soon she will finish her research. Then
learn more about something. You look for she will share what she has learned.
information in books or on the Internet. Then 4. Scientists do research to learn about a lot
you share your research with me. of things. Pretend you are a scientist. What
2. En español, research quiere decir research would you like to do? Why? Tell
“investigación.” Al realizar una investigación, your partner.
se estudia algo hasta llegar a conocerlo bien. 5. Complete this sentence: Research is important
Digamos que les pido que investiguen algo. because .
Buscarían la información en libros o en la red. 6. Now let’s say research together three more
Después compartirían los resultados de sus times: research, research, research.
investigaciones conmigo.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 specialist


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is specialist. Say the word specialist. (Point to the astronaut.)
it with me: specialist. A specialist is a person This astronaut is a specialist. The astronaut
who knows a lot about something. Someone knows a lot about space. The astronaut can
who knows more about plants than most walk in space. The astronaut can fix things in
people is a specialist in plants. space, too.
2. En español, specialist quiere decir 5. Pretend you are a specialist at something.
“especialista; una persona que sabe mucho Show us what you do. We will guess what
sobre un tema; experto.” Alguien que conoce kind of specialist you are.
mucho sobre las plantas es un especialista en 6. Draw a picture of a specialist. Hold up your
plantas. picture. Complete this sentence to tell
3. Specialist in English and especialista in Spanish about it: This person is a specialist because
are cognates. They sound almost the same .
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say specialist together three more
times: specialist, specialist, specialist.

228
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Dean Golja/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 luckily
Unit 4 Week 5 Out of This World

Word 2 blast into space


Word 1 luckily
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the word luckily to talk 4. Listen to each sentence. If it tells about
about when we are having good luck or something lucky, repeat the sentence but add
when things that we want to happen are the word luckily at the beginning.
happening. Say it with me: luckily. Let’s I broke my leg.
pretend that we are going on a walk in the The test was easy.
woods. It is warm and sunny. We feel lucky I found my lost dog.
because the weather is nice for our walk. I lost my homework.
Luckily for us, the sun is shining. We are lucky I won first prize in the art contest.
because it is a nice day for our walk.
5. Think about a time when you were lucky.
2. En español, luckily quiere decir Complete this sentence to tell about that
“afortunadamente; que sucede por buena time: Luckily for me, .
suerte.” Digamos que vamos a pasear por
el bosque. Es un día hermoso. Nos sentimos 6. Repeat the word three times with me: luckily,
afortunados de tener un día tan bonito. Qué luckily, luckily.
buena suerte tenemos de salir a caminar en un
día tan soleado.
3. This picture demonstrates the word luckily.
These children are happy because it is not
raining. They thought it was going to rain.
That’s why they have raincoats on. But luckily
for them, it did not rain. They are lucky.

Word 2 blast into space


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase blast into space 4. Let’s make believe a space shuttle is about
to tell when a space shuttle goes up into the to blast into space. First, we will count down
sky. Right before it blasts into space, people from ten to one. Then we will say, “Blast
count down from ten to one. Then the people off!” Then we will make believe we blast into
say, “Blast off!” The shuttle blasts into space. space. Say, “We blast into space!”
Say it with me: blast into space. 5. What else might blast into space? Complete
2. En español, blast into space quiere decir this sentence to tell: A
“despegar hacia el espacio.” Antes de que un blasts into space when it .
cohete despegue hacia el espacio, la gente (Responses include a rocket, an astronaut, or a
cuenta al revés desde el diez. Luego dispara el UFO.)
cohete. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: blast
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase blast into space, blast into space, blast into space.
into space. It shows a space shuttle. The space
shuttle blasts into space. It goes up, up, up
into the sky.

230
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Tim Hall/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Stocktrek/age fotostock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 between
Unit 4 Week 5 Out of This World

Word 4 stand out


Word 3 between
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use the word between to tell 4. Draw a picture with your partner. Put one
about something that comes after one thing thing between two other things. Then show
but before another. It comes in the middle. us your picture. Tell us about it. Use the word
Say it with me: between. The afternoon comes between.
between the morning and the night. 5. Find something in the room that has one thing
2. En español, between quiere decir “en medio; between two other things. Tell your partner
después de una cosa pero antes que otra.” La what other things the object is between. Have
tarde ocurre después de la mañana pero antes your partner guess what you are thinking of.
de la noche. (Responses include stripes on the flag, pages
3. This picture demonstrates the word between. in a book, children in a row, or numbers on
We go to school all morning. We go to school the clock.)
in the afternoon, too. Between the morning 6. Repeat the word three times with me:
and the afternoon, we eat lunch. You can see between, between, between.
a boy’s lunch on his desk. He has a sandwich.
His sandwich has cheese between two pieces
of bread.

Word 4 stand out


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the phrase stand out when 4. (Draw three black circles and one bright red
we talk about something or someone very circle on a single sheet of paper. Show the
special. Say it with me: stand out. Imagine you circles.) Which of these circles stands out on
are shopping for shoes. You go to the shoe this piece of paper? What makes it stand out?
store. One pair of shoes stands out. You really Use the phrase stands out in your answer.
like that pair of shoes. They stand out because 5. Think about something or someone that you
they are special. They stand out so much that think stands out. What makes that thing or
you buy them. person stand out?
2. En español, to stand out quiere decir 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: stand
“destacarse; resaltar.” Digamos que estás out, stand out, stand out.
viendo zapatos en una zapatería. Un par de
zapatos resalta. Te llaman la atención. Son
bonitos y únicos. Resaltan tanto, que los
compras.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase stand
out. These three girls did well in the science
fair. Do you see their ribbons? Each won a
ribbon because their projects stand out. The
projects are good. Their projects are better
than other projects in the fair.

232
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (b) © Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages
Basic Words astronaut, space shuttle, ground crew,
Unit 4 Week 5
Out of This World space station, payload, space flight

astronaut space shuttle ground crew

space station payload space flight

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
233
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tc) © Corbis. (tr) © Purestock/Getty Images.
(bl) © StockTrek/Photodisc/Getty Images. (bm) © NASA handout/epa/Corbis. (br) © Stocktrek Images/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 fierce
Unit 5 Week 1 Penguin Chick

Word 2 echoes
Key Vocabulary Word 1 fierce
Unit 5 Week 1 Penguin Chick

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is fierce. Say it with the word fierce. (Point to the snowy scene.)
me: fierce. Fierce means “dangerous, terrible, Look at all this snow! There is so much snow
or violent.” Sometimes the wind blows really because there was a fierce storm. It snowed
hard. The wind knocks branches from trees. and snowed and snowed. A fierce wind blew,
We call that kind of wind a fierce wind. too. I am glad I was not outside in the fierce
storm.
2. En español, fierce quiere decir “feroz, cruel
o violento.” En ocasiones, el viento sopla 4. Let’s pretend we are a fierce wind. Let’s blow
muy fuerte. El viento arranca las ramas de the way a fierce wind blows. Now let’s blow
los árboles. Al hablar de este tipo de viento, the way a wind that is not fierce blows.
decimos que es un viento feroz. 5. The wind can be fierce. Animals can be fierce,
too. Pretend you are a fierce animal. Do what
the fierce animal does. We will guess what
fierce animal you are.
6. Now let’s say fierce together three more
times: fierce, fierce, fierce.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 echoes


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is echoes. Say the word echoes. (Point to the howling wolf.)
it with me: echoes. If a sound echoes, you This wolf is howling. The howl echoes in the
hear the sound and then keep on hearing it. woods. Imagine that we are outside in the
Pretend we are in a cave. I say “Hello.” I hear woods. The wolf howls. The howl echoes.
“Hello, hello, hello.” My voice echoes, and I We hear the howl. Then we hear it again and
keep hearing “Hello.” again and again.
2. En español, echo quiere decir “eco.” Si un 5. Pretend I am the wolf in the picture. Listen to
sonido hace eco, escuchas ese sonido y lo me howl. (Howl.) Make my howl echo. Howl
sigues oyendo repetidamente. Imagina que just like me. (Howl again for students to echo.
estamos en una cueva. Yo digo: “Hola.” Then continue with different howls. Have
Escucho: “Hola, hola, hola.” Mi voz hace eco y students echo.)
por eso sigo oyendo “Hola.” 6. Have a partner be your echo. Say something
3. Echoes in English and ecos in Spanish are for your partner to echo.
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say echoes together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: echoes, echoes, echoes.

236
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Dennis MacDonald/Alamy Images. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 shuffles
Unit 5 Week 1 Penguin Chick

Word 4 huddle
Key Vocabulary Word 3 shuffles
Unit 5 Week 1 Penguin Chick

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is shuffles. Say the word shuffles. (Point to the penguins.)
it with me: shuffles. Shuffles means “slides or These penguins shuffle into the water. They
drags its feet when its walking.” Sometimes shuffle, or slide, their feet when they walk.
students shuffle into school when recess is 4. Let’s pretend we are the penguins in the
over. They wish they could stay at recess. picture. Let’s shuffle across the room.
They do not want to hurry inside. 5. Sometimes people shuffle when they are
2. En español, to shuffle quiere decir “arrastrar trying to waste time. Maybe they do not want
los pies al caminar.” A veces los estudiantes to go where they are supposed to go. Shuffle
arrastran los pies al caminar, sobre todo across the room. As you shuffle, complete this
después del recreo. Quieren seguir jugando. sentence: I shuffle when I .
No tienen prisa por regresar al salón. 6. Now let’s say shuffles together three more
times: shuffles, shuffles, shuffles.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 huddle


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all huddle together. Now we can make
1. Another word in the selection is huddle. Say it believe we are the baseball players in the
with me: huddle. When people huddle, they picture. Let’s put our hands together and
stand very close together in a small circle. shout, “Hooray!”
Football players huddle before they start 5. People huddle. Animals huddle, too. Let’s
to play. pretend we are animals and huddle. Now tell
2. En español, to huddle quiere decir why we might be huddling. Complete this
“apretujarse.” Cuando la gente se apretuja, sentence: We huddle because .
se acercan unos a otros en un pequeño (Examples: we want to stay warm, we are
espacio. Los jugadores de fútbol americano se protecting ourselves from danger, we are
apretujan antes de comenzar el partido. eating)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say huddle together three more
the word huddle. (Point to the baseball times: huddle, huddle, huddle.
players.) These baseball players huddle before
their game. They are talking about how they
will try to win the game.

238
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Paul Souders/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © JUPITERIMAGES/ Comstock Images/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 junior
Unit 5 Week 1 Penguin Chick

Word 6 down
Key Vocabulary Word 5 junior
Unit 5 Week 1 Penguin Chick

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. An adult person’s junior is a child. Complete
1. Another word in the selection is junior. Say this sentence to tell about some animals’
it with me: junior. Junior means “a young juniors: A ’s junior is a .
person or a child.” Someone who is my junior (Examples: dog/puppy, cat/kitten, lion or bear/
is younger than I am. Parents sometimes call cub, frog/tadpole)
their child “Junior.” That’s because the child is 5. Tell your partner about someone you know
like a younger one of them. who is your junior. Begin by completing this
2. En español, junior quiere decir “joven, menor sentence: is my junior.
o hijo.” Alguien menor que yo es más joven 6. Now let’s say junior together three more
que yo. Los padres a veces le dicen a su hijo times: junior, junior, junior.
“Junior,” pues el hijo es como una versión más
joven de ellos.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word junior. (Point to the boy and the
man.) I see a boy and a man. The boy is a
junior. He is the man’s son.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 down


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner what you think down looks
1. Another word in the selection is down. Say it like and feels like. How do you think down
with me: down. Young birds have down. Their helps young birds?
soft, feathers are called down. Down looks 5. People use down to help them stay warm.
fluffy. Tell your partner some things that might
2. En español, down quiere decir “plumón.” Los have down in them to help people stay warm.
polluelos, los pichones y todas las aves jóvenes (Examples: jackets, blankets, quilts, sleeping
tienen plumones. Así les llamamos a sus suaves bags)
plumas. Los plumones son tan ligeros como la 6. Now let’s say down together three more
pelusa. times: down, down, down.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word down. (Point to the baby geese.)
These are baby geese. Look at their feathers.
They look soft and fluffy. These soft, fluffy
feathers are called down.

240
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Tom Brakefield/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © image100/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 to be on his way
Unit 5 Week 1 Penguin Chick

Word 2 come to an end


Word 1 to be on his way
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to be on his way to tell 4. I am going to say a sentence. Is the man on
when someone is going where he or she needs his way to work, or is he there already? If he
to go. Say it with me: to be on his way. To be is, say, “The man is on his way.” If he is not,
on his way means “to leave one place and go say, “The man is not on his way.”
to another.” If your dad is on his way to work, The man is riding his bike.
he has left home, and he is going to work. He The man sits at his desk.
is not at work yet. The man walks down the street.
2. En español, to be on his way quiere decir “ir The man is on the train.
rumbo a un lugar.” Si tu padre va rumbo al 5. I will say a sentence. Where do you think the
trabajo, ya salió de la casa y está en camino. man is on his way to? Complete the sentence
Todavía no llega. to tell.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to be The man is on the plane. He is on his way to
on his way. A bus driver drives this bus. The .
bus driver is on his way to the next bus stop. The man is on the bus. He is on his way to
He has already picked up some children at .
one bus stop. He is on his way to the next bus The man walks through the woods. He is on
stop. He is not there yet. his way to .
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to be
on his way, to be on his way, to be on his way.

Word 2 come to an end


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use come to an end to tell 4. Let’s walk across our room together. Where
where something stops, or ends. Say it with does the floor come to an end? Complete this
me: come to an end. Come to an end means sentence to tell: The floor comes to an end at
“stop or do not go any farther.” Make believe . (Responses include the wall,
we are riding our bikes on a bike path. The the board, the door, or the windows.) Now
path comes to an end at the parking lot. We let’s walk in another direction. Where does
cannot go any farther, so we turn around and the floor come to an end now?
go the other way. 5. Pretend we are walking in each place I name.
2. En español, to come to an end quiere Answer each question.
decir “llegar al final; terminar.” Digamos que Where does the hallway outside our door
vamos en bicicleta por un sendero. El sendero come to an end?
termina en el estacionamiento. No podemos Where do the stairs come to an end?
seguir más, entonces nos damos la vuelta. Where does the playground come to an end?
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase come Where does a driveway come to an end?
to an end. The beach comes to an end at the 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: come
water. The beach stops and the water begins. to an end, come to an end, come to an end.
The trees and the grass come to an end at the
beach. They stop where the beach begins. The
beach stops where the water begins.

242
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Carl & Ann Purcell/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 no longer need to
Unit 5 Week 1 Penguin Chick

Word 4 as if
Word 3 no longer need to
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use no longer need to when 4. Tell your partner something you needed to
we can stop doing or using something. Say it do when you were younger but that you
with me: no longer need to. No longer need no longer need to do now. Complete these
to means “it is not necessary or needed to do sentences: When I was younger, I needed to
something anymore.” Suppose I run out of . Now I no longer need to
milk. I do not have any milk at home. I need .
to go to the store to buy milk, so I do. Now I 5. Now tell your partner about something you
have milk at home. I no longer need milk, so I need to do now that you will no longer need
no longer need to go to the store to buy milk. to do when you grow up. Complete these
2. En español, no longer need to quiere decir “ya sentences: Now I need to .
no tener que hacer algo.” Digamos que no When I grow up, I will no longer need to
tengo leche en casa. Voy al supermercado a .
comprar más. Ahora tengo leche. Ya no tengo 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: no
que ir a comprar leche al supermercado. longer need to, no longer need to, no longer
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase no need to.
longer need to. This girl just learned how
to ride her bike. She used to have training
wheels. Now she no longer needs to use
training wheels. She can ride without them.

Word 4 as if
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use as if when we mean 4. I am going to make believe I am doing some
something seems to be like something else. things. Tell me what it looks as if I am doing.
Say it with me: as if. As if means “almost like.” Complete this sentence: It is almost as if you
Have you ever watched a movie that seems are . (Act out things like
very real to you? It is so realistic that it is these: flying, climbing up the stairs, crying,
almost as if you are right there in the movie! swinging a baseball bat.)
You really are not in the movie, of course. It 5. I am going to say some sentences. Complete
just seems as if you are. each sentence.
2. En español, as if quiere decir “como si.” When it is really cold outside, it seems almost
¿Alguna vez has visto una película que parece as if .
ser real? Es tan realista que sientes que estás When I read a book about characters I like a
ahí metido. No estás dentro de la película, por lot, I feel almost as if .
supuesto, pero es como si lo estuvieras. Sometimes when my dog barks at me, it seems
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase as if. almost as if .
Look at the toy cars. They look as if they are 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: as if,
real. They are not real, but they almost look as if, as if.
real.

244
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/Jupiterimages. (b) © Ken Karp/The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc.
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 1
snuggle, preen, whistle,
Penguin Chick
toboggan, peck, cuddle

snuggle preen whistle

toboggan peck cuddle

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
245
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Photodisc/PunchStock. (tc) © Creatas/PunchStock. (tr) © imageshop/PunchStock.
(bl) © Daniel Cox/Oxford Scientific/Jupiterimages. (bm) © Photodisc/Getty Images. (br) © Paul Nicklen/National Geographic/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 architects
Unit 5 Week 2 Animal Homes

Word 2 structures
Key Vocabulary Word 1 architects
Unit 5 Week 2 Animal Homes

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is architects. Say the word architects. (Point to the bird that is
it with me: architects. Architects are people building a nest.) This bird is behaving like an
who draw and build homes. Architects usually architect. The bird is building a nest. The bird
design, or draw, the homes. Then builders use figures out where to build the nest and how
the drawings to build the houses. to build the nest. Then the bird builds the
nest.
2. En español, architects quiere decir
“arquitectos.” Los arquitectos son personas 5. The bird in the picture is an architect. It builds
que diseñan y construyen casas. Por lo general, a nest. Tell your partner about other animal
los arquitectos sólo diseñan, o dibujan, las architects. Where are the homes they build?
casas. Después los constructores usan los (Examples: fox/cave, bee/beehive, squirrel/hole
dibujos para construir las casas. in tree, snake/hole in rocks or ground)
3. Architects in English and arquitectos in 6. Pretend that you are an architect. Design a
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost house. Draw a picture of your house. Then tell
the same and mean the same thing in both your partner about the house you designed.
languages. 7. Now let’s say architects together three more
times: architects, architects, architects.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 structures


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is structures. the word structures. (Point to the stone
Say it with me: structures. Structures are made structures.) These are structures. They stand
by people or animals. They stand up from the up from the ground. They did not grow
ground. Buildings are structures. Fences are naturally from the ground. These structures
structures. Cell phone towers are structures, too. were made by termites.
2. En español, structures quiere decir 5. Let’s play a game. Walk around the room.
“estructuras.” Las personas y los animales When I blink the lights, pretend you are a
construyen estructuras. Están sobre el suelo. structure. Stand very still. If I tap you, tell
Los edificios son estructuras. Las cercas son what kind of structure you are. Say: I am a
estructuras. Las antenas para teléfonos structure. I am a/an .
móviles son estructuras también. 6. Let’s all look out the window. What structures
3. Structures in English and estructuras in do you see? Choose one. Give us clues about
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost your structure. We will guess what it is.
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say structures together three more
languages. times: structures, structures, structures.

248
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (b) © Jupiterimages/Photos.com.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 contain
Unit 5 Week 2 Animal Homes

Word 4 retreats
Key Vocabulary Word 3 contain
Unit 5 Week 2 Animal Homes

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is contain. Say the word contain. (Point to the beehive.) Look
it with me: contain. Contain means “to hold at this beehive. The beehive contains bees.
or to have something inside.” When people The bees live inside the beehive. Do you see all
move, they pack things in boxes. Some boxes the bees flying into the beehive? The bees are
contain books. Other boxes contain dishes. going home.
What do other boxes contain? 5. I put something inside this bag. Now it
2. En español, to contain quiere decir “contener contains that thing. I will give you some clues.
o tener algo adentro.” Cuando alguien se va Guess what the bag contains. (Give clues.)
a mudar de una casa a otra, empaca sus cosas Now let’s look inside. Were you right? What
en cajas. Algunas cajas contienen libros. Otras does the bag contain?
cajas contienen platos. ¿Qué contienen otras 6. Walk around the room. Look for things that
cajas? contain other things. Stand by something that
3. To contain in English and contener in Spanish contains something. What does it contain?
are cognates. They sound almost the same Complete this sentence: The contains
and mean the same thing in both languages. .
7. Now let’s say contain together three more
times: contain, contain, contain.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 retreats


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is retreats. Say the word retreats. (Point to the tortoise.) Look
it with me: retreats. Retreats means “goes at this tortoise. It retreats into its shell. That
back.” Sometimes a dog chases a cat. Then means it goes back into its shell. Its head and
the cat turns and hisses at the dog. The dog legs are inside. The tortoise retreats into its
retreats. It turns around and runs back into shell to protect itself from danger.
its house. 5. Let’s pretend we are tortoises. Our desks
2. En español, to retreat quiere decir “retirarse o or tables can be our shells. Pretend you are
huir.” Un perro persigue a un gato. Luego, el walking along. Then you get scared. Show me
gato decide enfrentar al perro y le gruñe. El how you retreat into your shell.
perro se retira. Se da la media vuelta y corre 6. Pretend you are animals. I scare you. You
de regreso a su casa. retreat. (Growl.) Show me how you retreat.
3. To retreat in English and retirarse in Spanish Now tell me why you retreat. Complete this
are cognates. They sound almost the same sentence: I retreat because .
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say retreats together three more
times: retreats, retreats, retreats.

250
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © M Stock/Alamy Images. (b) © Ingram Publishing/age fotostock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 shallow
Unit 5 Week 2 Animal Homes

Word 6 shelter
Key Vocabulary Word 5 shallow
Unit 5 Week 2 Animal Homes

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is shallow. Say it the word shallow. (Point to the shallow water.)
with me: shallow. Shallow means “not deep.” This is shallow water. The boys can stand in it.
Shallow water is not deep. You can stand in Only their feet and ankles get wet. The boys
shallow water. If the water is really shallow, try to sail their boats in the shallow water.
only your feet get wet. 4. Does this picture help you understand the
2. En español, shallow quiere decir “pando, word shallow? Why or why not? Tell your
poco profundo.” El agua panda no es honda. partner.
Cuando el agua es poco profunda, puedes 5. Some water is shallow. Some water is deep.
tocar el piso. Si el lago es muy pando, sólo tus Tell your partner one thing people do in
pies se mojarán. shallow water. Then tell one thing people do
in deep water.
6. Now let’s say shallow together three more
times: shallow, shallow, shallow.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 shelter


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is shelter. Say the word shelter. (Point to the beaver dam.)
it with me: shelter. A shelter is a structure This beaver dam is a shelter for a beaver. The
or place that keeps you safe. A cabin is a beaver that built it was the architect of this
shelter. It gives you shelter, or keeps you safe, shelter. Now the shelter helps keep the
from rain. It can also give you shelter from beaver safe.
wild animals. 4. The beaver dam provides a shelter for a
2. En español, shelter quiere decir “refugio, una beaver. What other things provide shelter for
estructura o lugar que te mantiene a salvo.” animals? Tell your partner. (Examples: trees,
Una cabaña en medio de la montaña es un logs, holes in ground, dog houses, rocks,
refugio. Te mantiene a salvo del frío, la lluvia caves)
y de los animales salvajes. 5. What are some things that are a shelter for
people? (Examples: houses, buildings, cabins,
caves, tents)
6. Now let’s say shelter together three more
times: shelter, shelter, shelter.

252
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Goodshoot/Jupiterimages. (b) © Robert Glusic/Stockbyte/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 back up
Unit 5 Week 2 Animal Homes

Word 2 impossible
Word 1 back up
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use back up to tell about when 4. (Demonstrate a back-up. Display an egg timer
something cannot go forward anymore so or pour a lot of water through a funnel with
it comes to a stop. Say it with me: back up. a small hole.) What is backed up? Why is it
Back up means “stop.” Let’s imagine we are backed up?
all trying to get through the door at the same 5. Sometimes water backs up. Where does water
time. We cannot all fit! We have to wait by back up? Why does water back up? What can
the door while other people go through. We happen when water backs up? (Responses
all back up by the door. include the following: Water backs up in a
2. En español, to back up quiere decir sink because the drain is clogged. Water backs
“amontonarse.” Digamos que todos queremos up in a river because it is raining hard. When
pasar por la puerta al mismo tiempo. ¡No water backs up, it can spill over. You can have
cabemos! Hay que esperar hasta que pasen a flood.)
algunos. Nos amontonamos en la puerta. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: back
3. This picture demonstrates the words back up. up, back up, back up.
There are a lot of cars on the road. There are
so many cars that the cars have nowhere to
go. The cars back up all the way down the
road.

Word 2 impossible
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use impossible to tell about 5. I will name some things. If you think it is
something that we cannot do. Say it with possible for you to do, say “possible.” If
me: impossible. Impossible means “cannot you think it is impossible for you to do, say
be done.” It is impossible to fit a very large “impossible.”
object through a very small hole. Put a big triangle block into a small round
2. En español, impossible quiere decir “imposible, hole.
que no puede ser.” Es imposible que un objeto Stand on one hand for five minutes.
grande quepa por un espacio estrecho. Jump up and down and clap your hands.
3. Impossible in English and imposible in Spanish Walk through a closed door.
are cognates. They sound almost the same Read a book.
and mean the same thing in both languages. Become invisible.
4. This picture demonstrates the word 6. Now tell me something that it is possible for
impossible. This man is doing something that you to do and something that is impossible
looks impossible. It is possible for him, but for you to do. Complete these sentences: It
it would be impossible for me. I could not is possible for me to . It is
balance on the rings like that. impossible for me to .
7. Repeat the word three times with me:
impossible, impossible, impossible.

254
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Charles Smith/Corbis. (b) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 raise their young
Unit 5 Week 2 Animal Homes

Word 4 to escape the heat


Word 3 raise their young
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use raise their young when we 4. Make up a story about an animal that raises
talk about animals taking care of their babies. its young. Tell your partner how you think
Say it with me: raise their young. When a cat your animal raises its young.
has kittens, she raises her young. She feeds 5. Make a list of things that people do to raise
and protects her kittens to take care of them their young. Share your list with us. (The list
so they will grow. People raise their young, can include feed them, protect them, teach
too. They take care of their babies. them how to hunt or what they can eat, and
2. En español, to raise their young quiere decir teach them how to stay away from danger.)
“criar a sus bebés.” Cuando una gata tiene 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: raise
gatitos, los cría. Les da de comer y los protege their young, raise their young, raise their
para que crezcan sanos. Los seres humanos young.
también crían a sus bebés.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase raise
their young. This lion mother has three lion
cubs. She raises her young. The mother makes
sure the cubs have food to eat. She makes
sure they are safe. She teaches them how to
take care of themselves.

Word 4 to escape the heat


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to escape the heat to talk 4. I am going to name some things. If something
about what we do when we want to stay cool would help you escape the heat, complete
on a hot day. Say it with me: to escape the this sentence: I to escape the
heat. To escape the heat means “to stay cool heat.
or to get out of the hot weather.” When it is swim
really hot outside, I escape the heat by going run around the block
into a store that has air conditioning. It is cool drink cold water
inside the store. sit in front of a fan
2. En español, to escape the heat quiere decir sit in the hot sun
“escapar del calor.” Cuando hace mucho calor sit in the shade
afuera, trato de escapar del calor. Me meto a 5. What is your favorite way to escape the heat?
una tienda que tiene aire acondicionado. Es Complete this sentence to tell: My favorite
más fresco ahí. way to escape the heat is to .
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
escape the heat. It is really hot outside. This escape the heat, to escape the heat, to escape
girl escapes the heat. She runs through the the heat.
cold water from a sprinkler. The cold water
makes her feel cool instead of hot. The cold
water helps her escape the heat.

256
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/PunchStock. (b) © IT Stock/Polka Dot Images/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 2
nursery, cubby, chamber,
Animal Homes
tower, front door, honeycomb

nursery cubby chamber

tower front door honeycomb

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
257
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © Robert Houser/UpperCut Images/Getty Images. (tr) © Nigel Reed/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (bm) © David Papazian/Corbis (br) © imagebroker/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 crucial
Unit 5 Week 3 Call of the Wild

Word 2 adjust
Key Vocabulary Word 1 crucial
Unit 5 Week 3 Call of the Wild

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is crucial. Say it with the word crucial. (Point to the mother and her
me: crucial. Crucial means “very important.” baby.) This mother is taking care of her baby.
Suppose your coach says that it is crucial for It is crucial for mothers to take care of their
you to practice before the big game. That babies, because babies cannot protect or feed
means it is very, very important for you to themselves. If mothers did not take care of
practice. babies, the babies might not live.
2. En español, crucial quiere decir “crucial; vital o 5. What other crucial things do you think this
muy importante.” Imagina que tu entrenador mother does for her baby? Tell your partner.
te dice que es crucial que practiques antes del (Examples include feed, protect, keep it warm,
partido importante. Esto significa que es muy and teach the baby.)
muy importante que practiques. 6. Suppose you just got a new puppy. It is crucial
3. Crucial in English and crucial in Spanish are for you to take care of the puppy. Complete
cognates. They sound almost the same and this sentence to tell one thing it would be
mean the same thing in both languages. crucial for you to do: It is crucial for me to
. (Examples: feed, walk, train, love,
brush, or take it to the veterinarian)
7. Now let’s say crucial together three more
times: crucial, crucial, crucial.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 adjust


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now, let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is adjust. Say it the word adjust. (Point to the children in
with me: adjust. Adjust means “to change to winter clothes.) It is very cold outside. I can tell
fit in or work with something.” When it is hot because there is a lot of snow. These children
outside, you adjust to the weather by wearing adjust to the cold. They put on winter coats,
shorts. When it is cold, you adjust by wearing hats, and mittens. The clothing keeps them
a coat. warm even though it is cold outside.
2. En español, to adjust quiere decir “ajustar, o 5. The children in the picture adjust to the cold
cambiar algo para que quede bien.” Cuando weather. Imagine that they are outside on
hace calor afuera, tú te ajustas al clima a very hot day. Tell your partner how they
vistiendo pantalones cortos. Cuando hace frío, would adjust to the very hot day. (Examples:
tú te ajustas al clima poniéndote un abrigo. wear shorts, a T-shirt, sneakers; drink cold
drinks; go swimming)
3. To adjust in English and ajustar in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 6. People adjust to their environment. Animals
mean the same thing in both languages. do, too. How do you think animals adjust? Tell
your partner. (Examples: store food for winter,
sleep all winter, get thicker fur in winter, have
colors that match environment)
7. Now let’s say adjust together three more times:
adjust, adjust, adjust.

260
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/PunchStock. (b) © Ryan McVay/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 survive
Unit 5 Week 3 Call of the Wild

Word 4 source
Key Vocabulary Word 3 survive
Unit 5 Week 3 Call of the Wild

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is survive. Say the word survive. (Point to the flowers in the
it with me: survive. Survive means “to stay snow.) Look! It snowed in the spring! Usually
alive or to live through.” We just saw a picture flowers do not survive in the snow. It is too
of children outside in the cold. The children cold. These flowers did survive, though. Even
survive the cold. That’s because they wear though it was cold enough to snow, the
warm clothes. The clothes help them adjust flowers did survive.
to and survive in the cold. 5. The flowers in the picture survive in the snow.
2. En español, to survive quiere decir “sobrevivir, Tell your partner what other things survive in
o mantenerse con vida.” Acabamos de ver la the snow. Complete this sentence:
foto de unos niños afuera en el frío. Esos niños survive in the snow. (Examples: trees, deer,
sobreviven el frío porque usan ropa gruesa y wolves, warmly dressed people, foxes)
cálida. Esta ropa ayuda a los niños a ajustarse 6. People need food to survive. What else do
al clima y a sobrevivir el frío. people need to survive? Tell your partner.
3. To survive in English and sobrevivir in Spanish (Examples: clothes, water, sleep, medicine,
are cognates. They sound almost the same fresh air)
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say survive together three more
times: survive, survive, survive.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 source


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. The woodpecker is the source of the tapping
1. Another word in the selection is source. Say noise. Let’s be the source of a noise. I will
it with me: source. The source of something make a noise. (Clap.) I am the source of the
is where that thing starts or comes from. The clapping noise. Now you make a noise. Tell us
source of a river can be a lake. The source of what you are the source of.
sunlight is the sun. 5. Pretend you are an animal. What does your
2. En español, source quiere decir “fuente, animal say? Be the source for that animal
origen, donde algo comienza o de donde sound. We will guess what animal you are by
procede.” La fuente de un río puede ser un completing these sentences: is a/an
lago. La fuente de la luz del día es el sol. . He/she is the source of the .
(Examples: dog/bark, lion/roar, mouse/squeak,
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
cat/meow)
the word source. (Point to the woodpecker.)
This woodpecker is tapping on the tree. Let’s 6. Now let’s say source together three more
pretend we are near the tree. We hear the times: source, source, source.
tapping. The woodpecker is the source of the
tapping. The woodpecker is looking for food.
That’s why it is tapping. The tree is the source
of the woodpecker’s food. The tapping comes
from the woodpecker, and the food comes
from the tree.

262
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Julie Marland/Alamy Images. (b) © Stock Connection/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 unpredictable
Unit 5 Week 3 Call of the Wild
Key Vocabulary Word 5 unpredictable
Unit 5 Week 3 Call of the Wild

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is unpredictable. the word unpredictable. (Point to the
Say it with me: unpredictable. If something tornado.) Many tornadoes are unpredictable.
is unpredictable, you do not know it is going We do not know for sure when there will be a
to happen. Sometimes we have fire drills in tornado. We also do not know for sure where
school. They are unpredictable. We do not the tornado will go. That’s why tornadoes are
know when a fire drill will happen. unpredictable. We cannot predict, or know,
when or where they will happen.
2. En español, unpredictable quiere decir
“impredecible.” Si algo es impredecible, tú no 5. I will do something unpredictable. You do not
sabes qué va a pasar al respecto. En ocasiones, know what I will do. (Jump up and down.) I
se hacen simulacros de incendio en la escuela. jumped up and down. That was unpredictable.
Son impredecibles. No sabemos cuándo vamos You did not know what I would do. Now you
a tener uno de esos simulacros. do something unpredictable.
3. Unpredictable in English and impredecible 6. Usually when I ask a question, you raise your
in Spanish are cognates. They sound almost hand to answer it. That is predictable. I will
the same and mean the same thing in both ask a question. Do not raise your hand. Do
languages. something unpredictable.
7. Now let’s say unpredictable together three
more times: unpredictable, unpredictable,
unpredictable.

264
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Warren Faidley/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 blend into
Unit 5 Week 3 Call of the Wild

Word 2 keep warm


Word 1 blend into
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use blend into to tell when it is 4. I will name an animal. Tell which place it
hard to see something because it is almost the would blend into the best.
same color as what it is near. Say it with me: deer: woods or beach
blend into. If one thing blends into another, ant: grass or dirt
the first thing is hard to see. Sometimes a green snake: green leaves or red leaves
snake slithers through the garden. The snake colorful butterfly: grass or flowers
blends into the garden because it is the same polar bear: desert or snow
color as the grass. It is hard to see the snake.
5. Make believe that you want to blend into
2. En español, to blend into quiere decir something. I will name some places. Tell me
“mezclarse entre algo.” Si algo se mezcla what color clothes you would wear to blend in.
entre otra cosa, esas dos cosas se confunden.
No se distingue ni una ni otra. A veces una woods (brown)
serpiente se desliza por el jardín. La serpiente field of tall grass (green)
no se distingue porque es del mismo color que the dark night (black, navy blue)
el pasto. Es difícil ver a la serpiente. the desert sand (brown, tan)
the snow (white)
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase blend
into. This lizard is green. It blends into the 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: blend
green leaves. If you were walking along, it into, blend into, blend into.
would be hard to see the lizard because it
blends into the green leaves.

Word 2 keep warm


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use keep warm to tell about 4. I will name some things. If you think
what we do so we will not be cold. Say it something would help you keep warm, say
with me: keep warm. Keep warm means “stay “keep warm.”
warm or do not get cold.” Sometimes I go heavy sweater
outside on a cold, winter day. I want to keep shorts
warm, so I wear a winter jacket, gloves, and a blanket
hat. My winter clothes keep me warm. scarf
2. En español, to keep warm quiere decir bathing suit
“mantenerse caliente.” Si salgo al frío en winter coat
un día de invierno, necesito mantenerme 5. Now tell me how you keep warm on a
caliente. Por eso me pongo un abrigo, unos very cold day. Complete this sentence: I
guantes y una gorra. Esta ropa de invierno me to keep warm on a cold day.
mantiene caliente.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: keep
3. This picture demonstrates the words keep warm, keep warm, keep warm.
warm. Polar bears live in places that are very
cold. The polar bears need to keep warm.
They have a lot of fur. The polar bears’ fur
coats keep the polar bears warm.

266
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Creatas Images/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 eat their way
Unit 5 Week 3 Call of the Wild

Word 4 move into


Word 3 eat their way
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use eat their way when we 4. I will tell you what some animals eat. You use
talk about eating through food like animals the information to complete this sentence:
do. Say it with me: eat their way. Eat their eat their way through the
way means “eat through.” Some animals eat .
their way through the forest. After they eat Termites eat wood.
everything in one place, they move on to a Mice eat cheese.
new place. Birds eat birdseed.
2. En español, to eat their way quiere decir Raccoons eat garbage.
“comerse todo en el camino.” Algunos 5. Sometimes we use this expression: People eat
animales se comen todo en su camino por el their way through house and home. What do
bosque. Primero consumen todo en un lugar. you think that means? (Responses include that
Luego siguen a comer en un nuevo lugar. some people eat a lot of food.)
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase eat their 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: eat
way. These ants bring leaves back to their their way, eat their way, eat their way.
nest. Then the ants use the leaves to make a
special food. The ants eat their way through
their special food. Then they get more leaves
to make more food.

Word 4 move into


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use move into to talk about 4. I am going to name a place. Think of an
where people or animals go to live. Say it animal that might move into that place. Then
with me: move into. Move into means “to go complete this sentence. The
somewhere to live.” Sometimes people go to moves into the . (Possible
a new place to live. They move into a new responses are given.)
house or a new apartment. rocks (snake, mouse, chipmunk)
2. En español, to move into quiere decir cave (bear, fox, bat)
“mudarse a un nuevo hogar.” Las personas se lake (frog, fish, beaver)
mudan a un nuevo lugar. Se mudan a una casa tree (bird, squirrel)
nueva, o a un departamento nuevo. hole in the ground (snake, mole, fox, ant)
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase move 5. Pretend you could move into any place in the
into. This owl moved into this tree. The owl whole world. Where would you move into?
needed a home. It saw this hole in the tree. Why?
The hole made a good home for the owl, so 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: move
the owl moved into it. into, move into, move into.

268
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Warren Jacobi/Corbis. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock
Basic Words suburb, neighborhood, garden,
Unit 5 Week 3
Call of the Wild dumpster, garbage can, bird feeder

suburb neighborhood garden

dumpster garbage can bird feeder

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
269
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Thinkstock/SuperStock. (tc) © Hisham Ibrahim/Photographer's Choice/Getty Images. (tr) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
(bl) © Image Source/PunchStock. (bm) © Stockdisc/PunchStock. (br) © Agence Images/Beateworks/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 conversation
Unit 5 Week 4 Wilbur’s Boast

Word 2 interrupted
Key Vocabulary Word 1 conversation
Unit 5 Week 4 Wilbur’s Boast

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is conversation. Say the word conversation. (Point to the two boys
it with me: conversation. When you have a who are having a conversation.) These boys
conversation, you talk to someone, and that are having a conversation. They are talking to
person talks to you. When you talk to a friend, each other. They are listening to each other,
you are having a conversation. too. First, one boy talks, and the other boy
listens. Then the second boy talks, and the
2. En español, conversation quiere decir “charla,
first boy listens.
plática o conversación.” Cuando sostienes
una conversación, hablas con alguien y 5. Have a conversation with your partner. Talk
esa persona te habla también. Cuando about the picture. Do you think this picture is
hablas con un amigo, estás sosteniendo una a good way to demonstrate the meaning of
conversación. conversation? Why or why not?
3. Conversation in English and conversación 6. With whom do you like to have a conversation?
in Spanish are cognates. They sound almost Complete these sentences: I like to have a
the same and mean the same thing in both conversation with because .
languages. We talk about .
7. Now let’s say conversation together three
more times: conversation, conversation,
conversation.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 interrupted


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is interrupted. the word interrupted. (Point to the boy
Say it with me: interrupted. Interrupted means interrupting his mom.) This boy interrupted his
“made something stop in the middle.” I am mom. The mom was working on her computer.
talking. If you talk to me while I am talking, The boy wanted to play. He started to play with
you interrupt me. I have to stop talking to his mom. The mom had to stop working. Does
listen to you. the mom look happy about being interrupted?
2. En español, to interrupt quiere decir 5. Make believe you and your partner are the
“interrumpir, obligar a que alguien o algo se mom and the boy in the picture. Act out what
detenga antes de tiempo.” Digamos que yo is happening. Then have a conversation. The
estoy hablando. Si ustedes me hablan mientras mom asks: Why did you interrupt me? You tell
aún estoy hablando, me interrumpen. Tengo why: I interrupted you because .
que dejar de hablar para escucharlos. 6. Work with your partner. You do something, and
3. To interrupt in English and interrumpir in Spanish your partner interrupts you. Then switch roles,
are cognates. They sound almost the same and and interrupt your partner.
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say interrupted together three more
times: interrupted, interrupted, interrupted.

272
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ken Karp photographer/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © Radius Images/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 boasting
Unit 5 Week 4 Wilbur’s Boast

Word 4 scrambled
Key Vocabulary Word 3 boasting
Unit 5 Week 4 Wilbur’s Boast

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is boasting. the word boasting. (Point to the woman who
Say it with me: boasting. Boasting means just won the game.) This woman just won the
“bragging or talking too much about things game. She is very happy. I can tell because her
you have or do.” Imagine that a friend got a arms are up in the air. She is boasting to her
brand new bike. He talks about his bike all the friends. She is telling how good she is because
time. He says that his bike is the best bike in she won the game.
the whole world. He is boasting about his bike. 4. Pretend you are like the woman in the picture.
2. En español, to boast quiere decir “presumir, You just won the game. You are boasting
jactarse, hablar demasiado sobre lo que tienes about it. What do you say?
o haces.” Imagina que un amigo tuyo tiene 5. What are some things that people boast
una bicicleta nueva. Habla de su bicicleta todo about? (Examples: new things, something they
el tiempo. Asegura que su bicicleta es la mejor did, pets, children, grades in school) Do you
del mundo. Él se jacta de su bicicleta. think people should boast about those things?
Why or why not?
6. Now let’s say boasting together three more
times: boasting, boasting, boasting.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 scrambled


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend we are scrambling up a ladder.
1. Another word in the selection is scrambled. Remember to use both your hands and
Say it with me: scrambled. Scrambled means your feet. (Demonstrate.) What else can we
“moved fast.” Yesterday a squirrel scrambled scramble up or down? (Examples: a mountain,
up a tree right in front of me. stairs, a hill, a tree)
2. En español, to scramble quiere decir “moverse 5. Pretend your hand is a mouse. Your fingers are
rápida y desordenadamente, trepar.” Ayer, the mouse’s feet. Scramble across the desk,
una ardilla se trepó al árbol en frente mío. the table, or the floor. Is your hand moving
fast or slowly?
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word scrambled. (Point to the man 6. Now let’s say scrambled together three more
climbing up the rocks.) This man scrambled up times: scrambled, scrambled, scrambled.
the rocks. He used both his hands and his feet
to climb quickly up to the top.

274
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Radius Images/Alamy Images. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 seized
Unit 5 Week 4 Wilbur’s Boast

Word 6 rebuild
Key Vocabulary Word 5 seized
Unit 5 Week 4 Wilbur’s Boast

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is seized. Say the word seized. (Point to the boy seizing the
it with me: seized. Seized means “grabbed ball.) These boys are playing basketball. First
or took something away from someone.” one boy had the ball. Then the other boy
Imagine two dogs are playing with a toy. The seized the ball. Now he has the ball. Will he
brown dog had the toy. The white dog seized shoot it into the basket?
the toy. Now the white dog has the toy. 4. I will put some things on this table. (Place
2. En español, to seize quiere decir “agarrar, some small classroom objects on a table.)
arrebatar o apoderarse de algo que le Seize one of the things. Tell us what you
pertence a otro.” Imagina que dos perros seized: I seized the .
están jugando con un solo juguete. El perro 5. Pretend you are playing basketball or football.
café tuvo el juguete un momento. Pero el Act out how you try to seize the ball from the
perro blanco se ha apoderado de él. Ahora el other team.
perro blanco tiene el juguete. 6. Now let’s say seized together three more
times: seized, seized, seized.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 rebuild


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is rebuild. the word rebuild. (Point to the spider building
Say it with me: rebuild. When you rebuild its web.) The spider builds a web. If the web
something, you build, or make, it again. gets broken, the spider rebuilds the web. It
Sometimes we build a tower with blocks. The makes a new web.
blocks fall over. Then we rebuild the tower. 4. Use these counting blocks to build something.
2. En español, to rebuild quiere decir Knock over your structure, and then rebuild it.
“reconstruir.” Cuando reconstruyes algo, lo 5. Work with a partner. Draw or act out building
construyes de nuevo. A veces armamos una something, having that thing fall down, and
torre con cubos. Si los cubos se caen, entonces then rebuilding it. Complete this sentence: We
reconstruimos la torre. had to rebuild our because .
6. Now let’s say rebuild together three more
times: rebuild, rebuild, rebuild.

276
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Little Blue Wolf Productions/Corbis. (b) © Frank Chmura/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 part of the time
Unit 5 Week 4 Wilbur’s Boast

Word 2 stay put


Word 1 part of the time
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use part of the time to tell 4. What different things do you do in gym class?
about things we do sometimes but not all the Tell your partner two things that you do for
time. Say it with me: part of the time. We do part of the time.
different things when we are at school. We 5. How do you spend your weekends? Tell your
spend part of the time on reading. We spend partner what you do part of the time every
part of the time on math, too. weekend.
2. En español, part of the time quiere decir 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: part
“parte del tiempo.” En la escuela, estudiamos of the time, part of the time, part of the time.
diferentes materias. Parte del tiempo leemos.
Parte del tiempo aprendemos matemáticas.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase part of
the time. This girl is in a gym class. When she
is in gym class, she spends part of the time
climbing up the pole. She spends part of the
time doing other things, too. She does not
climb up the pole for the whole gym class.

Word 2 stay put


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use stay put when we are 4. How would you make each of the following
telling something or someone to not move. things stay put? (Possible responses are given.)
Say it with me: stay put. Stay put means “do a picture on the bulletin board (tacks, tape)
not move away.” Imagine that you have a a baby in a high chair (belt, strap)
dog. You do not want your dog to run out of napkins at a picnic on a windy day (rock,
your yard. You want your dog to stay put, so something heavy)
you tie your dog to a tree. Now your dog will a puppy (leash, crate, teach to sit)
stay put in the yard.
5. When is it important for you to stay put?
2. En español, to stay put quiere decir “estarse Complete this sentence: I stay put when
quieto; permanecer en un lugar.” Digamos .
que tienes un perro. No quieres que se escape.
Quieres que tu perro permanezca en el jardín, 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: stay
entonces lo amarras a un árbol. El perro put, stay put, stay put.
permanecerá ahí.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase stay
put. The mom wants her children to be safe
in the car. She does not want them to move
around while she is driving. The mom fastens
her children’s seatbelts. The seatbelts help the
children stay put. The children cannot move
around when the seatbelts are on.

278
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image100/Jupiterimages. (b) © Adam Gault/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 hang around
Unit 5 Week 4 Wilbur’s Boast

Word 4 stretch out


Word 3 hang around
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use hang around when we are 4. I will tell about some people or things. Are
waiting to do something. We also use hang they hanging around? If you think someone
around when we are spending time with our or something is hanging around, complete this
friends but not doing anything special. Say sentence: The hang around.
it with me: hang around. Do you ever hang The flies fly around the food. The flies do not
around with your friends? You are not doing fly away.
anything special. You spend time together. The students are working hard at school.
2. En español, to hang around quiere decir The friends are talking and having fun.
“pasar el rato con amigos.” ¿Te gusta pasar el The dogs want some food. They sit by the
rato con amigos? No hacen nada en particular, table and wait.
pero pasan un tiempo juntos. The kids wait by the baseball field. They want
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase hang to play baseball.
around. These soccer players hang around by 5. What do you like to do when you hang
the soccer field. They watch the game and around with your friends? Complete this
wait for their turn to play. sentence to tell: When I hang around with my
friends, I like to .
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: hang
around, hang around, hang around.

Word 4 stretch out


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use stretch out when we try to 4. I will name some things. If you can stretch
make something longer or bigger. Say it with something out, say I can stretch it out. If you
me: stretch out. Stretch out means “make cannot, do not say anything.
longer or bigger.” Sometimes I want to be sweater
somewhere, like at a party, for as long as I good time
can. I want to stretch out the time I am there. piece of wood
I get there as early as I can. I leave as late as I elastic band
can. your arm
2. En español, to stretch out quiere decir 5. Would you rather stretch out a day in school
“alargar, prolongar.” A veces quiero estar en or stretch out a day on vacation? Why?
un sitio divertido, como en una fiesta, por
un buen rato. Prolongo mi estancia. Soy la 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
primera en llegar y la última en irse. stretch out, stretch out, stretch out.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase stretch
out. The children play tug of war. Some
children pull the rope in one direction. The
other children pull the rope in the other
direction. This stretches out the rope. It’s as if
the rope gets longer. The children are having
fun. They want to stretch out the game so the
game takes a long time.

280
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis. (b) © Peter Hince/The Image Bank/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 4
climb, hesitate, crouch,
Wilbur’s Boast
sigh, sniff, search

climb hesitate crouch

sigh sniff search

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
281
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Corbis/PunchStock. (tc) © Blend Images/PunchStock. (tr) © Purestock/Getty Images.
(bl) © ONOKY - Photononstop/Alamy Images. (bm) © Image Source/PunchStock. (br) © Juice Images/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 sight
Unit 5 Week 5 Unique Animals

Word 2 odor
Key Vocabulary Word 1 sight
Unit 5 Week 5 Unique Animals

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is sight. Say it with the word sight. (Point to the boy wearing
me: sight. Sight means “the act of seeing or glasses.) This boy is getting glasses. He needs
being able to see.” Some people have really the glasses to make his sight better. When he
good sight. They do not need glasses to see. wears the glasses, he will have better sight. He
Other people need glasses to make their will be able to see better.
sight better. 4. Pretend you are the boy in the picture. Tell
2. En español, sight quiere decir “vista, la how the glasses make your sight better. What
abilidad de ver.” Algunas personas tienen do things look like without the glasses? How
muy buena vista. No necesitan usar lentes. does your sight change when you put the
Otras personas necesitan lentes para mejorar glasses on?
su vista. 5. Look out the window. Tell your partner what
is within your sight. What do you see?
6. Now let’s say sight together three more times:
sight, sight, sight.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 odor


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. What do you do and say when there is a bad
1. Another word in the selection is odor. Say odor? Show me. (Hold your nose, and say
it with me: odor. An odor is a smell. Flowers “Yuck!”) What do you do when there is a
have a good odor. Flowers smell good. good odor? Show me. (Smile, breathe in, and
say “Mm-m-m.”)
2. En español, odor quiere decir “olor.” Un olor
es a lo que huele algo. Las flores tienen un 6. I will name some odors. Hold your nose if I
olor delicioso. Las flores huelen bien. name a bad odor. Breathe in and smile if
I name a good odor. (Name odors such as
3. Odor in English and olor in Spanish are
rotten eggs, baking cookies, flowers, garbage,
cognates. They sound almost the same and
dirty air, flowers.)
mean the same thing in both languages.
7. Now let’s say odor together three more times:
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
odor, odor, odor.
the word odor. (Point to the woman holding
her nose.) This woman just smelled a very bad
odor. I know that because she is holding her
nose. When I smell something really bad, I
hold my nose.

284
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Dynamic Graphics/PunchStock. (b) © Barbara Penoyar/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 venom
Unit 5 Week 5 Unique Animals

Word 4 females
Key Vocabulary Word 3 venom
Unit 5 Week 5 Unique Animals

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is venom. Say it the word venom. (Point to the snake’s fangs.)
with me: venom. Venom is poison that comes Do you see this snake’s sharp fangs, or teeth?
from an animal like a snake or a poisonous If an animal or person scares the snake, the
spider. The venom can make people sick. snake bites it. The snake uses its fangs to send
venom into the animal or person.
2. En español, venom quiere decir “veneno.” El
veneno es la sustancia dañina que produce 5. Would you like to bump into the snake in the
un animal, como la víbora o alguna araña picture? Why or why not? Tell your partner.
venenosa. El veneno puede ser peligroso para Use the word venom in your answer.
las personas. 6. Why do you think that some snakes have
3. Venom in English and veneno in Spanish are venom? Complete this sentence: A snake has
cognates. They sound almost the same and venom . (Examples: to protect itself, to
mean the same thing in both languages. kill animals for food)
7. Now let’s say venom together three more
times: venom, venom, venom.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 females


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s have all the females stand. How many
1. Another word in the selection is females. Say females are in our class today?
it with me: females. Females means “girls or 5. Get into groups of three. How many females
women.” The girls in our class are females. are in your group? Complete this sentence:
Mother animals are females, too. We have female(s) in my group.
2. En español, females quiere decir “mujeres Name the females.
o hembras.” Las niñas de nuestra clase 6. Now let’s say females together three more
son mujeres. Las leonas del zoológico son times: females, females, females.
hembras.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word females. (Point to the women.) This
picture shows four females all in one row.
Human females are called women.

286
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Steve Hamblin/Alamy Images. (b) © Ariel Skelley/Blend Images/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 related
Unit 5 Week 5 Unique Animals

Word 6 identical
Key Vocabulary Word 5 related
Unit 5 Week 5 Unique Animals

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. Now, let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is related. Say it the word related. (Point to the tiger.) This
with me: related. Related means “in the same mother tiger and her cubs are related because
family.” You are related to someone who is in they are in the same family. Our pet cats are
your family. related to bigger cats, like lions and tigers.
The cats are related because they are all in
2. En español, related quiere decir “de la misma
the big family of cats.
familia que es su pariente.” Tú eres el pariente
de alguien que pertenece a tu propia familia. 4. Who are you related to? Tell your partner.
Complete this sentence: I am related
to . (Examples: my mother, my
grandfather, my cousin Hernando)
5. Cats are related to lions and tigers. What
animals are dogs related to? Use a sentence to
tell your partner. (Dogs are related to wolves.)
6. Now let’s say related together three more
times: related, related, related.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 identical


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is identical. the word identical. (Point to the twins.) These
Say it with me: identical. If two things are girls are identical twins. They look exactly the
identical, they look exactly the same. (Display same. They are wearing identical shirts and
two identical items, such as brand new red have identical hairstyles.
crayons.) Look at these two red crayons. They 5. Draw a picture. Have your partner draw an
are identical. They are exactly the same. identical picture. Check to make sure the
2. En español, identical quiere decir “idéntico picture is exactly the same.
o igual.” Si dos cosas son idénticas, ambas 6. Let’s be identical. Whatever I do, you do
lucen exactamente igual. (Muestre dos cosas an identical thing. I will clap three times.
idénticas, como dos creyones rojos nuevos.) (Clap.) What will you do? (Students clap three
Miren estos dos colores. Son idénticos. Ambos times.) Now you do something. We will do the
son exactamente igual. identical thing.
3. Identical in English and idéntico in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say identical together three more
cognates. They sound almost the same and times: identical, identical, identical.
mean the same thing in both languages.

288
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © PhotoAlto/PunchStock. (b) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 to be a home to many
Unit 5 Week 5 Unique Animals

Word 2 common sight


Word 1 to be a home to many
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to be a home to many to 4. I will name a place that is a home to many.
tell about a place where many people or Tell me who or what lives in that place.
animals live. Say it with me: to be a home to Complete this sentence: The
many. A big city is a home to many persons. A is a home to many . (Possible
lot of people live in the big city. responses are given.)
2. En español, to be a home to many quiere decir forest (animals, deer, rabbits, plants, insects)
“un hogar para muchos.” Una ciudad grande ocean (fish, whales)
es un hogar para muchas personas. Mucha town (people, pets)
gente vive en la ciudad. country (people, animals)
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to be a pond (fish, frogs, plants, insects)
home to many. The place around this water 5. Think about a place that is a home to many.
is a home to many animals. Look at all the Describe the place to us. Tell us what it is a
elephants around it. A lot of animals live near home to. We will guess the place.
the water. That’s why the area is a home to 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to be
many. a home to many, to be a home to many, to be
a home to many.

Word 2 common sight


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use common sight when we see 4. I will name some things. If I name a common
something that is a normal thing to see. Say it sight, say “That’s a common sight.” If I name
with me: common sight. Common sight means something that is not a common sight, say
“not unusual to see.” We see cars on the “That’s not a common sight.”
street a lot. That is a common sight for us. We children at a playground
do not see elephants walking down the street. a lion at school
That would not be a common sight! trees in the woods
2. En español, common sight quiere decir “algo sand at the beach
que se ve comúnmente.” En las calles vemos people riding in cars
mucho tráfico. Es algo que se ve a diario. No a car in the middle of a baseball field
vemos elefantes en la calle a diario. Eso no es 5. What is a common sight here at school? Name
algo que se ve comúnmente. everything that you think is a common sight.
3. This picture demonstrates the words common Then name some things that would not be a
sight. This girl is throwing a softball. If you go common sight here at school.
to a softball field, you will probably see girls 6. Repeat the words three times with me:
playing softball. That’s a common sight at a common sight, common sight, common sight.
softball field.

290
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Gerald Wofford/The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 stand upright
Unit 5 Week 5 Unique Animals

Word 4 keep out


Word 3 stand upright
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use stand upright when we talk 4. Let’s see how tall we can be. Let’s all stand
about something that stands up straight. Say upright. Complete this sentence while you
it with me: stand upright. Dogs usually stand are standing upright: I stand upright when
on all four paws. That is a common sight. .
Sometimes dogs stand upright. They stand 5. I will describe some things. If I describe
on their back two paws. It looks as if they something that is standing upright, say “It
are standing up the way we do. It is not a stands upright.”
common sight to see dogs stand upright.
a bear on its back legs
2. En español, to stand upright quiere decir a sleeping lion
“pararse recto.” Los perros se paran en a child who is being measured to find out how
cuatro patas. Eso es común. A veces los perros tall she is
se paran rectos. Se paran en las dos patas a lamp
traseras. Es como si estuvieran parados como a cat with its front feet in the air
los seres humanos. Es raro ver a los perros
parados así. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: stand
upright, stand upright, stand upright.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase stand
upright. The ballet teacher is showing the
ballerinas how to do a move. To do this move,
they must stand upright, with their backs
straight and their left arm up. The teacher
tells them how to stand and shows them by
standing upright.

Word 4 keep out


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use keep out when we want 4. Why do you think a door would have a Keep
someone to stay away. Say it with me: keep Out sign on it? What might be on the other
out. Keep out means “stay out or do not come side? Tell your partner.
in.” Sometimes we see a door that has a Keep 5. What are some places that you should keep
Out sign on it. That means “Do not open this out of? Why should you keep out?
door. Do not go into the room. This is not a
place for you to be.” 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: keep
out, keep out, keep out.
2. En español, keep out quiere decir “no entrar.”
A veces vemos un aviso en la puerta que dice
“No entrar.” Eso quiere decir “No abra esta
puerta. No entre a este cuarto. Este lugar le
está prohibido.”
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase keep
out. The sign says Danger. That means what is
behind the fence is not safe. You have to keep
out, or not go in, so you will not get hurt.

292
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Thinkstock Images/Jupiterimages. (b) © Photodisc/Jeffrey Coolidge/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 5
sloth, anteater, raccoon,
Unique Animals
squirrel, ringtail, rabbit

sloth anteater raccoon

squirrel ringtail rabbit

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
293
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Kevin Schafer/Image Bank/Getty Images. (tc) © Theo Allofs/Corbis. (tr) © Jeff Vanuga/Corbis.
(bl) © Steve Maslowski/Visuals Unlimited. (bm) © McGraw-Hill Companies. (br) © Photodisc/GK Hart/Vikki Hart/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 guests
Unit 6 Week 1 Stone Soup

Word 2 banquet
Key Vocabulary Word 1 guests
Unit 6 Week 1 Stone Soup

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Who was a guest at your house? Tell your
1. One word in the selection is guests. Say it partner: was a guest at my house.
with me: guests. Guests are people who come 5. Have a conversation with your partner. Invite
to visit you at your home. When your friends him or her to be a guest. What will you ask?
come to your home, they are your guests. What will your partner say? What will you do
2. En español, guests quiere decir “invitados, when your guest comes to your home?
personas que te visitan.” Cuando llegan tus 6. Now let’s say guests together three more
amigos a tu casa, son tus invitados. times: guests, guests, guests.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word guests. (Point to the guests eating
lunch.) These people are guests. They are at a
friend’s house. The friend said, “Please come
to my house. I will give you lunch.” The guests
are sitting at the table. They are eating lunch.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 banquet


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is banquet. Say the word banquet. (Point to the banquet hall.)
it with me: banquet. A banquet is a big, fancy Look at all these tables. Do you see the fancy
meal. There is a lot of food at a banquet. dishes and napkins? Somebody is going to
have a banquet. There will be a lot of guests
2. En español, banquet quiere decir “banquete.”
at the banquet. They will eat a big meal.
Es una comida grande y elegante. En un
banquete se sirve mucha comida para celebrar 5. Pretend that you are a guest at the banquet
algún acontecimiento. in the picture. What do you eat for your meal?
Tell your partner. Start like this: I am at a
3. Banquet in English and banquete in Spanish
banquet. I eat .
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages. 6. How do you think a banquet is different from
a regular meal that you eat every day?
7. Now let’s say banquet together three more
times: banquet, banquet, banquet.

296
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Nick White/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © John Connell/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 agreeable
Unit 6 Week 1 Stone Soup

Word 4 curiosity
Key Vocabulary Word 3 agreeable
Unit 6 Week 1 Stone Soup

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. The women in the picture are smiling and
1. Another word in the selection is agreeable. shaking hands to show that something is
Say it with me: agreeable. If you are agreeable agreeable. They agree with it. Show me you
to something, you agree, or say “Yes.” are agreeable. Smile and shake hands.
Suppose you ask me for five minutes of free 5. Have a conversation with your partner. Decide
time. I am agreeable to that. I say “Yes.” to do something that is agreeable to both of
2. En español, agreeable quiere decir you. At the end of your conversation, shake
“dispuesto.” Si estás dispuesto a hacer algo, hands to show you are agreeable.
estás preparado para llevarlo a cabo. Digamos 6. Now let’s say agreeable together three more
que me piden cinco minutos de descanso. Si times: agreeable, agreeable, agreeable.
estoy dispuesto a dárselos, les digo que sí.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word agreeable. (Point to the two women
shaking hands.) These two women agree
about something. I know that because they
are shaking hands. When I shake hands, it
means I am agreeable to something. So these
women are agreeable, too. They are saying
“Yes” to each other.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 curiosity


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is curiosity. Say the word curiosity. (Point to the girls looking
it with me: curiosity. If you are curious, you at the book.) These girls are curious. They
want to know or learn more about something. have curiosity about the book. They look at
You have curiosity because you want to know the book to learn about it. What is the book
or learn more. Kittens have a lot of curiosity. about? What will they learn?
They play with everything as they try to learn 5. Tell your partner about a character you
about everything they see. read about who has curiosity. Who is the
2. En español, curiosity quiere decir “curiosidad.” character? What is the character curious
Si tienes curiosidad, quieres aprender o saber about?
más sobre algo. Los gatitos tiene mucha 6. When do you have curiosity? What are you
curiosidad. Juegan con todo lo que ven para curious about? What do you do about your
aprender. curiosity?
3. Curiosity in English and curiosidad in Spanish 7. Now let’s say curiosity together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: curiosity, curiosity, curiosity.
and mean the same thing in both languages.

298
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jack Hollingsworth/Corbis. (b) © Little Blue Wolf Productions/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 gaze
Unit 6 Week 1 Stone Soup

Word 6 untrusting
Key Vocabulary Word 5 gaze
Unit 6 Week 1 Stone Soup

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is gaze. Say it the word gaze. (Point to the boy who is
with me: gaze. To gaze means “to look at or gazing at something.) This boy gazes at
to stare.” Sometimes people climb to the top something interesting. He looks for a long
of a mountain. They think the view is really time. He has curiosity about the thing he is
pretty. They gaze at the view. gazing at. What do you think he is gazing at?
2. En español, to gaze quiere decir “mirar 4. Pretend you are the boy in the picture. Gaze
detenida o fijamente”. Hay personas que at something. We will guess what you gaze at.
escalan hasta la cima de una montaña. 5. Work with a partner. Gaze at each other. Who
La vista les parece hermosa. La miran can gaze the longest without looking away?
detenidamente. 6. Now let’s say gaze together three more times:
gaze, gaze, gaze.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 untrusting


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is untrusting. the word untrusting. (Point to the hen and the
Say it with me: untrusting. If you are fox.) This hen is untrusting. It thinks the fox
untrusting, you do not trust someone or might be getting ready to eat it. It does not
something. You may not believe what trust the fox.
someone says or does. Suppose a dog sees 4. Tell your partner when you trust someone.
a guest at the door. At first, the dog is Then tell when you are untrusting.
untrusting. It does not trust the guest because 5. I trust some animals. I am untrusting of
it has never met the guest before. others. What animals do you trust? What
2. En español, untrusting quiere decir animals are you untrusting of? Why?
“desconfiado.” Si eres una persona 6. Now let’s say untrusting together three more
desconfiada, no confías en otros. Tal vez times: untrusting, untrusting, untrusting.
no creas lo que te dicen o en lo que hacen.
Imagina que un perro en su casa ve que llega
un invitado a la puerta. Al principio, el perro
es desconfiado. No le tiene confianza al
invitado porque no lo conoce.

300
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/Corbis. (b) © Paul Burns/Blend Images/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 open one’s heart to give
Unit 6 Week 1 Stone Soup

Word 2 one by one


Word 1 open one’s heart to give
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use open one’s heart to give 3. This picture demonstrates the phrase open
to tell about people who help other people. one’s heart to give. These students volunteer,
Say it with me: open one’s heart to give. Open or help out, at a food kitchen. They serve food
one’s heart to give means “to be kind and to to people who do not have enough to eat.
help out or to volunteer.” Some places have The students open their hearts to give. They
bad hurricanes, earthquakes, or tornadoes give their time. They help other people.
that cause a lot of damage. People lose their 4. Complete this sentence to name things that
homes. Other people open their hearts to give. people open up their hearts to give: I open up
They give food, clothing, and money to help my heart to give . (Responses
people who need help. include my time, money, food, clothing, a
2. En español, to open one’s heart to give quiere place to live, or blood.)
decir “abrir el corazón para ayudar a los 5. Do you think it is important for people to
demás.” En algunas partes, los huracanes, open their hearts to give? Why or why not?
terremotos o tornados han causado mucho
daño. Las personas pierden sus hogares. Otras 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: open
personas pueden abrir el corazón para ayudar. one’s heart to give, open one’s heart to give,
Dan comida, ropa y dinero para ayudar a los open one’s heart to give.
damnificados.

Word 2 one by one


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use one by one to tell when 4. Let’s sit in a circle. I will ask you to do
one person does something and then another something one by one. As you do it, complete
person does it and then another person does this sentence: We one by one.
it. Say it with me: one by one. One by one Stand up.
means “one at a time.” When you buy lunch Clap.
at school, you stand in a lunch line. You buy Sit down.
your lunch one by one. One of you buys lunch.
Then the next one of you buys lunch. 5. Let’s all walk to the window together. Did we
walk one by one? (No. We walked together
2. En español, one by one quiere decir “uno at the same time.) When I tap you on the
por uno.” Cuando compras tu almuerzo shoulder, say your name. (Tap each student
en la cafetería, te pones en fila. Compran one by one.) Did you say your names one by
su almuerzo uno por uno. Uno compra su one? (Yes. We said our names one by one.)
almuerzo. Después otro compra su almuerzo. Now you tell us what to do all together. Then
Luego el que sigue compra su almuerzo. tell us what to do one by one.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase one by 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: one by
one. The children get on the school bus one one, one by one, one by one.
by one. They do not all get on together at
once. First one child gets on. Then the next
child gets on. Then the next child gets on. The
children get on the bus one at a time.

302
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © SW Productions/Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages. (b) © Boden/Ledingham/Masterfile
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 at last
Unit 6 Week 1 Stone Soup

Word 4 even more


Word 3 at last
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use at last to tell about 4. Repeat each sentence. Use the words at last
something that finally happened. Say it with instead of finally.
me: at last. At last means “finally.” Make Finally it was time for vacation.
believe your birthday is coming up. You are The plane landed finally.
really excited. You can’t wait. Finally it is your I finished my homework finally.
birthday. You wake up in the morning and say, Finally I got to see the movie.
“Yeah! My birthday is here at last!”
5. What is something that you really wanted?
2. En español, at last quiere decir “por fin, You waited and waited and at last it
finalmente.” Digamos que se aproxima happened. Tell us what happened at last.
tu cumpleaños. Estás muy emocionado.
Finalmente, llega el ansiado día. Te despiertas 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: at last,
por la mañana y dices, “¡Bravo! ¡Por fin ha at last, at last.
llegado mi cumpleaños!”
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase at last.
You are making a turkey for dinner. The
turkey takes a long time to bake. You are
really hungry, and you want to eat. Finally the
turkey is cooked. You get to eat at last!

Word 4 even more


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use even more to tell when we 4. Change each sentence. Use the phrase even
still need to do more of something or to have more.
more of something. Say it with me: even more. I have to walk longer to get to the top of the
Even more means “more or for a longer time.” mountain.
Have you ever gone on a long car ride? You We need to put some more apples into the pie.
ride and ride and ride, but you still are not It is still snowing so we will get more snow.
where you are going. You need to ride even We have a longer time to play.
more to get there.
5. What do you wish you could do even more or
2. En español, even more quiere decir “aún más.” have even more of? Why?
¿Alguna vez has ido por carretera en un largo
viaje? El camino parece interminable. Parece 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: even
que nunca van a llegar a su destino. Hay que more, even more, even more.
esperar aún más para llegar al lugar al cual se
dirigen.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase even
more. The climber has been climbing and
climbing and climbing. He has been climbing
for a long time. He needs to climb even more
if he wants to get to the top.

304
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/Corbis. (b) © Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 1
mushroom, cabbage, pea pod,
Stone Soup
carrot, onion, yam

mushroom cabbage pea pod

carrot onion yam

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
305
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (tc) © Ingram Publishing (Superstock Limited)/Alamy Images. (tr) © Photodisc/C Squared Studios/Getty Images.
(bl) © Jack Star/PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (bm) © Image Source/PunchStock. (br) © stockdisc/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 decorated
Unit 6 Week 2 The Strongest One

Word 2 symbol
Key Vocabulary Word 1 decorated
Unit 6 Week 2 The Strongest One

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is decorated. Say the word decorated. (Point to the decorated
it with me: decorated. Something that is plates.) These plates are decorated. The people
decorated has pictures, designs, or pretty wanted to make the plates look pretty, so the
colors on it. Imagine you are having a birthday people painted pictures on the plates. Which
party. You decorate the room. When you are plate do you think is decorated the best?
done, the room is decorated with balloons. 5. Imagine that you are having a party. You
The room looks pretty. decorate a room for the party. Tell your
2. En español, decorated quiere decir “decorado, partner what the room looks like after it is
adornado.” Algo decorado se ve bonito. decorated.
Está adornado con dibujitos, diseños o 6. Find something in our classroom that is
colores bonitos. Imagina que es tu fiesta de decorated. Describe it to your partner. Start
cumpleaños. Decoras el salón con globos y like this: The is decorated.
adornos. Luce lindo el salón. 7. Now let’s say decorated together three more
3. Decorated in English and decorado in Spanish times: decorated, decorated, decorated.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 symbol


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is symbol. Say the word symbol. (Point to the restroom signs.)
it with me: symbol. A symbol is a sign or a These signs are symbols. (Point to the man.)
picture that stands for something else. When This is a symbol for a man. This symbol stands
we add two numbers, we use a plus sign. for a men’s bathroom. This is the symbol for
(Write an addition problem and circle the a woman. This symbol stands for a women’s
plus sign.) The plus sign is a symbol. It stands bathroom.
for adding. 5. The United States flag is a symbol. What
2. En español, symbol quiere decir “símbolo, do you think it stands for? Complete this
signo o dibujo que representa otra cosa.” sentence: The flag is a symbol that stands for
Cuando sumamos dos números usamos el . (Examples include freedom or the
signo de más. (Escriba una suma en el tablero United States.)
y circule el signo de más.) El signo de más es 6. What other symbols can you think of? Tell
un símbolo. Nos dice que hay que sumar. your partner. (Examples: math signs, stop
3. Symbol in English and símbolo in Spanish are signs, traffic lights, dove, thumbs up or
cognates. They sound almost the same and thumbs down, arrows)
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say symbol together three more
times: symbol, symbol, symbol.

308
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Philip Coblentz/Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages. (b) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 darkened
Unit 6 Week 2 The Strongest One

Word 4 gnaws
Key Vocabulary Word 3 darkened
Unit 6 Week 2 The Strongest One

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s make our room a darkened room. Who
1. Another word in the selection is darkened. Say will make our room dark? How did you darken
it with me: darkened. Darkened means “made our room? (Examples include turning off the
or became dark.” Sometimes it is daytime, but lights or pulling down the blinds.)
I see that the sky is darkened. I think, “It must 5. Act out or draw something that causes a
be about to rain.” darkened sky. Complete this sentence: I see a
2. En español, to darken quiere decir “oscurecer, darkened sky because .
hacerse oscuro.” A veces de día veo oscurecer 6. Now let’s say darkened together three more
el cielo. Eso me dice que va a llover. times: darkened, darkened, darkened.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word darkened. (Point to the darkened
house.) It is night in this picture. I know that
because I see the darkened sky. Everyone is
sleeping in this house. The darkened house
has no lights. (Point to the house with lights.)
People are awake in this house. Some rooms
are darkened, but there are lights on in some
rooms, too.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 gnaws


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. The puppy in the picture gnaws on a wallet.
1. Another word in the selection is gnaws. Say it What else does a puppy gnaw on? Complete
with me: gnaws. Gnaws means “chews or bites this sentence: A puppy gnaws on .
a little at a time.” A dog gnaws on a bone. A (Examples include toys, balls, furniture, shoes,
mouse gnaws on wood. and people.)
2. En español, to gnaw quiere decir “roer, raspar 5. The puppy gnaws on the wallet because it
con los dientes poco a poco.” A un perro le is getting new teeth. Babies gnaw on things
gusta roer un hueso. Un ratón puede roer la when they are getting new teeth, too. What
madera. do babies gnaw on? (Examples include rattles,
baby toys, and teething biscuits.)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word gnaws. (Point to the puppy.) This 6. Now let’s say gnaws together three more
puppy gnaws on a wallet. The puppy gnaws times: gnaws, gnaws, gnaws.
because it is getting new teeth.

310
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 securing
Unit 6 Week 2 The Strongest One

Word 6 weakest
Key Vocabulary Word 5 securing
Unit 6 Week 2 The Strongest One

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is securing. Say the word securing. (Point to the life jacket.)
it with me: securing. Securing means “tying or This man is securing the life jacket. He is
keeping in place.” Sometimes people tie their tying the life jacket onto the boy. The man
dogs to a rope when the dogs are outside. wants the boy to be safe in the boat. For the
Other times, people keep their dogs inside life jacket to protect the boy, it needs to be
a fence. They are securing their dogs so the secured.
dogs cannot run away. 4. Pretend you are securing your dog. Show me
2. En español, to secure quiere decir “asegurar, what you do. Then tell me what you do.
amarrar o sujetar algo para que se quede en 5. How would you secure a paper to the
un sitio.” A veces las personas amarran a sus bulletin board? Show me. (Have students
perros afuera o los dejan en un lugar cercado. tack something up.) How would you secure
Están asegurando que no se escapen. something to a paper? Show me. (Supply tape
or glue.)
6. Now let’s say securing together three more
times: securing, securing, securing.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 weakest


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s make a chain. We will link our arms
1. Another word in the selection is weakest. Say together and fold our hands in front of us.
it with me: weakest. If something is weak, it (Demonstrate making a circle with your arms
is not strong. Something or someone that is and linking your arms with a student’s.) I will
weak cannot hold something that is big or be the weakest part of the chain. I will unfold
heavy. If something is the weakest, it is the my hands. When I say your name, you become
most weak of all. the weakest part of the chain.
2. En español, weakest quiere decir “el más débil 5. Pretend you are the weakest person in the
de todos.” Si algo es débil, no es fuerte. No world. Act out what you do when you try to
aguanta mucho peso encima. Si algo es move something heavy.
el más débil de todos, aguanta menos que 6. Now let’s say weakest together three more
los demás. times: weakest, weakest, weakest.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word weakest. (Point to broken link in the
chain.) This part of the chain is broken. It is
weak, or not strong. This is the weakest part
of the chain because it is broken. No other
part of the chain is broken.

312
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source/PunchStock. (b) © Comstock Images/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 onstage
Unit 6 Week 2 The Strongest One

Word 2 offstage
Word 1 onstage
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use onstage to tell when an 4. Let’s make believe the front of our room is a
actor is on the stage. Say it with me: onstage. stage. Come onstage, and act out playing an
Onstage means “on the stage.” If you are instrument. We will tell what you are doing
onstage, you are standing on the stage. The onstage by completing this sentence: You
audience can see you. onstage.
2. En español, onstage quiere decir “en el 5. Would you like to perform onstage? What
escenario.” Si estás en el escenario, estás would you do onstage?
parado en la tarima. El público te puede ver. 6. Repeat the word three times with me:
3. This picture demonstrates the word onstage. onstage, onstage, onstage.
(Point to the girl playing the cello.) This girl is
onstage. She is playing the cello. The audience
sees her. (Point to the girl with the violin.)
This girl is not onstage. The audience cannot
see her. This girl waits to go onstage. When
she goes onstage, she will play the violin. The
audience will see her.

Word 2 offstage
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use offstage to tell when we 4. Imagine you are waiting offstage to go
are not onstage but we are waiting to go onstage. How would you feel? Why?
onstage. Say it with me: offstage. Offstage 5. Make believe that we are going to put on
means “not on the stage.” Make believe you a play. Would you rather be onstage or
are in a play. It is not your turn to be onstage, offstage? Why?
but it will be your turn soon. You wait
offstage. The audience cannot see you. 6. Repeat the word three times with me:
offstage, offstage, offstage.
2. En español, offstage quiere decir “fuera del
escenario.” Imagina que formas parte de una
obra de teatro. No te toca salir al escenario,
pero pronto te tocará. Esperas fuera del
escenario. El público no te ve.
3. This picture demonstrates the words offstage.
These children are in a play. They are waiting
to go onstage. They wait offstage. When it is
their turn, they will walk onstage.

314
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Lawrence Manning/Corbis. (b) © Richard Lewisohn/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 walk around
Unit 6 Week 2 The Strongest One

Word 4 something else


Word 3 walk around
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use walk around to tell what 4. Listen to each sentence. Say, “I walk around”
we do when we are walking but not really if the sentence tells about a time you would
going anywhere special. Say it with me: just be walking around.
walk around. Imagine that you are outside I am on my way to work.
at recess. You do not really know what you I hang around at the park with my friends.
want to do, so you just walk around with your I am at the state fair.
friends. You are not going anywhere special. I am late for school.
You just walk around outside. I look at all the toys at the toy store.
2. En español, to walk around quiere decir 5. Where do you like to go to walk around?
“caminar sin rumbo fijo.” Imagina que estás What do you see while you are walking
en el recreo. No sabes qué quieres hacer. around?
Por eso caminas sin rumbo fijo. Caminas con
tus amigos, sin dirigirse a ningún lugar en 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: walk
especial. Sólo caminan por caminar. around, walk around, walk around.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase walk
around. All the people are at an amusement
park. They walk around the park and look at
all the rides. Sometimes the people stop to go
on a ride. Then they walk around again.

Word 4 something else


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use something else to tell when 4. I will clap my hands. (Clap.) Now I will tap
we want something different. Say it with someone else. (Tap a student.) You tell me
me: something else. Imagine that your friend what I did and then do something else. Say
wants to go on a bike ride with you. You do this: You just . Now I will do
not want to go on a bike ride. You want to do something else. Now you tap someone who
something else. You say, “Let’s do something will tell what you did and then do something
else. Let’s play football.” else.
2. En español, something else quiere decir “otra 5. I will ask a question. Answer the question by
cosa.” Digamos que tu amigo quiere que lo saying the following: No, thank you. I want
acompañes a dar un paseo en bici. No tienes something else. I want .
ganas de hacer eso. Quieres hacer otra cosa. Do you want an apple?
Le dices, “Hagamos otra cosa. Juguemos Would you like this hat?
fútbol.” Should we buy this toy truck?
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase Can we get an ice cream cone?
something else. The boy has some food for 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
lunch, but he does not have enough food. The something else, something else, something
server says, “You need something else to eat.” else.
Then she gives the boy some potatoes. She
puts something else on his tray.

316
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Charles Smith/Corbis. (b) © BananaStock/age fotostock.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 2
stage, character, actor,
The Strongest One
costume, scene, narrator

stage character actor

costume scene narrator

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
317
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Digital Vision/Adam Taylor/Getty Images. (tc) © Royalty-Free/Corbis. (tr) © The Image Bank/Chris Sattlberger/Getty Images.
(bl) © Photodisc/Ryan McVay/Getty Images. (bm) © Stone/Dirk Anschutz/Getty Images. (br) © Ken Cavanagh/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 insightful
Unit 6 Week 3 Tales of the Trickster

Word 2 technique
Key Vocabulary Word 1 insightful
Unit 6 Week 3 Tales of the Trickster

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Imagine that you are looking at an insightful
1. One word in the selection is insightful. Say picture. What does the picture show? What
it with me: insightful. Something that is will you learn from the picture?
insightful shows a good understanding of 5. Some stories are insightful. The stories give
something. If you are an insightful person, you a better understanding of something
you understand the people and things important. You learn from insightful stories.
around you. Tell your partner about an insightful story you
2. En español, insightful quiere decir “perspicaz, read, heard, or saw. What did you learn?
que entiende algo.” Si eres perspicaz, entiendes 6. Now let’s say insightful together three more
a las personas y cosas que te rodean. times: insightful, insightful, insightful.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word insightful. (Point to the painter.) This
woman is an insightful painter. She paints
insightful pictures. Right now, the woman is
looking at her picture. She is using her insight,
or understanding, to make it a better picture.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 technique


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is technique. the word technique. (Point to the man telling
Say it with me: technique. A technique is the a story.) This man is telling a story about a
way you do something. This is my technique painting in the museum. He uses his own
for folding a paper in fourths. (Demonstrate.) story-telling technique. Look at his hands. Do
Other people have other techniques. you see how he uses them when he is talking?
That is part of his story-telling technique.
2. En español, technique quiere decir “técnica, la
manera de hacer algo.” Esta es mi técnica para 5. People have different techniques for tying
doblar una hoja en cuatro partes. (Demuestre.) shoes. What is your technique? Act it out.
Otras personas podrán tener otras técnicas. Show and tell us what you do.
3. Technique in English and técnica in Spanish 6. Act out your technique for doing something
are cognates. They sound almost the same that you like to do. We will guess what you
and mean the same thing in both languages. are doing. We will complete this sentence:
You have a technique for .
7. Now let’s say technique together three more
times: technique, technique, technique.

320
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Tom Grill/Corbis. (b) © Gideon Mendel/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 majority
Unit 6 Week 3 Tales of the Trickster

Word 4 investigate
Key Vocabulary Word 3 majority
Unit 6 Week 3 Tales of the Trickster

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is majority. the word majority. (Point to the brown chess
Say it with me: majority. Majority means pieces.) Look at this chess game. I see more
“more than half.” (Hold up nine fingers.) I am brown pieces on the board than white pieces.
holding up nine fingers. I am holding up a There are a majority of brown pieces. I think
majority of my fingers. the person with the brown pieces is winning
the game!
2. En español, majority quiere decir “mayoría,
más de la mitad.” (Muestre nueve de sus 5. Let’s have all the girls stand in that corner and
dedos.) Aquí tengo nueve dedos. Estoy all the boys stand in this corner. Count how
mostrando la mayoría de mis dedos. many people are in your group. Do we have a
majority of boys or girls in our class?
3. Majority in English and mayoría in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 6. Go to the board. Write or draw a group of
mean the same thing in both languages. things that includes different numbers, letters,
or shapes. Include a majority of one thing in
your group. We will complete this sentence:
You drew a majority of .
7. Now let’s say majority together three more
times: majority, majority, majority.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 investigate


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is investigate. the word investigate. (Point to the boy with
Say it with me: investigate. To investigate the magnifying glass.) This boy wants to
means “to look into something to learn more learn more about the object on the floor.
about it.” We investigate things in science He investigates by looking at it through the
class. We do experiments to learn more about magnifying glass.
those things. 5. What have we investigated in school? What
2. En español, to investigate quiere decir else would you like to investigate? Tell your
“investigar, estudiar algo a fondo.” partner.
Investigamos en la clase de ciencias naturales. 6. Scientists investigate to learn more. Police
Realizamos experimentos para aprender más officers investigate, too. What do police
sobre algo. officers investigate?
3. To investigate in English and investigar in 7. Now let’s say investigate together three more
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost times: investigate, investigate, investigate.
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages.

322
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Gerard Fritz/Corbis. (b) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 cunning
Unit 6 Week 3 Tales of the Trickster
Key Vocabulary Word 5 cunning
Unit 6 Week 3 Tales of the Trickster

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is cunning. Say the word cunning. (Point to the fox.) People
it with me: cunning. Cunning means “tricky.” think a fox is a cunning animal. A fox is tricky
Cunning people are clever, or smart. They try and smart. It knows ways to survive.
to trick you so they can get what they want. 4. A lot of stories have cunning foxes in them.
Sometimes children are cunning when they Think about a story you have read about a
want something from their parents. They try fox. Was the fox cunning? Why?
to trick their parents. Are you ever cunning? 5. What stories have you read or heard that have
2. En español, cunning quiere decir “astuto.” cunning animals in them? Talk about the
Una persona astuta es lista e inteligente. cunning animals with your partner. (Examples:
Trata de engañar a otros para conseguir lo “Little Red Riding Hood,” “The Three Little
que quiere. Un niño puede ser astuto cuando Pigs”)
quiere sacarle algo a sus padres. ¿Alguna vez 6. Now let’s say cunning together three more
has sido astuto? times: cunning, cunning, cunning.

324
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 around the world
Unit 6 Week 3 Tales of the Trickster

Word 2 exactly the same


Word 1 around the world
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use around the world to talk 4. (Display a globe.) Let’s make believe that this
about things that happen everywhere in globe is the world. Put your finger somewhere
the world. Say it with me: around the world. on the globe. (Identify the place.) Now
Around the world means “everywhere.” If you put your finger somewhere else. (Identify
travel around the world, you go everywhere. that place.) Complete this sentence: We
You visit a lot of different places in different travel around the world when we go from
parts of the world. to .
2. En español, around the world quiere decir 5. Think about people who live all around the
“alrededor del mundo, dondequiera.” Si viajas world. (Show different places on the globe.)
alrededor del mundo, viajas dondequiera. How are people the same all around the
Visitas muchas partes del mundo. world?
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase around 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
the world. Airplanes take us all around the around the world, around the world, around
world. This airplane left from an airport in the world.
one part of the world. Now it is flying over
another part of the world. Later it will land in
still another part of the world. Airplanes have
made it easier for people to travel around the
world.

Word 2 exactly the same


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use exactly the same to tell 4. I will name some things. Say the phrase
when things are alike in every way. Say it exactly the same if the two things are
with me: exactly the same. Exactly the same completely alike.
means “completely alike.” (Show two pencils identical twins
that are exactly the same.) These two pencils two halves of a circle
are exactly the same. They are not different a basketball and a baseball
at all. (Now show two pencils that are only a two pieces of paper from the same notebook
little bit different.) These two pencils are not
exactly the same. How are they different? 5. If you could do exactly the same thing as
something you have already done, what
2. En español, exactly the same quiere decir would it be? Why?
“exactamente igual.” (Muestre dos lápices que
lucen exactamente iguales.) Estos dos lápices 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
son exactamente iguales. (Ahora muestre dos exactly the same, exactly the same, exactly the
lápices que se distinguen en algo.) Estos dos same.
lápices no son exactamente iguales. ¿En qué
se distinguen?
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase exactly
the same. All of these tennis balls are exactly
the same. They are completely alike. The
tennis balls are not different in any way.

326
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © George Hall/Corbis. (b) © PictureNet/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 for example
Unit 6 Week 3 Tales of the Trickster

Word 4 as a result
Word 3 for example
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use for example before we 4. I will name some examples. Use the examples
give examples to show what we mean. Say to complete this sentence: ,
it with me: for example. Suppose I want to , and , for
name some pets for you. I would give some example, are all .
examples. I might say that dogs, cats, birds, green, yellow, blue (colors)
and fish, for example, are all pets. one, two, three (numbers)
2. En español, for example quiere decir “por Eli, Maria, Ava (names)
ejemplo.” Digamos que quiero nombrar Main Street, Pine Road, Atlantic Avenue
algunos animales que gente tiene de (streets)
mascotas. Podría dar unos ejemplos. Diría que New York, Ohio, California (states)
los perros, gatos, pájaros y peces, por ejemplo, 5. Now I will name some categories. Give
son mascotas. examples to complete this sentence:
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase for , , and
example. There are many kinds of fruit, , for example, are all
for example, oranges, apples, grapes, and .
strawberries. This photo shows you examples dogs
of different kinds of fruit. colors
family members
vegetables
desserts
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: for
example, for example, for example.

Word 4 as a result
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use as a result to tell what 4. I will name something that can happen. Tell
happens because something else already me what can happen as a result. Start your
happened. Say it with me: as a result. As a sentence with the phrase as a result. (Possible
result means “because.” Suppose you are responses are given.)
having a spelling test in school. You study You turn off the light. (It gets dark.)
really hard for the test. As a result, you spell You drop the milk. (It spills.)
all the words correctly. You get an A! The doorbell rings. (The dog barks. You open
2. En español, as a result quiere decir “como the door.)
resultado.” Digamos que hay un examen de You are very tired. (You fall asleep.)
ortografía. Estudiaste mucho. Como resultado, You are hungry. (You eat.)
acertaste todas las palabras. ¡Sacaste una A! 5. What can you do that makes something else
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase as a happen? Tell what you do. Tell what happens
result. This goalie stops the ball. He catches it. as a result.
As a result, the other team does not score. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: as a
result, as a result, as a result.

328
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 3
television, book, storyteller,
Tales of the Trickster
movies, compact disc, radio

television book storyteller

movies compact disc radio

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
329
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Ryan McVay/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © D. Hurst/Alamy Images. (tr) © Lawrence Migdale/Photo Researchers, Inc..
(bl) © Michael Edwards/Stone/Getty Images. (bm) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images. (br) © Stockdisc Classic/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 magnificent
Unit 6 Week 4 Cook-a-Doodle-Doo

Word 2 masterpiece
Key Vocabulary Word 1 magnificent
Unit 6 Week 4 Cook-a-Doodle-Doo

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is magnificent. Say the word magnificent. (Point to Mount
it with me: magnificent. Magnificent means Rushmore.) This monument is magnificent. It
“beautiful, wonderful, or splendid.” Suppose shows the faces of four presidents. They were
you are on top of a mountain. It is a beautiful, carved into the side of a mountain. That is a
sunny day, and you can see all around. You magnificent piece of art!
have a magnificent view. 5. Suppose you want to draw a picture for the
2. En español, magnificent quiere decir word magnificent. What will you draw? How
“magnífico, bello, maravilloso.” Imagina que will you make it look magnificent? Tell your
estás en la cima de una montaña. Es un día partner.
soleado y puedes ver todo a tu alrededor. Es 6. Complete this sentence for your partner:
una vista magnífica. The is magnificent because
3. Magnificent in English and magnífico in Spanish .
are cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say magnificent together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: magnificent, magnificent, magnificent.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 masterpiece


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Draw your own masterpiece. Share it with
1. Another word in the selection is masterpiece. your partner. Tell why you think it is a
Say it with me: masterpiece. A masterpiece masterpiece.
is something that is great, outstanding, 5. A painting can be a masterpiece. A movie can
or excellent. A famous painting can be a be a masterpiece, too. Tell your partner about
masterpiece because it is a great piece of art. a movie you think is a masterpiece. What
2. En español, masterpiece quiere decir “obra makes it a masterpiece to you?
maestra.” Una obra maestra es excelente o 6. Now let’s say masterpiece together three more
sobresaliente. Un cuadro famoso puede ser times: masterpiece, masterpiece, masterpiece.
una obra maestra porque es una obra de
arte excelente.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word masterpiece. (Point to the painting.)
This painting is a masterpiece. It is a beautiful
painting. The painter did a wonderful job
when he painted it. It is an outstanding piece
of art. That’s what makes it a masterpiece.

332
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © PunchStock. (b) © The Palma Collection/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 ingredients
Unit 6 Week 4 Cook-a-Doodle-Doo

Word 4 recipes
Key Vocabulary Word 3 ingredients
Unit 6 Week 4 Cook-a-Doodle-Doo

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is ingredients. the word ingredients. (Point to the
Say it with me: ingredients. Ingredients ingredients.) These are some ingredients that
are foods you use when you cook or bake. people use when they bake. (Point to the
Suppose I am making a peanut butter and eggs.) An egg is one ingredient. An egg is an
jelly sandwich. I use these ingredients: peanut ingredient in cookies and cakes. Sugar and
butter, jelly, bread. flour are ingredients, too.
2. En español, ingredients quiere decir 5. How do you help to cook or bake at home?
“ingredientes.” Los ingredientes son los Tell your partner what you help make. Name
elementos que combinas con otros cuando one ingredient that you use.
cocinas. Digamos que estoy haciendo un 6. Where does your family buy ingredients?
emparedado de jamón y queso. Uso estos Complete these sentences: We go to the
ingredientes: jamón, queso, mayonesa y pan. to buy ingredients. One ingredient
3. Ingredients in English and ingredientes in we always buy is . We use that
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost ingredient to make .
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say ingredients together three more
languages. times: ingredients, ingredients, ingredients.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 recipes


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is recipes. Say the word recipes. (Point to the women who
it with me: recipes. Recipes are directions that are cooking.) These women are using a recipe
people use when they cook or bake. Suppose to cook supper. The recipe is in the cookbook.
you are making cookies. You find a recipe in a They read each step in the recipe. It tells them
cookbook. The recipe lists all the ingredients what to do. Then they follow that direction.
you need to make the cookies. It lists the Soon they will have a yummy supper.
directions, too. You follow the recipe and 5. Recipes tell you what to do when you cook or
make the cookies. Yum! bake. Let’s pretend we are making cookies.
2. En español, recipes quiere decir “recetas.” The recipe tells us to stir in the flour. Let’s
Las recetas son las instrucciones que uno follow that step in the recipe. Let’s stir the
usa cuando va a cocinar. Los libros de cocina flour.
tienen recetas. La receta para las galletas me 6. What are some directions that you might
da la lista de ingredientes y me dice qué pasos follow in a recipe? Act out a direction from a
debo seguir para hacer las galletas. Si sigo la recipe. We will guess what you do. Then we
receta, me salen ricas mis galletas. will tell about recipes that might have that
3. Recipes in English and recetas in Spanish are direction in them. (Examples include breaking
cognates. They sound almost the same and an egg, beating sugar, stirring ingredients
mean the same thing in both languages. in a pot, spreading something on bread, or
pouring milk into something.)
7. Now let’s say recipes together three more
times: recipes, recipes, recipes.

334
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source/PunchStock. (b) © Blend Images/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 tasty
Unit 6 Week 4 Cook-a-Doodle-Doo

Word 6 tradition
Key Vocabulary Word 5 tasty
Unit 6 Week 4 Cook-a-Doodle-Doo

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. People think different foods are tasty. What
1. Another word in the selection is tasty. Say do you think is tasty? Pretend you are eating
it with me: tasty. Tasty means “delicious, something tasty. When I tap your shoulder,
yummy, or tasting good.” Suppose you are stand up and tell us what you are eating that
eating soup for supper. You think the soup is tasty.
is really delicious. You might say, “Yum! This 5. Act out eating a food that is tasty. Then give
soup is tasty!” us clues about the tasty food. We will guess
2. En español, tasty quiere decir “sabroso, what tasty food you are eating.
delicioso, que sabe a rico.” Imagina que estás 6. Now let’s say tasty together three more times:
comiendo una sopa. La sopa está deliciosa. tasty, tasty, tasty.
Podrías decir, “¡Qué rica está esta sopa!”
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word tasty. (Point to the strawberry.) This
strawberry is tasty. It tastes sweet. The little
girl likes to eat the tasty strawberry. She says,
“Yum! This strawberry is good to eat.”

Key Vocabulary Word 6 tradition


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 3. Tradition in English and tradición in Spanish
1. Another word in the selection is tradition. are cognates. They sound almost the same
Say it with me: tradition. If something is a and mean the same thing in both languages.
tradition, it is something you or your family 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
always does at a certain time or for a certain the word tradition. (Point to the family who
reason. A tradition is passed down from one is cooking together.) These people have a
family member to another. It is a custom. For tradition. On special days, like holidays or
some families, it is a tradition to have a picnic birthdays, they always cook a meal together.
on the Fourth of July. That is the family’s tradition.
2. En español, tradition quiere decir “tradición.” 5. What is your favorite tradition? Tell your
Una tradición es una costumbre que tú o partner about your favorite tradition. Start
tu familia siempre hace en un momento like this: My favorite tradition is .
determinado o por una razón determinada. 6. Think about a special time that your family
Una tradición se transmite de generación always follows the same tradition. Tell your
en generación. Para algunas familias, es partner when you follow that tradition.
una costumbre hacer un picnic el Día de la
Independencia. 7. Now let’s say tradition together three more
times: tradition, tradition, tradition.

336
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Blend Images/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 toward
Unit 6 Week 4 Cook-a-Doodle Doo!

Word 2 pour into


Word 1 toward
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use toward to tell where we 4. I will name something in our room. You
are going. Say it with me: toward. Toward walk toward it. As you walk, complete this
means “in the direction of or to.” If you are sentence: I walk toward the .
walking toward the door, you are walking to window
the door. The door is in front of you. You are board
walking to it. door
2. En español, toward quiere decir “hacia; en teacher
la dirección de.” Si caminas hacia la puerta, 5. I will name some things. You tell me what
caminas en la dirección de la puerta. La puerta each thing could be going toward. Complete
está enfrente de ti. Te diriges hacia la puerta. this sentence: The is
3. This picture demonstrates the word toward. toward the .
These people are skydivers. They just jumped (Sample responses are given.)
out of a plane. They are falling toward the rain (falling; ground)
ground. Soon their parachutes will open. Then bird (flying; tree)
the skydivers will float toward the ground. dog (running; house)
hungry boy (going; refrigerator)
children at recess (walking; swings)
6. Repeat the word three times with me: toward,
toward, toward.

Word 2 pour into


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use pour into to describe 4. Pretend that you are pouring one thing into
what we do when we put something into something else. Tell us what you are pouring
something else. Say it with me: pour into. and what you are pouring it into. Complete
Pour into means “put from one container this sentence: I pour into
into another.” Do you ever eat cereal in the .
morning? Cereal comes in a box. Before you 5. Answer each question.
eat your cereal, you have to pour it from the
box into your bowl. Then you pour milk from Where would you pour a bucketful of dirt?
the carton into your bowl. Finally you eat! What would you pour into a pot?
When do you pour milk into a glass?
2. En español, to pour into quiere decir “verter,
vaciar o servir en un recipiente.” ¿Has 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: pour
desayunado cereal alguna vez? El cereal viene into, pour into, pour into.
en una caja. Antes de comértelo, lo tienes que
vaciar de la caja a un tazón. Después hay que
verter la leche de la jarra al tazón. ¡Ya puedes
comer!
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase pour
into. Someone pours water into a glass. First
the water is in the pitcher. You pour the water
into the glass. Then the water is in the glass.
Now you can drink the water.

338
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages. (b) © Richard Broadwell/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 not yet
Unit 6 Week 4 Cook-a-Doodle Doo!

Word 4 hand down


Word 3 not yet
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use not yet to tell when we are 4. Answer each question. Say, “Yes” or “Not
not finished or ready to do something. Say it yet.”
with me: not yet. Not yet means “not now but Is school over for the day?
in a little while.” Think of a time when you Did we have lunch?
were going somewhere in a car. You drove Is it Saturday?
and drove and drove for a long time, and you Is this lesson over?
got tired of driving. You asked your parents, Can we go to recess now?
“Are we there yet?” They said, “No, not yet, Are we answering questions now?
but we will be there soon.”
5. Now tell me about something that you
2. En español, not yet quiere decir “todavía no.” do not do yet but you think you will do
Recuerda una vez que tomaste un largo viaje someday. Complete this sentence: I do not
en el auto. El camino parecía interminable y yet, but I will someday.
te cansaste. Le preguntaste a tus padres, “¿Ya
vamos a llegar?” Ellos te contestaron, “No, 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: not
todavía no, pero falta poco.” yet, not yet, not yet.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase not yet.
These girls are making cookies with their dad.
The girls want to eat a cookie, but the cookies
are not done yet. The girls have to wait for
the cookies to be done before they can eat
cookies.

Word 4 hand down


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use hand down to tell about 3. This picture demonstrates the phrase hand
things that we no longer need or want so we down. This grandma hands down some of her
give them to someone else, like a younger things to her granddaughter. The grandma
sister or brother. Say it with me: hand down. used to wear the hat all the time. She does
Hand down means “give to someone else.” Do not wear the hat anymore, so she hands
you have a younger brother or sister? If you it down to her granddaughter. Now the
do, you probably hand down clothes or toys granddaughter has a hat that used to be her
to him or her. When you get too big for the grandma’s.
clothes or toys, you hand them down. 4. What do you have that someone handed
2. En español, to hand down quiere decir “pasar down to you? Who handed it down to you?
algo usado a alguien que lo pueda usar.” 5. Some people call things they hand down
¿Tienes un hermano menor? Si es así, entonces hand-me-downs. Why do you think they use
probablemente le has pasado ropa o juguetes the term hand-me-downs?
que ya no usas. Cuando te vuelves muy grande
para usar cierta ropa o jugar con ciertos 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: hand
juguetes, se los pasas a alguien que sí los down, hand down, hand down.
puede usar.

340
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Reed Kaestner/Corbis (b) © Digital Archive Japan/Alamy Images.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 4
cookbook, apron, measuring cup,
Cook-a-Doodle-Doo
tablespoon, eggbeater, bowl

cookbook apron measuring cup

tablespoon eggbeater bowl

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
341
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © redcover.com/Getty Images. (tc) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages. (tr) © FoodCollection/SuperStock.
(bl) © Jacques Cornell, photographer/McGraw-Hill Companies. (bm) © Glow Images/PunchStock. (br) © Ken Cavanagh, photographer/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 depart
Unit 6 Week 5 One Riddle, One Answer

Word 2 suitable
Key Vocabulary Word 1 depart
Unit 6 Week 5 One Riddle, One Answer

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. The man in the picture waves when he
1. One word in the selection is depart. Say it with departs. Let’s all pretend we are departing and
me: depart. To depart means “to leave.” You wave good-bye. Now show me what else you
depart for school every morning. You leave do when you depart on a trip.
your house. You go to school. 5. Demonstrate the meaning of depart. Make
2. En español, to depart quiere decir “salir, believe you are going on a trip. When I call
partir.” Partes de tu casa cada mañana para your name, depart from our room. Complete
ir a la escuela. Sales de tu casa y te diriges a this sentence: I’m going to depart for a trip
la escuela. to .
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say depart together three more
the word depart. (Point to the man who times: depart, depart, depart.
is departing on an airplane.) This man is
departing. He is getting onto an airplane and
leaving on a trip. When he departs, he waves
good-bye.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 suitable


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. A suitable way to let me know you want to
1. Another word in the selection is suitable. Say answer a question is to raise your hand. I
it with me: suitable. If something is suitable, it will ask some questions. Show me suitable
is the right thing for what you are doing. behavior. Then I will call on you to answer the
I wear a suitable coat for cold weather. That questions. (Ask simple questions for students
means I wear a coat that keeps me warm to answer.)
when it is cold outside. 5. Work with a partner. Pretend you are meeting
2. En español, suitable quiere decir “apropiado.” your partner for the first time. What do you
Si algo es apropiado, sirve para lo que vas a think is suitable to do and say? Show me.
hacer. Uso un abrigo apropiado para el frío. 6. Now let’s say suitable together three more
Es decir, me pongo un abrigo que me protege times: suitable, suitable, suitable.
del frío.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word suitable. (Point to the people at the
wedding.) These people are at a wedding.
This is a fancy wedding. Everyone is wearing
suitable clothes for a fancy wedding. They
are dressed in nice, fancy clothes. Would blue
jeans be suitable clothes for a fancy wedding?

344
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ronnie Kaufman/Blend Images/Alamy Images. (b) © Purestock/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 increase
Unit 6 Week 5 One Riddle, One Answer

Word 4 observed
Key Vocabulary Word 3 increase
Unit 6 Week 5 One Riddle, One Answer

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is increase. Say the word increase. (Point to the trees.) This
it with me: increase. To increase means “to picture shows some small trees. Look at this
get bigger in size or amount.” Here is one tree. (Point to the smallest tree.) It is the
pencil. I will increase the number of pencils by smallest. The other trees all increase in size.
one. (Add a pencil.) Now I have two pencils. Each tree is a little bigger than the one next
to it.
2. En español, to increase quiere decir
“incrementar; aumentar de tamaño o 5. Let’s pretend we are the trees in the picture.
cantidad.” Aquí tengo un lápiz. Voy a Let’s stand in an order to show the increase
aumentar la cantidad de lápices. (Añada un in our size. We will have the shortest person
lápiz.) Ahora tengo dos lápices. stand here. Then we will increase in height.
The tallest person will stand here.
3. To increase in English and incrementar in
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 6. Work with a partner. Show an increase in the
the same and mean the same thing in both size or amount of something. You can draw
languages. pictures to show an increase in size. You can
make groups of classmates or things in our
class to show an increase in number.
7. Now let’s say increase together three more
times: increase, increase, increase.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 observed


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is observed. Say the word observed. (Point to the boys who
it with me: observed. Observed means “looked are observing what is in the jar.) These boys
at.” (Ask a child to draw a circle on the board.) observed a little animal inside the jar. They
We just observed [child’s name] draw a circle caught a little animal at the beach. They
on the board. We watched [child’s name]. observed it to see what it looks like and what
it does.
2. En español, to observe quiere decir
“observar, mirar a alguien o algo.” (Pídale 5. Let’s play a game. I will observe something.
a un estudiante que dibuje un círculo en el Look at my eyes. Guess what I am observing.
tablero.) Acabamos de mirar a [el nombre del (Observe a classroom object, and have
estudiante] dibujar un círculo en la pizarra. students guess what it is.) Now we’ll take
Observamos a [el nombre del estudiante]. turns. One person will observe, and the others
will guess.
3. To observe in English and observar in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same 6. I am going to show you a picture. (Show a
and mean the same thing in both languages. picture.) Observe the picture carefully. Now I
will take the picture away. How well did you
observe what was in the picture? Tell me what
you saw.
7. Now let’s say observed together three more
times: observed, observed, observed.

346
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source/PunchStock. (b) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 advised
Unit 6 Week 5 One Riddle, One Answer

Word 6 discouraged
Key Vocabulary Word 5 advised
Unit 6 Week 5 One Riddle, One Answer

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is advised. Say it the word advised. (Point to the woman buying
with me: advised. Advised means “gave advice paint.) This woman is buying paint. She is not
or told someone how to do something.” When sure which paint to buy. The salesman advised
I was little, my mom always advised me to her. He told her which paint to buy.
look both ways before I crossed the street. 4. What is one thing your parents advised you
Now I advise you to look both ways before to do or not do? Tell your partner: My parents
you cross the street. advised me .
2. En español, to advise quiere decir “aconsejar, 5. Think about a time when you gave advice.
indicar a alguien lo que debe hacer o cómo Whom did you advise? What did you advise?
debe hacerlo.” Cuando era pequeña, mi mamá Why did you advise that? Tell your partner.
siempre me aconsejaba que tuviera cuidado al 6. Now let’s say advised together three more
cruzar la calle. Ahora yo les aconsejo a ustedes times: advised, advised, advised.
lo mismo.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 discouraged


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is discouraged. the word discouraged. (Point to the boy who
Say it with me: discouraged. If you are looks discouraged.) This boy is discouraged. He
discouraged, you feel as if nothing is working cannot figure out the answer to a homework
out for you. What you want to happen is not problem. I know he feels discouraged because
happening. Sometimes I feel discouraged. I he is holding his head in his hand. That’s what
am trying to solve a problem, and I can’t solve I do when I feel discouraged.
it. After a while, I might get discouraged. 4. Tell your partner about a time that you felt
2. En español, discouraged quiere decir discouraged. Complete this sentence: I was
“desanimado.” Si te sientes desanimado, discouraged when .
sientes que todo te sale mal. Lo que quieres 5. What do you do when you get discouraged?
que ocurra no está ocurriendo. A veces yo How do you make yourself feel better? Tell
me siento desanimada. Trato de resolver un your partner.
problema y no puedo. Después de un buen 6. Now let’s say discouraged together three
rato, me siento desanimada. more times: discouraged, discouraged,
discouraged.

348
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © somos/PunchStock. (b) © Photo: © Gary He, photographer/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 above
Unit 6 Week 5 One Riddle, One Answer

Word 2 beside
Word 1 above
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use above to tell where 4. Look around our room. Tell me what is above
something is when it is over something else. something else. Complete this sentence: The
Say it with me: above. Above means “over or is above the .
on top of.” Look up. Do you see the ceiling? Now look outside. What is above something
The ceiling is above us. else?
2. En español, above quiere decir “sobre o 5. Hold something above something else. Use
encima.” Mira hacia arriba. ¿Ves el techo? El the word above in a sentence to tell what you
techo está encima de nosotros. are doing.
3. This picture demonstrates the word above. 6. Repeat the word three times with me: above,
The basketball is above the basket. above, above.

Word 2 beside
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use beside to tell where 4. Look around our room. Tell me what is beside
something is when it is next to something something else. Complete this sentence: The
else. Say it with me: beside. Beside means is beside the .
“next to.” Turn your head and look at the Now look outside. What is beside something
person next to you. That person is beside you. else?
Who is beside you? 5. Follow these directions. Answer the questions
2. En español, beside quiere decir “al lado.” Mira in complete sentences.
a la persona que está a tu lado. Esa persona Put your hand beside your head. What is
está al lado tuyo. ¿A quién tienes al lado tuyo? beside your head?
3. This picture demonstrates the word beside. Stand beside your desk. Where are you?
This basketball is beside the boy. The Make a row by sitting next to each other. Who
basketball is next to him. is beside you?
Now give us a direction. Use the word beside.
6. Repeat the word three times with me: beside,
beside, beside.

350
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jules Frazier/Getty Images. (b) © Photosindia.com/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 greater
Unit 6 Week 5 One Riddle, One Answer

Word 4 the same as


Word 3 greater
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use greater to tell what is 4. I will show you two things. Use the word
bigger than something else. Say it with me: greater in a sentence to tell me which one is
greater. Greater means “bigger.” (Draw two greater in size. (Display groups of two objects
lines on the board. Make one shorter than the each. Make sure one object is bigger than the
other. Point to the longer line.) This line has a other.)
greater length. It is longer. 5. I will name two things. Tell me which has a
2. En español, greater quiere decir “mayor; más greater size.
grande, más largo que otro.” (Dibuje dos mouse, elephant
líneas en el tablero. Haga una más corta que tree, flower
la otra. Señale la línea más larga.) Esta línea baby, mother
tiene mayor longitud. Es más larga que la otra. car, bike
3. This picture demonstrates the word greater. goldfish, shark
One of these peppers is bigger than the other ocean, pond
one. Point to the bigger pepper. That’s right. 6. Repeat the word three times with me: greater,
This pepper is bigger. It has a greater size. greater, greater.

Word 4 the same as


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the same as to tell when 4. Find two things that are the same as each
things are alike. Say it with me: the same as. other. Use the phrase the same as in a
The same as means “like or alike.” (Display sentence to that the two things are the
two of the same books.) This book is the same. (Items include two shoes, two books or
same as this book. The titles are the same. workbooks, two eyes, two pencils or crayons.)
The pictures are the same. The books are the 5. I will draw things on the board. Now you
same. draw things that are the same as what I just
2. En español, the same as quiere decir “el mismo drew. Complete these sentences: I drew
que, igual a.” (Muestre dos copias de un . They are the same as the
mismo libro.) Este libro es igual a este libro. that you drew. (Draw things
Tienen el mismo título. Tienen los mismos like these: three Xs; two circles; four triangles,
dibujos. Los libros son idénticos. Son iguales. three 3s.)
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase the same 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: the
as. Look at all the apple slices. They are the same as, the same as, the same as.
same as each other. One piece of apple is just
like the other pieces of apple. The pieces are
all the same.

352
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Squared Studios/Getty Images. (b) © Christopher Kerrigan/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Basic Words multiply, fraction, count, number one,
Unit 6 Week 5
One Riddle, One Answer one hundred, one hundredth

multiply fraction count

number one one hundred one hundredth

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
353
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tc) © McGraw-Hill Companies. (tr) © Pixland/PunchStock.
(bl) © Photodisc/Getty Images. (bm) © Ryan McVay/Photodisc/Getty Images. (br) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
Contents
English Language Development
Unit 1 Unit 4
Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................355 Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................473
Content Words ......................................................................361 Content Words ......................................................................479
Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................363 Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................481
Content Words ......................................................................369 Content Words ......................................................................487
Week 3 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................371 Week 3 ELD Vocabulary .................................................................... 489
Content Words ......................................................................377 Content Words ......................................................................495
Week 4 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................379 Week 4 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................497
Content Words ......................................................................385 Content Words ......................................................................503
Week 5 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................387 Week 5 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................505
Content Words ......................................................................393 Content Words ...................................................................... 511
Unit 2 Unit 5
Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................395 Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................513
Content Words ......................................................................401 Content Words ......................................................................519
Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................403 Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................521
Content Words ..................................................................... 409 Content Words ......................................................................527
Week 3 ELD Vocabulary ..................................................................... 411 Week 3 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................529
Content Words ...................................................................... 417 Content Words ......................................................................535
Week 4 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................419 Week 4 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................537
Content Words ......................................................................423 Content Words ......................................................................541
Week 5 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................425 Week 5 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................543
Content Words ......................................................................431 Content Words ......................................................................547
Unit 3 Unit 6
Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................433 Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................549
Content Words ......................................................................439 Content Words ......................................................................555
Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................441 Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................557
Content Words ......................................................................447 Content Words ......................................................................563
Week 3 ELD Vocabulary .................................................................... 449 Week 3 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................565
Content Words ......................................................................455 Content Words ......................................................................571
Week 4 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................457 Week 4 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................573
Content Words ......................................................................463 Content Words ......................................................................579
Week 5 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................465 Week 5 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................581
Content Words ......................................................................471 Content Words ......................................................................585
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 crowd
Unit 1 Week 1 The First Day

Word 2 embarrassed
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 crowd
Unit 1 Week 1 The First Day

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s act like a crowd. Everyone come and
1. One word in the selection is crowd. Say it with stand together in this corner. Now we are a
me: crowd. Crowd means “a lot of people crowd that is standing in the corner! We make
who are in the same place.” There is always the corner a crowded place!
a huge crowd at the baseball game. That’s 5. Now let’s act like we are a crowd at a baseball
because a lot of people like to watch baseball. game. Let’s all stand close together. The
2. En español, crowd quiere decir “un grupo crowd’s home team just scored the winning
grande de personas en un mismo lugar, run. Show me what the crowd does. Now
público o multitud.” El público en los partidos complete this sentence: The crowd
de béisbol siempre es grande, pues a muchas when the team wins.
personas les gusta ese deporte. 6. Now let’s say crowd together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: crowd, crowd, crowd.
the word crowd. (Point to the crowd of
children.) This is a crowd of children sitting
on the grass on field day. They are watching
others play as they wait their turn.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 embarrassed


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Act like you are the boy in the picture. Look
1. Another word in the selection is embarrassed. embarrassed. Then tell me what you did that
Say it with me: embarrassed. Embarrassed tells makes you feel embarrassed. Complete this
how you feel when you make a silly mistake or sentence: I’m embarrassed because I just
do something wrong. When I locked my keys .
in the car, I felt embarrassed. 5. Some people, like the boy in the picture, put
2. En español, embarassed quiere decir their hands over their mouths when they are
“apenado.” Es como te sientes después de embarrassed. What else do people do when
cometer un error o hacer algo mal. Cuando they are embarrassed? Show me.
dejé mis llaves en el carro me sentí apenada. 6. Now let’s say embarrassed together three
3. Now, let’s look at a picture that demonstrates more times: embarrassed, embarrassed,
the word embarrassed. (Point to the embarrassed.
embarrassed boy.) This boy is embarrassed. Do
you see how he has his hand over his mouth?
It looks as if he might be thinking, “Oh, no! I
can’t believe I just did that!”

356
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Blend Images/PunchStock. (b) © Fancy/Veer.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 interrupting
Unit 1 Week 1 The First Day

Word 4 realized
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 interrupting
Unit 1 Week 1 The First Day

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is interrupting. the word interrupting. This boy is interrupting
Say it with me: interrupting. Interrupting the class. He walks into the room late. The
means “stopping something before it is teacher has to stop teaching to talk to the boy.
done.” Imaging that I am talking. You start 5. Sometimes things happen that interrupt our
to talk to me while I am still talking. You are class. Tell your partner about something
interrupting me. You are stopping me from that might interrupt us. (Responses include a
talking before I am done. fire drill, someone coming into the room, an
2. En español, to interrupt quiere decir “parar announcement, or the bell.)
algo o a alguien antes de que termine, 6. How do you feel when you are doing
interrumpir.” Imaginen que estoy hablando something you really like to do and something
y ustedes empiezan a hablar también, antes or someone interrupts you? Tell your partner.
de que yo haya terminado. Ustedes me 7. Now let’s say interrupting together three more
están interrumpiendo. No están dejando que times: interrupting, interrupting, interrupting.
termine de decir lo que iba a decir.
3. To interrupt in English and interrumpir in
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
the same and mean the same thing in
both languages.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 realized


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend you are the girl in the picture and
1. Another word in the selection is realized. you just realized you have the correct answer.
Say it with me: realized. Realized means What do you say? Explain your answer to your
“understood something.” Do you ever turn on partner, using the word realized.
the light switch, but the light does not come 5. Imagine you want to go for a bike ride, but it
on? At first, you wonder what happened. Why is supposed to rain. You look out the window
don’t the lights come on? Then you realize and see that it is a sunny day. What do you
you need to change the light bulb! realize? How do you feel? What do you do?
2. En español, to realize quiere decir “darse Tell your partner.
cuenta o entender algo.” ¿Alguna vez 6. Now let’s say realized together three more
haz prendido la luz pero el bombillo no se times: realized, realized, realized.
ilumina? Primero te preguntas qué ocurrió.
¿Por qué no se prende la luz? Luego te das
cuenta que necesitas cambiar el bombillo.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word realized. This girl just realized
she has the correct answer to the question
her teacher asked. She didn’t shout out the
answer when she realized it. She raised her
hand so that the teacher could call on her for
the answer.

358
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Pixtal/PunchStock. (b) © Image Source/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 relieved
Unit 1 Week 1 The First Day
Key Vocabulary Word 5 relieved
Unit 1 Week 1 The First Day

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. How do you feel when you feel relieved? Do
1. Another word in the selection is relieved. you feel happy or sad? Why?
Say it with me: relieved. Relieved tells how 5. When were you relieved about something?
you feel when you were worried or scared As you talk to your partner, complete this
but realize that you do not have to worry sentence: I was relieved when .
anymore. Once I could not find my car keys. 6. Now let’s say relieved together three more
I was worried because I needed to get to times: relieved, relieved, relieved.
school. Then I found my keys. I felt relieved.
2. En español, relieved quiere decir “aliviado.” Es
lo que uno siente cuando ha estado asustado
o preocupado por algo y se da cuenta de
que ya no tiene de qué preocuparse. En una
ocasión, no encontraba mis llaves por ninguna
parte. Estaba preocupado. Pensé que tendría
que regresar a la escuela a buscarlas. Luego las
encontré. Me sentí aliviado al encontrarlas.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word relieved. (Point to the girl holding up
her paper.) This girl studied hard for her test.
She was worried that she would not do well.
Then she got her test back and saw that she
earned an A+. She is relieved that she did so
well.

360
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 1 Week 1 Rules and Laws
rules, law, government,
Protect Everyone
constitution, citizen

rules law government

constitution citizen

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: reglas, gobierno, constitución.
361
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Derrick Alderman/Alamy Images (tc) © Photodisc/Getty Images. (tr) © Jill Braaten/McGraw-Hill Companies.
(bl) © Comstock/Corbis. (br) © S. Meltzer/PhotoLink/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 tasks
Unit 1 Week 2 Anansi and the Three Tasks

Word 2 plan
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 tasks
Unit 1 Week 2 Anansi and the Three Tasks

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. What is a task that we need to do in our
1. One word in the selection is tasks. Say it with classroom? Show me the task. Then complete
me: tasks. Tasks are jobs that you need to do this sentence: My task is to .
or work that you need to get done. We have 5. Now think about a task you are doing at
tasks that we need to do at school. One task home. Act out the task. We will guess what
is erasing the board. Another task is watering your task is by completing this sentence: Your
the plants. task is to .
2. En español, tasks quiere decir “tareas.” Son las 6. Now let’s say tasks together three more times:
cosas que debes hacer o el trabajo que debes tasks, tasks, tasks.
completar. Tenemos tareas que debemos
hacer en la escuela. Una de ellas es borrar el
tablero. Otra es regar las matas.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word tasks. (Point to the boy and girl.)
These children have tasks. They need to help
their mom with the laundry and vacuuming.
Once they finish, they can do something fun
with their friends.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 plan


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about a plan you made for
1. Another word in the selection is plan. Say it a school project. Why did you make the plan?
with me: plan. A plan is an idea for how to get How did the plan help you reach your goal?
something done. I make a plan for what we 5. Make a plan for what you will do after school
will do in school every day. I write down what today. Share your plan with your partner.
we will do. Then I follow my plan. 6. Now let’s say plan together three more times:
2. En español, plan quiere decir “la idea que se plan, plan, plan.
hace para completar algo, plan.” Hago un
plan de lo que vamos a hacer en la clase todos
los días. Escribo qué vamos a hacer. Luego sigo
mi plan.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word plan. (Point to the girl at the
computer.) This girl is working on a project for
school. She needs to make a plan for what she
will do. Right now, she is thinking about her
plan. She wonders, “What is a good idea for
my project?” When she gets a good idea, she
will have a plan.

364
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock Images/PunchStock. (b) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 foolish
Unit 1 Week 2 Anansi and the Three Tasks

Word 4 stretch
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 foolish
Unit 1 Week 2 Anansi and the Three Tasks

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Why do you think it would be foolish to jump
1. Another word in the selection is foolish. Say into the water like the bride and groom in
it with me: foolish. Foolish means “silly or not the photo are? Use the word foolish in your
smart to do.” It is foolish to ride a bike if you answer. (Responses include: you would get
are not wearing a helmet. That is not a smart very wet, you might ruin your clothes)
thing to do because if you fall, you could hurt 5. What are some foolish things that people
your head. do but should not do? (Responses include
2. En español, foolish quiere decir “ridículo o not wearing a seatbelt, staying up too late,
algo no muy inteligente, tonto.” Es tonto leaving your homework at home, throwing
montar en bicicleta si no tienes puesto tu trash on the ground, or smoking cigarettes.)
casco. No es muy inteligente hacerlo pues, si Describe a wise decision for each foolish idea.
caes, puedes lastimarte la cabeza. 6. Now let’s say foolish together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: foolish, foolish, foolish.
the word foolish. (Point to the bride and
groom.) This man and woman are doing
something that is foolish. They just got
married. You can see that they are wearing
fancy clothes. Now they are jumping into the
water. That is a silly and foolish thing to do!

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 stretch


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s stretch our arms up toward the ceiling.
1. Another word in the selection is stretch. Say it Reach up as high as you can. Now stretch even
with me: stretch. Stretch means “to pull or to more. Stand on your toes and stretch up with
make something as wide or as long as it can your legs while you stretch your arms up. Do
be.” Birds stretch their wings. Make believe you feel taller?
you are a bird. Your arms are your wings. You 5. Now pretend you are an animal, like a dog or
want to fly away. Stretch your arms out to the a cat. What does your animal stretch? How
sides as far as you can. does it stretch? Show us. We will guess what
2. En español, to stretch quiere decir “halar o kind of animal you are.
hacer algo lo más amplio o largo que puede 6. Now let’s say stretch together three more
llegar a ser, estirar.” Imaginen que son times: stretch, stretch, stretch.
pájaros. Sus brazos son sus alas. Quieren volar
muy lejos. Estiren sus brazos hacia los lados
todo lo que puedan.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word stretch. (Point to the mouth.) This
woman is stretching her mouth so that it is
really wide. Her mouth is as wide as it can be.

366
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Nick Koudis/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 hollow
Unit 1 Week 2 Anansi and the Three Tasks
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 hollow
Unit 1 Week 2 Anansi and the Three Tasks

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Do you think the hollow in the picture makes
1. Another word in the selection is hollow. a good home for the bird? Why or why not?
Say it with me: hollow. A hollow is a hole in Tell your partner.
something. Sometimes the trunk of a tree has 5. Trees can have hollows, too. Sometimes
a hollow in it. There is a big hole in the trunk. you see birds in the hollows of trees. What
Some animals like to make their nests in a else might you see in the hollow of a tree?
hollow. (Responses include raccoons, squirrels,
2. En español, hollow quiere decir “hueco.” A chipmunks, foxes, or insects.)
veces los troncos de los árboles tienen huecos. 6. Now let’s say hollow together three more
A algunos animales les gusta hacer sus nidos times: hollow, hollow, hollow.
en estos huecos.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word hollow. (Point to the woodpecker.)
This bird found a hollow in this cactus. Now
the bird is building its nest inside the cactus.

368
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Steve Hamblin/Alamy Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 1 Week 2 Shadows
shadow, opaque, block,
light energy, light source

shadow opaque block

light energy light source

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognate: opaco.
369
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) ©Ingram Publishing/Jupiterimages. (tc) © Todd Bannor/Alamy Images. (tr) © Ron Chapple/Corbis.
(bl) © Elena Elisseeva/Alamy Images. (br) © Pixtal/SuperStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 construction
Unit 1 Week 3 Jay Beckwith and Julia Morgan: Two Builders

Word 2 designed
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 construction
Unit 1 Week 3 Jay Beckwith and Julia Morgan: Two Builders

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


1. One word in the selection is construction. Say 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
it with me: construction. Construction means the word construction. (Point to the
“the building or making of something.” new construction.) This photo shows a
You may have seen a new house being construction area. Do you see this man? He is
built in your neighborhood. You can watch a construction worker. He is working on the
the construction of the house. Every day, construction of the building.
construction workers come to work on the 5. Think that you are a construction worker
house. in the picture. You are working at the
2. En español, construction quiere decir “el construction site. Act out something that
proceso de construir o hacer una obra, you might do. (hammering a nail, using a
construcción.” Tal vez hayas visto una nueva screwdriver, sawing a piece of wood)
casa siendo obrada en tu vecindario. Viste la 6. Let’s make our own construction area. We
construcción de esa casa. Todos los días veías will build something new. What can we use
a los obreros llegar a trabajar en la casa. to construct it? (Responses include counting
3. Construction in English and construcción in blocks, wooden blocks, beads, books.) Now
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost let’s make the construction. (Have students
the same and mean the same thing in both construct something.) What did we construct?
languages. 7. Now let’s say construction together three
more times: construction, construction,
construction.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 designed


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is designed. the word designed. (Point to the blueprints.)
Say it with me: designed. Designed means People designed the new construction before
“planned or drew pictures.” Before the they started to build it. Look at the pages.
construction workers started to build the new These are the plans, or blueprints, that were
construction, people designed the building. designed.
The people made a plan that showed how to 5. Let’s use our bodies to design some things.
build the construction. First, design any shape. Move around. Arrange
2. En español, to design quiere decir “planear yourselves to make the shape. Next, design a
o hacer un dibujo de algo que se va a hacer house. Arrange yourselves to make that design.
después, diseñar.” Antes de que los obreros 6. Think about building a new house. What
empezaran a trabajar en la construcción, otras kind of house would you build? Design your
personas diseñaron el edificio. Esas personas new house on a piece of paper. Show us your
hicieron un plan que mostraba cómo construir picture. Complete this sentence to tell us what
el edificio. you designed: I designed .
3. To design in English and diseñar in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say designed together three more
cognates. They sound almost the same and times: designed, designed, designed.
mean the same thing in both languages.

372
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Kim Steele/Getty Images. (b) © Barry Gregg/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 destroyed
Unit 1 Week 3 Jay Beckwith and Julia Morgan: Two Builders

Word 4 ladder
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 destroyed
Unit 1 Week 3 Jay Beckwith and Julia Morgan: Two Builders

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. In the photo, a fire destroyed the building.
1. Another word in the selection is destroyed. What else can a fire destroy? Complete this
Say it with me: destroyed. Destroyed means sentence: The fire destroyed the .
“broken or ruined.” Sometimes children (Responses include house, forest, store,
build buildings with blocks. When they are and school.)
done, they knock over the blocks. When 6. Tell your partner about other things that can
they knock off the blocks, they destroy their destroy. Complete this sentence: The
constructions. The buildings are destroyed. destroyed the bridge. (Responses include the
2. En español, destroyed quiere decir “partido following: flood, fire, hurricane)
o dañado, destruido.” Hay niños que arman 7. Now let’s say destroyed together three more
edificios con cubos. Cuando los terminan, times: destroyed, destroyed, destroyed.
derrumban los cubos. Cuando derrumban los
cubos, destruyen sus edificios. Los edificios
quedan destruidos.
3. Destroyed in English and destruido in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word destroyed. (Point to the smoke-filled
building.) There was a fire in this building. Do
you see these firefighters? They put out the
fire, but the building was destroyed.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 ladder


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Act like you are climbing up the ladder in
1. Another word in the selection is ladder. Say the picture. Show me what you do when you
it with me: ladder. A ladder is something you climb up a ladder. Complete this sentence:
can climb. You climb up the ladder so you can When I climb up a ladder, I .
reach something that is high up. Firefighters 5. Draw a picture of a ladder. Show us your
use ladders when they put out fires. I use picture. Then complete this sentence: I use
a ladder to wash the windows outside my a ladder when I .
house. 6. Now let’s say ladder together three more
2. En español, ladder quiere decir “escalera.” Es times: ladder, ladder, ladder.
algo con escalones que puedes subir y bajar.
Subes la escalera para alcanzar algo que está
muy alto. Los bomberos usan escaleras cuando
apagan incendios. Yo uso una escalera para
limpiar las ventanas de mi casa por fuera.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word ladder. (Point to the ladder.) This is
a ladder. This ladder is not very tall. You could
use a ladder like this for reaching something
on the ceiling or for painting a wall.

374
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Leverett Bradley/Corbis. (b) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 version
Unit 1 Week 3 Jay Beckwith and Julia Morgan: Two Builders
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 version
Unit 1 Week 3 Jay Beckwith and Julia Morgan: Two Builders

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Think about one of your favorite stories. It
1. Another word in the selection is version. Say it might be a fairytale or a picture book that you
with me: version. A version is someone’s way really like. Tell your partner a version of that
of telling something. Have you ever read or story.
heard a fairytale, like Little Red Riding Hood? 6. Sometimes people tell different versions of
You could read one version, and I could read the same thing, like when you tell your mom
another. The two versions are similar, but they one thing about something that happened
are not exactly the same. and your brother or sister tells something
2. En español, version se dice “versión.” Es la different. Has that ever happened to you?
manera en que alguien cuenta algo. How were the versions the same? How were
¿Alguna vez has leido o escuchado el cuento they different? How would someone know
Caperucita Roja? Tu puedes leer una versión which version to believe?
y yo otra. Las dos versiones del mismo cuento 7. Now let’s say version together three more
son muy similares, pero no son idénticas. times: version, version, version.
3. Version in English and versión in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word version. (Point to the globe.) The
globe is a model of Earth. It is a smaller
version of Earth.

376
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 1 Week 3 Fighters for
religion, minister, community,
Freedom
freedom, beliefs, rights

religion minister community

freedom beliefs rights

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: religión, ministro, comunidad.
377
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Jack Star/PhotoLink/Getty Images. (tc) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tr) © photodisc/PunchStock.
(bl) ©Steve Hamblin/Alamy Images. (bm) © Rob Melnychuk/Getty Images. (br) © James Nesterwitz/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 appeared
Unit 1 Week 4 The Wolf

Word 2 blurry
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 appeared
Unit 1 Week 4 The Wolf

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


1. One word in the selection is appeared. Say it 4. Let’s make ourselves appear in the room.
with me: appeared. Appeared means “was (Have a student stand outside the door.)
suddenly able to be seen.” Sometimes it is We cannot see [name]. (Have the student
cloudy out. You cannot see the sun. Then all come into the room). [Name] just appeared.
of a sudden, there is a break in the clouds. The Now we can see him/her. (Continue with
sun appears. Now you can see the sun. other students.)
2. En español, to appear quiere decir “de repente 5. Now let’s make other things appear. (Put
mostrarse o poderse ver, aparecer.“ A veces something small, like a penny, in your hands,
está nublado y no puedes ver el sol. De and close your hands.) Can you see what
repente hay una apertura entre las nubes. I have in my hands? Watch. I will make it
El sol aparece. Ahora puedes ver el sol. appear. (Open your hands.) What appeared?
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates (Have children make things appear. They can
the word appeared. (Point to the sun.) This hide things in their hands, in their desks, or
photo shows a sunrise. The sun appears in the under a piece of paper.)
sky. A little earlier, you could not see the sun. 6. Now let’s say appeared together three more
Then the sun appeared. times: appeared, appeared, appeared.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 blurry


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell how something looks when it is blurry.
1. Another word in the selection is blurry. Say Complete this sentence: When something
it with me: blurry. Blurry means “fuzzy or looks blurry, it looks .
unclear.” Some people wear glasses. When 5. Can you clearly see the words I write on the
they have their glasses on, everything looks board, or do the words look blurry? What
clear. When they take their glasses off, can you do if the words look blurry? Tell your
everything looks blurry. The things they see do partner.
not look clear. 6. Now let’s say blurry together three more
2. En español, blurry quiere decir “que no se ve times: blurry, blurry, blurry.
bien, poco claro, borroso.“ Hay personas que
necesitan lentes. Cuando tienen sus lentes
puestos, todo se ve bien. Cuando se quitan los
lentes, todo se ve borroso. Las cosas que ven
no se ven claramente.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word blurry. (Point to the third child in the
picture.) Look at this girl. Her face is not clear.
It is very blurry. It is hard for me to see what
this girl looks like.

380
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/PunchStock. (b) © JupiterImages/ BananaStock/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 confused
Unit 1 Week 4 The Wolf

Word 4 reply
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 confused
Unit 1 Week 4 The Wolf

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Show your partner what you look like when
1. Another word in the selection is confused. Say you are confused. Make a confused face. Then
it with me: confused. Confused means “mixed complete this sentence: I am confused when
up or jumbled.” A new toy often comes with .
directions. Sometimes you read the directions, 6. What do you do when you are confused?
but you do not understand what to do. You Role-play that you are confused about
are confused, so you ask for help. something. Work with a partner. Act out a
2. En español, confused quiere decir “enredado, conversation you might have so you can stop
que no ha entendido bien; confundido.“ being confused.
Un nuevo juguete casi siempre trae 7. Now let’s say confused together three more
instrucciones. A veces lees las instrucciones times: confused, confused, confused.
pero no entiendes qué tienes que hacer. Estás
confundido, entonces pides ayuda.
3. Confused in English and confundido in
Spanish are cognates. They sound alike and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word confused. (Point to the two boys.)
These boys look confused. They do not know
where they are. The girl uses her compass to
tell where to go.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 reply


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Ask your partner what he or she likes to do
1. Another word in the selection is reply. Say after school, and get your partner’s reply.
it with me: reply. Reply means “an answer.” Then share one of your questions with us. Tell
When someone asks you a question, you give us your partner’s reply.
a reply. Your answer is your reply. 5. With your partner, role play that you are
2. En español, reply quiere decir “una respuesta.” having a surprise party for your friend. You
Cuando alguien te hace una pregunta, tu le invite other friends to the party. Would you
das una respuesta. ask for a reply? Why or why not?
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say reply together three more times:
the word reply. (Point to the students.) The reply, reply, reply.
teacher just asked a question. All of these
students have a reply to the question. They
are raising their hands because they know the
answer. When the teacher calls on someone,
that student will give a reply.

382
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © blue jean images/PunchStock. (b) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 response
Unit 1 Week 4 The Wolf

Word 6 rushed
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 response
Unit 1 Week 4 The Wolf

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Think that you just walked into your surprise
1. Another word in the selection is response. Say party. Show me your response. Now make
it with me: response. A response is a reply. believe something very sad just happened.
Sometimes you use words in your response. Show me your response. Finally, make believe
Other times you do something to show your that someone just woke you up and you are
response. When someone tells me a funny still tired. Show me your response.
joke, I laugh. Laughing is my response. 5. Now use words to tell me your response to the
2. En español, response quiere decir “reacción.” same things that you just showed me. Tell me
Es lo que haces en respuesta a otra acción. a response at the same time that you show me
Una respuesta con palabras es un tipo de the response.
reacción. A veces, en vez de decir algo, haces 6. Now let’s say response together three more
algo para mostrar tu reacción. Cuando alguien times: response, response, response.
dice un chiste, me río. La risa es mi reacción.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word response. (Point to the laughing
boy.) This boy is laughing. His parents just told
him a funny joke. His response is to laugh. He
could use words in his response, too. He could
say, “That was a funny joke.” That would be
another response.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 rushed


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Walk slowly across the room. Now rush across
1. Another word in the selection is rushed. Say the room. How do you move differently when
it with me: rushed. Rushed means “went very you rush? When and why do you rush?
fast.” Imagine that you were outside playing 5. Write your name carefully on the board. Now
at recess. All of a sudden, the bell rang. You write your name again, but this time, rush.
were all the way over at the far end of the What do you do when you rush? Complete
playground. You rushed so you could get into this sentence: When I rush, .
school on time. (When I rush, my handwriting is sloppy.)
2. En español, to rush quiere decir “hacer algo 6. Now let’s say rushed together three more
rápidamente o con prisa, apurarse.” Imaginen times: rushed, rushed, rushed.
que estaban afuera jugando a la hora de
recreo. De repente escuchanon la campana.
Estaban del otro lado del parque. Se apuraron
para poder volver a la clase a tiempo.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word rushed. (Point to the doctors.) These
doctors rushed this patient down the hall to
get him help quickly. You can tell they rushed
because the photo looks blurry.

384
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock Images/PunchStock. (b) © Comstock Images/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 1 Week 4 Sudden Changes in
sheet, temperature, extinct,
the Environment
ecosystem, climate, mammoth

sheet temperature extinct

ecosystem climate mammoth

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During independent work
time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: temperatura, extinto, ecosistema, clima, mamut.
385
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Dr. Parvinder Sethi/McGraw-Hill Companies. (tc) © Michael Ventura/Alamy Images. (tr) © Digital Vision.
(bl) © Photo Courtesy of USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service. (bm) © Digital Vision. (br) © McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 blizzard
Unit 1 Week 5 Safe in the Storm

Word 2 compass
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 blizzard
Unit 1 Week 5 Safe in the Storm

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. What words would you use to describe a
1. One word in the selection is blizzard. Say it blizzard? Tell your partner all the words you
with me: blizzard. Blizzard means “very big can think of to complete this sentence: A
snowstorm.” During a blizzard, it snows so blizzard is . (Responses include:
hard that you cannot see very well at all. All white, windy, cold, wet, snowy, bad weather)
you can see is the snow! There is a lot of wind. 5. Would you rather be outside or inside during
A lot of snow falls to the ground very quickly. a blizzard? Why? Tell your partner.
2. En español, blizzard se dice “ventisca.” Es 6. Now let’s say blizzard together three more
una tempestad de nieve fuerte. Durante una times: blizzard, blizzard, blizzard.
ventisca, neva tan duro que no se ve muy
bien. ¡Lo único que se alcanza a ver es nieve!
También hay vientos fuertes. Mucha nieve cae
rápidamente.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word blizzard. (Point to the falling snow.)
This photo shows a blizzard. Do you see how
everything looks white? That’s because a lot
of snow is falling from the sky. It is snowing
so hard that it is difficult for people to see
where they are going!

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 compass


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Look at the compass in the photo. Tell your
1. Another word in the selection is compass. Say partner what E, S, and W stand for. (east,
it with me: compass. A compass is a tool, or south, west) Then use the compass. Complete
instrument, that helps you figure out where this sentence as you point in each direction:
you are. A compass points to the north. If you On this compass, this is .
are lost, you can use a compass to help you 5. Think about planning to take a field trip with
find your way. your family in the woods. Should you take a
2. En español, compass se dice “brújula.” Es un compass? Why or why not? Tell your partner.
instrumento que te ayuda a encontrar dónde 6. Now let’s say compass together three more
estás. Una brújula tiene una aguja que siempre times: compass, compass, compass.
apunta hacia el norte. Si te pierdes, puedes
usar una brújula para encontrar tu camino.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word compass. (Point to the compass.)
This is a compass. Look at the N. N stands for
north. When the red arrow is on the N, the
compass points to north.

388
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image 100/PunchStock. (b) © Jacques Cornell/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 hike
Unit 1 Week 5 Safe in the Storm

Word 4 shelter
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 hike
Unit 1 Week 5 Safe in the Storm

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Make believe that our classroom is a big park,
1. Another word in the selection is hike. Say and you are hiking through the park. Show me
it with me: hike. Hike means “to take a what you are doing. Now tell me what you are
long walk.” Some people like to hike up a doing.
mountain. When they hike up the mountain, 5. Make believe that you are hiking somewhere.
they are taking a long walk up to the top of Hike across the room. As you hike, tell me
the mountain. where you are hiking and what you see while
2. En español, to hike quiere decir “hacer una you hike. Complete these sentences: I hike
excursión a pie larga, dar una caminata.” A . I see while
algunas personas les gusta dar caminatas por I hike.
las montañas. Cuando dan estas caminatas, 6. Now let’s say hike together three more times:
caminan por un tiempo largo hasta la cima de hike, hike, hike.
la montaña.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word hike. (Point to the hikers.) These
people like to hike. They like to take long
walks.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 shelter


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Both people and animals sleep in shelters. Tell
1. Another word in the selection is shelter. Say your partner some shelters that people sleep
it with me: shelter. A shelter is a place that in. (Responses include: house, tent, cabin,
keeps you safe. Sometimes, people hike for hotel, car) Now tell your partner some shelters
several days. They stay in a shelter at night. that animals sleep in. (Responses include:
The shelter might be a tent or a cabin. The holes, trees, caves, dog houses, bushes)
shelter protects people from rain, snow, and 5. Make believe that you hiked all day. Now it is
wild animals. night. You are tired, and you are getting ready
2. En español, shelter quiere decir “un lugar to go to sleep. Would you rather sleep outside
donde estás protegido de otras cosas, un under the stars or inside a shelter? Explain
refugio.“ A veces las personas dan caminatas your answer.
de varios días. Tienen que quedarse en un 6. Now let’s say shelter together three more
refugio de noche. El refugio puede ser una times: shelter, shelter, shelter.
carpa o una cabaña. El refugio las protege de
la lluvia, la nieve y los animales salvajes.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word shelter. (Point to the tent.) These
people hiked all day. Now they sit in front
of their tent. The tent is their shelter. They
will sleep in the shelter at night. Then in the
morning, they will hike some more.

390
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © pixland/PunchStock. (b) © C. Borland/PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 trail
Unit 1 Week 5 Safe in the Storm
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 trail
Unit 1 Week 5 Safe in the Storm

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s make a trail through our classroom. We
1. Another word in the selection is trail. Say it can use our chairs to show the path of our
with me: trail. A trail is a path. Many people trail. (Note that you can use other things, like
hike on trails. There are trails in parks, yarn or blocks, to create your trail.) This path
through woods, and up mountains. is our trail.
2. En español, trail quiere decir “un camino 5. Now let’s walk along our trail. Think that this
pequeño, un sendero.“ Muchas personas dan trail could go anywhere. Where will the trail
caminatas por los senderos. Hay senderos go? What will you see when you hike on the
en los parques, en los bosques y hasta en las trail? What will you see at the end of the trail?
montañas. 6. Now let’s say trail together three more times:
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates trail, trail, trail.
the word trail. (Point to the man on the trail.)
This man is going on a hike. He is standing
on a trail. This sandy trail is a path that goes
through the grass. The man will stay on the
trail because he does not want to get lost.

392
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Charles Bankuti/Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 1 Week 5 Freedom for All
meeting, speech,
protest, march, article

meeting speech protest

march article

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: protesta, marcha, artículo.
393
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Digital Vision/Getty Images. (tc) © Andrew Resek/McGraw-Hill Companies. (tr) © Kitt Cooper-Smith/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Jim West/Alamy Images. (br) © Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 borrow
Unit 2 Week 1 Dog Wash

Word 2 cost
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 borrow
Unit 2 Week 1 Dog Wash

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s sit in a circle. I am holding a pencil. The
1. One word in the selection is borrow. Say student next to me asks to borrow my pencil.
it with me: borrow. To borrow means “to I will let him/her borrow it. Then the next
receive something with the plan to return it person asks to borrow the pencil. We will
after a brief period.” Sometimes I borrow a continue until I get my pencil back.
book from my friend. I want to read it, so I 5. Role play that you need to borrow something
borrow it. After I read the book, I will give it from a classmate. Ask to borrow what you
back to her. need by completing this question: May I
2. En español, to borrow quiere decir “recibir borrow your ? Use what you
algo con la intención de devolverlo, tomar o borrowed. Then return what you borrowed.
pedir algo prestado.” A veces tomo un libro Say: Thank you for letting me borrow your
prestado de mi amigo. Después de terminar .
de leer el libro, le devuelvo el libro a mi amigo. 6. Now let’s say borrow together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: borrow, borrow, borrow.
the word borrow. (Point to the boy.) He
borrowed a pencil from a friend. When he is
done using it, the boy will give the pencil back
to it’s owner.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 cost


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. (Display a book.) What do you think is the cost
1. Another word in the selection is cost. Say it of this book? (Pause for discussion.) Let’s work
with me: cost. Cost means “price.” The cost with a partner to make a price tag. (Write
of something is how much money you need the price on a sticky note and place it on the
to buy it. Suppose I need to buy some milk. If book.) I made a price tag by writing the cost.
I know the cost of the milk before I go to the 6. Now let’s make believe our classroom is a
store, I can bring enough money to buy the store. First partners can work together to
milk. decide the cost of different things. Then we
2. En español, cost quiere decir “el valor o precio will make a price tag showing the cost. Next
de algo en dinero, el costo.” Supongamos the whole class will pretend to be shoppers.
que necesito comprar leche. Si sé el costo de We will ask the cost of different things, and
la leche antes de ir al supermercado, puedo then we will decide what we want to buy.
llevar suficiente dinero para comprar la leche. 7. Now let’s say cost together three more times:
3. Cost in English and costo in Spanish are cost, cost, cost.
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word cost. (Point to the price tag.) This
price tag tells the cost, or price, of this toy
lion. The cost is $3.45.

396
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Eyewire/Getty Images. (b) © Ken Karp/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 customer
Unit 2 Week 1 Dog Wash

Word 4 decide
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 customer
Unit 2 Week 1 Dog Wash

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is customer. Say the word customer. (Point to the man.) This
it with me: customer. A customer is someone man is a customer at the supermarket. He is
who is getting a service, like the person who putting fruit into his basket. Then he will go
buys something at a store. When I go to pay for the food.
the supermarket to buy groceries, I am the 4. Act out being a customer. Find something in
supermarket’s customer. our class that you want to buy. Bring it to a
2. En español, customer quiere decir “la classmate who pretends to be a salesperson.
persona que está recibiendo un servicio, Ask about the cost of the item, and then buy it.
cliente.” La persona que compra en una 5. I will act out being a customer at a store.
tienda es el cliente de la tienda. Cuando Watch what I do. (Act out dribbling a
voy al supermercado, soy el cliente del basketball. Then take it to the salesperson
supermercado. to buy it.) What am I buying? Now pretend
to be a customer. We will guess what you
are buying.
6. Now let’s say customer together three more
times: customer, customer, customer.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 decide


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. The boy in the picture is deciding what to eat
1. Another word in the selection is decide. Say for lunch. How do you decide what you want
it with me: decide. Decide means “to choose to eat? With a partner, decide what healthy,
something.” Sometimes I am a customer at a tasty meals you would like for lunch this
shoe store. I want to buy one pair of shoes. week. Make a list of choices for each day.
There are two pairs that I like. I have to 6. When you have free time on the weekends,
decide, or choose, which shoes to buy. do you think it is easy or hard to decide what
2. En español, to decide quiere decir escoger to do? How do you decide what to do?
algo, decidir.” A veces soy un cliente en 7. Now let’s say decide together three more
una zapatería. Quiero comprar un par de times: decide, decide, decide.
zapatos, pero hay dos que me gustan. Tengo
que decidir, o escoger, cuál par de zapatos
compraré.
3. To decide in English and decidir in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word decide. (Point to the boy.) This boy
is trying to decide what to have for lunch. He
has several foods to choose from.

398
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ken Cavanagh/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 service
Unit 2 Week 1 Dog Wash
Key Vocabulary Word 5 service
Unit 2 Week 1 Dog Wash

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Dog walkers provide a service. House painters
1. Another word in the selection is service. Say do, too. What other people provide services?
it with me: service. A service is a favor or task What services do they provide? Discuss your
people do for other people. Sometimes people ideas with your partner.
provide a service for their customers. House 6. If you wanted to provide a service for
painters provide a service by painting houses someone, what would you do? What service
for their customers. would you provide? Share your ideas with your
2. En español, service quiere decir “un favor o partner.
una labor que una persona hace por otra, 7. Now let’s say service together three more
servicio.” A veces las personas prestan un times: service, service, service.
servicio a sus clientes. Los pintores de casas
prestan un servicio pintando las casas.
3. Service in English and servicio in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word service. (Point to the man walking
the dogs.) This man is a dog walker. He walks
other people’s dogs for them. The customers
pay the dog walker for his service.

400
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Thinkstock/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 2 Week 1 A Gold Rush Town
gold, miner,
digging, settlement

gold miner

digging settlement

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these four words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognate: minero.
401
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (tr) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages.
(bl) © Hisham Ibrahim/Getty Images. (br) © Ian Nellist/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 marshes
Unit 2 Week 2 The Marsh Monster

Word 2 reminded
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 marshes
Unit 2 Week 2 The Marsh Monster

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Look at the photo. Describe what you see to
1. One word in the selection is marshes. Say it your partner. Complete this sentence: In the
with me: marshes. Marshes are places with marsh, I see .
plants and water. Marshes are swamps. You 5. Tell your partner a riddle about something
can see frogs, tall grass, and reeds in marshes. you might see in a marsh. Begin like this: “I
2. En español, marshes se dice “pantanos.” Los see it in a marsh.” Then give clues. Have your
pantanos son lugares donde se ha estancado partner guess what you see.
el agua. Están llenos de animales y plantas. En 6. Now let’s say marshes together three more
los pantanos puedes ver ranas, pastos altos y times: marshes, marshes, marshes.
hasta juncos.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word marshes. (Point out the grasses.)
This photo shows a marsh. Here are the tall
grasses. (Point out the water.) Here is the
water. Plants grow in the water. Fish, frogs,
and bugs live there, too.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 reminded


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. What do you sometimes forget to do? Does
1. Another word in the selection is reminded. Say someone or something remind you to do that
it with me: reminded. Reminded means “made thing? What could you do to remember to
someone remember or think about.” When do something that you tend to forget about?
you go to school, your parents might say, Share your answers with your partner.
“Remember your lunch and your homework.” 5. Sometimes one thing reminds you of another
They reminded you to take your lunch and thing. Work with your partner to complete
homework to school. They don’t want you to this sentence to tell what you are reminded
forget these things. of: reminds me of .
2. En español, to remind quiere decir “traer algo 6. Now let’s say reminded together three more
a la mente, recordar.” Cuando vas al colegio, times: reminded, reminded, reminded.
tus padres te podrían decir, “Recuerda tu
almuerzo y tus tareas.” Ellos te recuerdan que
lleven su almuerzo y sus tareas. No quieren
que se te olviden.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word reminded. (Point to the boy.) This
boy is recalling what he wants to write about.
Now that he is reminded of it, he can write.

404
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Russell Illig/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Gary He/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 screen
Unit 2 Week 2 The Marsh Monster

Word 4 sprout
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 screen
Unit 2 Week 2 The Marsh Monster

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. A screen is like a net. Big things cannot get
1. Another word in the selection is screen. Say through. What are some things that can go
it with me: screen. A screen keeps things out. through a screen? What are some things
It has tiny holes that many things cannot fit that cannot? Answer these questions with
through. I have screens on my windows. When a partner. (Air, water, or sand could get
my windows are open, the screens keep the through. Bugs, rocks, fish, shells, or plants
bugs out. could not.)
2. En español, screen se dice “malla.” Las mallas 5. Why might you use a screen in a marsh? (You
protegen lo que se encuentra detrás de ellas, could use a screen like a net so water goes
pues impiden el paso de otras cosas. Tengo through, but plants, frogs, or fish do not.)
mallas sobre mis ventanas. Cuando abro 6. Now let’s say screen together three more
las ventanas, las mallas no dejan que pasen times: screen, screen, screen.
insectos.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word screen. (Point to the screen.) This
screen is made of metal. It has little holes. Big
things cannot get through the little holes.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 sprout


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s make believe we are seeds that someone
1. Another word in the selection is sprout. Say it just planted in the ground. Get down in a little
with me: sprout. Sprout means “to grow or to ball. Now sprout. Pop up out of the ground.
pop up.” If I want to grow a flower, I plant a 5. Draw a picture to show how a plant sprouts.
seed. I water it. Soon a plant sprouts. It pops Now tell us about your picture.
up from the dirt. 6. Now let’s say sprout together three more
2. En español, to sprout quiere decir “crecer o times: sprout, sprout, sprout.
salir de la tierra, brotar.” Si quiero tener una
flor, primero siembro una semilla. De la semilla
brotará una flor. La flor sale de la tierra.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word sprout. (Point to the seedling.)
We can see that something tall and green is
coming out from a mound of dirt. It is the
stem of a plant! It has sprouted from the
ground. Someone probably planted a seed and
was waiting for it to grow. Now that person
can see that it is growing because it is not
hidden below the ground.

406
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jupiterimages/ Comstock Images/Alamy Images. (b) © Siede Preis/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 wildlife
Unit 2 Week 2 The Marsh Monster
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 wildlife
Unit 2 Week 2 The Marsh Monster

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Act like you are a kind of wildlife. Act out
1. Another word in the selection is wildlife. Say what you do. We will guess what you are and
it with me: wildlife. Wildlife is made up of the where we might see you.
plants and animals that live outside in nature. 5. Work with a partner. Pretend you are wildlife.
I see wildlife in my yard. I see squirrels and One of you is a plant. The other is an animal.
birds. I see wildlife when I walk in the park or Show and tell how you interact, or why you
in the woods, too. are important to each other in the wild.
2. En español, wildlife se dice “flora y fauna.” 6. Now let’s say wildlife together three more
Flora se refiere a las plantas que existen en times: wildlife, wildlife, wildlife.
la naturaleza; fauna se refiere a los animales
salvajes. Yo puedo ver flora y fauna en mi
jardín. Veo ardillas y aves. También veo flora
y fauna cuando voy al zoológico o paseo por
el bosque.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word wildlife. (Point to the bear.) This
picture shows wildlife. The bear is one
example of wildlife. It lives in the wild, or in
nature. The trees are part of the wildlife, too.
They grow outside in the wild, or in nature.

408
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words natural resources, human resources,
Unit 2 Week 2 Made in
California capital resources, income, spending

natural resources human resources capital resources

income spending

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During independent work time,
have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: recursos naturales, recursos humanos, recursos de capital.
409
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Digital Vision/Getty Images. (tc) © Charles Smith/Corbis. (tr) © David Chasey/Getty Images.
(bl) © Steve Cole/Getty Images. (br) © Photodisc/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 ancestors
Unit 2 Week 3 The Acjachemen People: Saving Their Ceremonial Sites

Word 2 ancient
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 ancestors
Unit 2 Week 3 The Acjachemen People: Saving Their Ceremonial Sites

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is ancestors. Say the word ancestors. (Point out the
it with me: ancestors. Ancestors are people grandfather.) This man is the children’s
in your family who lived before you. Your grandfather. His parents and grandparents are
grandparents and your great-grandparents, the children’s ancestors.
and their parents and grandparents are all 5. Use your own words to explain the meaning
your ancestors. of the word ancestor. Then tell your partner
2. En español, ancestors quiere decir “las personas who some of your ancestors are.
en tu familia que vivieron antes que tú, tus 6. Many people have ancestors who lived in
antepasados o ancestros.” Tus abuelos, tus other countries. Where did your ancestors
bisabuelos y los padres de todos ellos son tus live before your family came to live in this
ancestros. country? Share your ideas with a partner.
3. Ancestors in English and ancestros in Spanish 7. Now let’s say ancestors together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: ancestors, ancestors, ancestors.
and mean the same thing in both languages.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 ancient


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Work with a partner. What is a synonym
1. Another word in the selection is ancient. for ancient? (old) What is an antonym for
Say it with me: ancient. Ancient means ancient? (new, modern)
“very, very old.” Something that is ancient is 5. Work with a partner to name examples of
thousands of years old. Ancient writing was ancient things. (ancestors, dinosaurs, old
made thousands of years ago. The wheel is an writing, pyramids) Then name examples of
ancient invention. It was invented thousands modern things. (space shuttles, computers,
of years ago. cell phones, cars)
2. En español, ancient quiere decir “muy viejo, 6. Now let’s say ancient together three more
antiguo.” Algo antiguo tiene miles de años. times: ancient, ancient, ancient.
La rueda es un invento antiguo. Fue inventada
hace miles de años.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word ancient. (Point to the pyramids.)
These pyramids are ancient. They were built
thousands of years ago in Egypt.

412
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jupiterimages/ BananaStock/Alamy Images. (b) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 descendants
Unit 2 Week 3 The Acjachemen People: Saving Their Ceremonial Sites

Word 4 generations
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 descendants
Unit 2 Week 3 The Acjachemen People: Saving Their Ceremonial Sites

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Complete this sentence with a partner:
1. Another word in the selection is descendants. Descendants are .
Say it with me: descendants. Descendants is 6. With a partner, make a chart to show the
the opposite of ancestors. Ancestors are the relationships of the people in the photo.
people in your family who lived before you. 7. Now let’s say descendants together three
Descendants are the people in a family who more times: descendants, descendants,
will live after you, like your children and their descendants.
children.
2. En español, descendants se dice
“descendientes.” Son lo opuesto a ancestros.
Los ancestros son las personas en tu familia
que vivieron antes que tú. Los descendientes
son las personas en tu familia que vendrán
después de ti, como tus hijos y sus hijos.
3. Descendants in English and descendientes in
Spanish are cognates. They sound alike and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word descendants. The woman at the
bottom of the picture is a grandmother. Her
daughter and grandchildren are descendants.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 generations


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is generations. the word generations. (Point to the family.)
Say it with me: generations. A generation This photo shows three generations of one
of a family is made up of people who were family—grandparents, parents and children.
born at around the same time. Grandparents 5. Let’s act out that we are three generations
are one generation in a family. Parents are of one family. Organize yourselves into three
another generation. Children are still another groups: grandparents, parents, grandchildren.
generation. Tell us what generation you are.
2. En español, generations quiere decir “las 6. Act like grandparents at a grandchild’s
personas que nacieron en la misma época, birthday. Move around serving treats and
generaciones.” En una familia, los abuelos giving presents.
son parte de una generación. Los padres son 7. Now let’s say generations together three more
de otra generación. Los hijos son de otra times: generations, generations, generations.
generación aún.
3. Generations in English and generaciones in
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages.

414
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ariel Skelley/Blend Images/Getty Images. (b) © Photodisc/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 honor
Unit 2 Week 3 The Acjachemen People: Saving Their Ceremonial Sites

Word 6 preserve
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 honor
Unit 2 Week 3 The Acjachemen People: Saving Their Ceremonial Sites

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is honor. Say it the word honor. (Point to the statue.) This
with me: honor. Honor means “to give respect photo shows a statue of soldiers. We honor
to.” People honor their elders. They respect the soldiers because they fought for our
the people in their family who are older than country.
they are. 5. People honor the President. People honor
2. En español, honor quiere decir “mostrar soldiers. Whom do you honor? Why do you
respeto a alguien, honrar.” Las personas honor that person? Share your ideas with your
honran a sus mayores. Respetan a las personas partner.
en su familia que tienen más años que ellos. 6. What can you do to show that you honor
3. To honor in English and honrar in Spanish are someone? With a partner, complete this
cognates. They sound almost the same and sentence: I honor when I .
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say honor together three more
times: honor, honor, honor.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 preserve


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 5. People preserve art in a museum. Why do you
1. Another word in the selection is preserve. Say think people want to preserve the art? Work
it with me: preserve. Preserve means “to keep, on this with your partner.
to save, or to protect.” We preserve food by 6. It is important to preserve our Earth. Why do
keeping it in the refrigerator. We can help you think it is important? What can you do
preserve our Earth by keeping it clean. to help preserve our Earth? Work on this with
2. En español, to preserve quiere decir “guardar your partner.
o proteger del paso del tiempo, preservar.” 7. Now let’s say preserve together three more
Preservamos la comida manteniéndola en la times: preserve, preserve, preserve.
nevera. Podemas ayudar a preservar el planeta
manteniéndolo limpio.
3. To preserve in English and preservar in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word preserve. (Point to the fossil.) This is
a fossil of a lizard. The fossil is preserved in the
rock after millions of years.

416
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Albert J. Copley/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 2 Week 3 Newcomers Bring Change
settler, farm,
fishing, logging

settler farm

fishing logging

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these four words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
417
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Library of Congress, Prints and Photographs Division [LC-USZC2-2917]. (tr) © David Frazier/Corbis.
(bl) © Jules Frazier/Getty Images. (br) © Glow Images/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 collected
Unit 2 Week 4 Kids Make a Difference

Word 2 covered
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 collected
Unit 2 Week 4 Kids Make a Difference

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s collect pencils. We can put our pencils
1. One word in the selection is collected. Say on this table. (Have children put pencils in a
it with me: collected. Collected means “put group.) We collected the pencils. Now they
together in a group.” Some people collect are together in this group.
rocks. They find rocks they like and keep 5. Let’s look around our room for trash. Collect
them. People put the rocks together into all the trash and put it in the garbage can.
groups. Now look for things that need to be put away.
2. En español, to collect quiere decir “recoger Collect things that are not where they are
y amontar en un grupo o colección, supposed to be. Put them where they belong.
coleccionar.” A algunas personas les gusta 6. Now let’s say collected together three more
coleccionar piedras. Cuando encuentran times: collected, collected, collected.
piedras que les gustan, las guardan. Estas
personas agrupan las piedras.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word collected. (Point out the girl carrying
the laundry.) This girl collected all the dirty
clothes. She put the clothes in a basket. Now
she will take the clothes to the washing
machine and wash them.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 covered


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. You might have a snow-covered yard in
1. Another word in the selection is covered. Say winter. What could cover your yard in
it with me: covered. If something is covered, it other seasons? Complete this sentence:
is under something else. Something else is on I have a -covered yard in the
top of it. After a big snowstorm, we see snow- . (Responses include grass-
covered streets. The streets are under the covered yard in the spring; leaf-covered yard
snow. The snow is on top. in the fall; dandelion-covered lawn in the
summer.)
2. En español, covered quiere decir “cubierto.”
Cuando algo está cubierto, tiene algo encima. 5. Work with a partner. Your yard or the street
Después de una fuerte ventisca, vemos las can be snow-covered. What else can be snow-
calles cubiertas de nieve. Las calles están covered? Use snow-covered in a sentence
debajo de la nieve. La nieve está encima. to tell. (Responses include snow-covered
driveway, tree, bush, dog, hat, and car.)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word covered. (Point to the apples.) 6. Now let’s say covered together three more
These apples are covered in caramel. They are times: covered, covered, covered.
caramel-covered apples. Caramel is on top of
the apples. The apples are under the caramel.

420
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Rubberball Productions/Getty Images. (b) © Mitch Hrdlicka/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 dangerous
Unit 2 Week 4 Kids Make a Difference

Word 4 interviewed
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 dangerous
Unit 2 Week 4 Kids Make a Difference

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Rock climbing is a dangerous sport. What
1. Another word in the selection is dangerous. are some other sports that you think are
Say it with me: dangerous. Dangerous means dangerous? Why are they dangerous?
“not safe.” It is dangerous, or not safe, to 5. Some animals are dangerous. What animal
cross the street without looking both ways. If do you think is dangerous? Why do you think
you walk in front of a car, you could get hurt. it is dangerous? Complete this sentence:
2. En español, dangerous quiere decir ”que no es A is a dangerous animal
seguro, peligroso.” Es peligroso, no es seguro, because .
cruzar la calle sin mirar hacia ambos lados de 6. Now let’s say dangerous together three more
primero. Si caminas en frente de un carro, te times: dangerous, dangerous, dangerous.
podría atropellar.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word dangerous. (Point to the rock
climber between the two rocks.) This person is
a rock climber. Rock climbing is a dangerous
sport. This rock climber uses a rope to go
between two rocks. That looks dangerous
to me!

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 interviewed


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Interview your partner. Ask questions
1. Another word in the selection is interviewed. about what your partner likes to do in
Say it with me: interviewed. Interviewed the summertime. Then have your partner
means “asked and answered questions.” interview you.
Sometimes reporters interview people on the 5. Think that you could interview anyone in the
news. When they ask people questions, they world. Who would you interview? Why? What
interview them. questions would you ask him or her? Share
2. En español, to interview quiere decir “hacer your ideas with a partner.
una serie de preguntas a una persona y 6. Now let’s say interviewed together three more
esperar sus respuestas, entrevistar.” A veces times: interviewed, interviewed, interviewed.
los periodistas entrevistan a personas en los
noticieros. Cuando les hacen preguntas a otras
personas, las están entrevistando.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word interviewed. (Point to the woman.)
The woman is interviewing a man. After the
man is interviewed, she will decide if she will
hire him.

422
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Allan Bard/Corbis. (b) © Blend Images/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 2 Week 4 People Change Land and Water
dam, river, aqueduct,
tunnels, lake

dam river aqueduct

tunnels lake

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: río, acueducto, túneles, lago.
423
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Photo by Lynn Betts, USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service. (tc) © Robert Glusic/Corbis. (tr) © Ron Chapple/Corbis.
(bl) © Wally Bauman/Alamy Images. (br) © Robert Glusic/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 emergency
Unit 2 Week 5 The Flood

Word 2 modern
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 emergency
Unit 2 Week 5 The Flood

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. You should only call 911 if you have an
1. One word in the selection is emergency. emergency. What kind of emergency might
Say it with me: emergency. An emergency cause you to call 911? Work with a partner to
is something that happens all of a sudden. answer the question.
You have to take care of the emergency right 6. Sometimes at school, we hear the fire
away. If you get hurt and it is an emergency, alarm go off. The fire alarm can signal an
an ambulance will rush you to the hospital. emergency. What kind of emergency does
2. En español, emergency quiere decir “algo a fire alarm tell us about? What should you
que ocurre de repente y necesitas resolver do in case of that emergency? Work with a
rápidamente, una emergencia.” Si te lesionas partner to answer the question.
y es una emergencia, una ambulancia te 7. Now let’s say emergency together three more
llevará urgentemente al hospital. times: emergency, emergency, emergency.
3. Emergency in English and emergencia in
Spanish are cognates. They sound alike and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word emergency. (Point to the 911 sticker.)
This number is 911. It is the number you call if
you have an emergency.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 modern


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. A cell phone is a modern phone. What are
1. Another word in the selection is modern. Say some other modern things that we use today
it with me: modern. Modern means “of this but were not around fifty or one hundred
time now and not from a past time.” Cell years ago? Share your ideas with a partner.
phones are modern inventions. No one had 6. Music changes over time. What is some
cell phones a long time ago. They are the modern music that you like to listen to? Share
modern phones of today. your ideas with a partner.
2. En español, modern quiere decir “de este 7. Now let’s say modern together three more
tiempo, no del pasado; moderno.” Los times: modern, modern, modern.
teléfonos móviles son inventos modernos.
3. Modern in English and moderno in Spanish
are cognates. They sound alike and mean the
same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word modern. (Point to the buildings.)
One hundred years ago, buildings did not look
like these ones. These are modern buildings.
They were built just a few years ago.

426
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © D. Falconer/PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 pouring
Unit 2 Week 5 The Flood

Word 4 practical
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 pouring
Unit 2 Week 5 The Flood

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Think that you have a bottle of water. Show
1. Another word in the selection is pouring. Say me what you do if you are pouring the water
it with me: pouring. Pouring means “letting out of the bottle.
water flow, usually coming out of something 5. What else pours out of a bottle? Think
fast.” If there is a hole in your water bottle, that something is pouring out of a bottle.
the water comes pouring out. Everything gets Complete this sentence: I am pouring
wet! . The is pouring out of the
2. En español, to pour quiere decir “dejar correr bottle.
agua rápidamente, verter.” Si hay un hoyo en 6. Now let’s say pouring together three more
tu botella de agua, el agua se vertirá. ¡Todo times: pouring, pouring, pouring.
se mojará!
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word pouring. (Point to the water pouring
from the bottle.) Water is pouring out of this
bottle. Someone is pointing the bottle toward
the glass. The water is pouring out of the
bottle and into the glass.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 practical


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. Work with a partner. What are practical
1. Another word in the selection is practical. Say clothes to wear on a hot summer day? Why
it with me: practical. Practical means “useful.” are those clothes practical? (Responses include
It is practical to wear a hat, scarf, and mittens shorts, short sleeves, sandals, bathing suit, and
if you are playing outside in the snow. A hat, a hat.)
a scarf, and mittens are practical clothing for 6. Think that your family is hiking in the
snow because they keep you warm. woods. You are going to sleep in the woods
2. En español, practical quiere decir “con un uso, overnight. What are some practical things
útil o práctico.” Vestir con gorro, bufanda y to have with you? Tell your answers to your
guantes es práctico cuando esta nevando. Esa partner. (Responses include food, tent,
vestimenta es práctica, pues te protege del sleeping bag, and backpack.)
frío que hace cuando neva. 7. Now let’s say practical together three more
3. Practical in English and práctico in Spanish are times: practical, practical, practical.
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word practical. (Point to the rain boots.)
These are practical boots to wear outside on
a rainy day. The boots are waterproof, so they
keep your feet dry when you walk through
puddles.

428
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (b) © FogStock LLC/Index Stock Imagery.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 valve
Unit 2 Week 5 The Flood
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 valve
Unit 2 Week 5 The Flood

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Make a fist. Now make believe that your fist is
1. Another word in the selection is valve. Say it a valve. Show me what it looks like if the valve
with me: valve. A valve is a piece of hardware is closed. (Show a tight fist.) Now show me
you can open or close to open up or stop the what it looks like if you open the valve. (Open
flow of something. Some valves stop water your fist so there is a hole that goes from top
from pouring out of a pipe or a hose. If the to bottom.)
valve is turned off, or closed, water cannot 6. Now show me your closed “valve.” I will put
get through. If the valve is turned on, or open, this paper clip on the closed valve. Does the
water can get through. paper clip go through? (No.) Now open your
2. En español, valve quiere decir “una pieza que valve. What happens to the paper clip? (It falls
puedes abrir y cerrar para impedir o permitir through.)
que algo fluya, una válvula.” Algunas válvulas 7. Now let’s say valve together three more times:
impiden que el agua corra de un tubo o una valve, valve, valve.
manguera. Si la válvula está abierta, el agua
puede correr.
3. Valve in English and válvula in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word valve. (Point to the valve.) This is one
kind of valve. If you open the valve, water
goes through a pipe. If you close the valve,
water does not go through.

430
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Steve Cole/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 2 Week 5 Farms in California
crops, vegetables, grapes,
cotton, agriculture, tractor

crops vegetables grapes

cotton agriculture tractor

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: vegetales, agricultura, tractor.
431
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Paul A. Souders/Corbis. (tc) © Image Source/Corbis. (tr) © Dynamic Graphics Group/PunchStock.
(bl) © Photo by Gary Kramer, USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service. (bm) © Photo: © David R. Frazier Photolibrary, Inc./Alamy Images. (br) © L. Clarke/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 clever
Unit 3 Week 1 Storytellers

Word 2 enslaved
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 clever
Unit 3 Week 1 Storytellers

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. The bear in the photo is a clever animal. What
1. One word in the selection is clever. Say it with animal do you think is clever? What makes
me: clever. Clever means “smart” or “able to that animal clever? What things does it do
think quickly.” A clever dog understands a lot that show that it is clever? Share your ideas
of commands and knows how to do a lot of with a partner.
tricks. 5. Sometimes we read stories about clever
2. En español, clever quiere decir “capaz de people or animals. Think about a clever
pensar rápidamente, inteligente, listo.” Un character that you have read about. What
perro listo entiende muchas órdenes y sabe actions showed that the character was clever?
hacer muchos trucos. Share your answers with a partner.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say clever together three more
the word clever. (Point to the bear.) This bear times: clever, clever, clever.
is clever. It knows how to get food. When the
bear sees the fish, it thinks quickly. Then the
bear jumps into the water to catch the fish.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 enslaved


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Complete this sentence with your partner: If a
1. Another word in the selection is enslaved. Say character in a story is enslaved, that character
it with me: enslaved. The people who were .
enslaved were owned by other people. They 5. Have you read stories about people who are
were not free. enslaved? Tell your partner about a story that
2. En español, enslaved se dice “esclavizado.” has an enslaved character. What happens to
Una persona esclavizada no es libre, sino que the character who is enslaved?
le pertenece a otra persona. 6. Now let’s say enslaved together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: enslaved, enslaved, enslaved.
the word enslaved. (Point to the slaves.) These
people were enslaved. They were not free.
They were forced to pick cotton in the cotton
fields.

434
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Johnny Johnson/The Image Bank/Getty Images. (b) © The Granger Collection, New York.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 escaped
Unit 3 Week 1 Storytellers

Word 4 gathered
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 escaped
Unit 3 Week 1 Storytellers

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s make a big circle. We can imagine that
1. Another word in the selection is escaped. Say the circle is a cage. I will be a bird. (Stand
it with me: escaped. Escaped means “broke inside the circle.) Right now, I am in the cage.
away from.” If a character in a story escapes, I have not escaped. (Stand outside the circle.)
that character runs away and becomes free. Now I have escaped!
2. En español, to escape quiere decir “librarse 6. Now it’s your turn. When I tap you, stand
de alguien o algo para huir, escapar.” Si el either inside or outside of our circle. We will
personaje de una historia se escapa, se fuga y tell you if you have escaped.
vive libre. 7. Now let’s say escaped together three more
3. To escape in English and escapar in Spanish times: escaped, escaped, escaped.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word escaped. (Point to the bird.)
Someone left the cage door open, and the
bird escaped. Now the bird is free to fly.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 gathered


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s gather together in a group in this corner
1. Another word in the selection is gathered. of our room. Now we are all gathered here.
Say it with me: gathered. Gathered means We are all together in a group. When do all
“collected in one place.” I gathered my your friends gather? What do you do when
newspapers during the week. At the end of you are gathered?
the week, all my newspapers were gathered in 5. The books in the picture were gathered in a
a pile. Then I took the pile of newspapers to pile. Let’s gather some of our books. We can
the recycling center. put them in a pile. (Gather the books and
2. En español, to gather quiere decir “recoger o make a pile.) Now our books are gathered.
juntar en un lugar, reunir.” Reuní todos mis What else do people gather? Why?
periódicos durante la semana. Al final de la 6. Now let’s say gathered together three more
semana, todos mis periódicos se encontraban times: gathered, gathered, gathered.
en una pila. Luego tomé la pila y la llevé al
centro de reciclaje.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word gathered. (Point to the pile of
books.) Someone gathered all these books.
Now the books are gathered in a pile.

436
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © IT Stock/PunchStock. (b) © Dynamic Graphics/Jupiterimages.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 share
Unit 3 Week 1 Storytellers
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 share
Unit 3 Week 1 Storytellers

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Share a story with your partner. Tell about
1. Another word in the selection is share. Say something funny that happened to you. Be
it with me: share. Share means “to enjoy sure to include details that make your story
something together.” Are you on a team? come to life.
When your team wins a big game, your whole 5. Sometimes people share stories, but they share
team shares the excitement. You all feel other things, too. Sometimes people share
happy together. food that they enjoy eating together. What
2. En español, to share quiere decir “disfrutar else do people share? Complete this sentence:
de algo con otra persona, compartir.” I share with .
¿Pertenecen a un equipo? Cuando su equipo 6. Now let’s say share together three more times:
gana un partido importante, todo el equipo share, share, share.
comparte la emoción. Se sienten contentos
juntos.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word share. (Point to the grandfather.)
This grandfather shares a story with his family.
He tells them about something that happened
to him. His family is enjoying his story.

438
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 1 Changes Affect
forest fire, flood, drought,
Plants
earthquake, eruption, storm

forest fire flood drought

earthquake eruption storm

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognate: erupción.
439
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Courtesy of John McColgan, Alaska Fire Service/ Bureau of Land Management. (tc) © Photograph by Mike Wright, Courtesy of Missouri Department of Transportation. (tr) © Thinkstock/Jupiterimages.
(bl) © D. Falconer/PhotoLink/Getty Images. (bm) © Dorian Weisel/Corbis. (br) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 copied
Unit 3 Week 2 Letters to Africa

Word 2 harvest
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 copied
Unit 3 Week 2 Letters to Africa

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. I will write a letter on the board. (Write an
1. One word in the selection is copied. Say it X.) Now you come up and copy the letter.
with me: copied. Copied means “did the Complete this sentence: I copied the .
exact same thing in the exact same way.” Now you write something on the board.
Sometimes I write a math problem on the Ask someone else to come up and copy it.
board. Then you copy the same math problem (Continue until all students have written
onto your paper. You write the exact same and copied.)
thing that I wrote. 6. Sometimes we copy writing. Other times, we
2. En español, to copy quiere decir “hacer algo copy each other. I will do something. Watch
de la misma manera que otro, copiar.” A what I do. (Clap three times.) Now copy
veces escribo un problema matemático en me. Do what I did. Now you take turns. Do
el tablero. Luego ustedes lo copian en sus something. We will copy you.
cuadernos. Ustedes escriben exactamente lo 7. Now let’s say copied together three more
mismo que yo escribí. times: copied, copied, copied.
3. To copy in English and copiar in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word copied. (Point to the boy.) This boy
copies text from a book onto his paper. When
he is done, he will have on his paper exactly
what he sees in the book.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 harvest


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Role-play that you are a farmer during the
1. Another word in the selection is harvest. harvest season. Tell your partner what month
Say it with me: harvest. Harvest is the time it is and what crops are a part of your harvest.
of year when people pick and gather all the 5. Tell your partner why you think the harvest is
crops they grew. The harvest is usually in late usually in the late summer or early fall. Then
summer or fall. describe what happens during the harvest.
2. En español, harvest quiere decir “el 6. Now let’s say harvest together three more
recogimiento de los frutos que da lo que fue times: harvest, harvest, harvest.
sembrado, la cosecha.” La temporada de
cosecha es el momento en el año en que las
personas recogen los frutos de sus cultivos. La
cosecha normalmente es al final del verano o
al principio del otoño.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word harvest. (Point to the pumpkins.)
Farmers grew these pumpkins. During the
harvest, the farmers picked and gathered
them.

442
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © David Fischer/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Wetzel & Company.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 pattern
Unit 3 Week 2 Letters to Africa

Word 4 greeting
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 pattern
Unit 3 Week 2 Letters to Africa

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. I will draw a big circle on the board. Then you
1. Another word in the selection is pattern. Say will come up and draw a pattern in the circle.
it with me: pattern. Pattern means “design.” We will complete this sentence: Your pattern
The American flag has a pattern, or a design. has in it.
It has a pattern of red and white stripes. It 6. Let’s arrange ourselves into a pattern. We
also has a pattern of white stars in a blue will be a people pattern! (Have children move
background. around to make a pattern.) What kind of
2. En español, pattern quiere decir “un diseño pattern did we make?
que se repite en algo, el patrón.“ La bandera 7. Now let’s say pattern together three more
americana tiene un patrón de listas rojas y times: pattern, pattern, pattern.
blancas. También tiene un patrón de estrellas
blancas en el fondo.
3. Pattern in English and patrón in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word pattern. (Point to the flowers on
the cloth.) This piece of cloth has a flower
pattern, or design with blue vines, green
leaves and big flowers.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 greeting


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Think that you are writing a letter to
1. Another word in the selection is greeting. Say someone. When I call on you, come to the
it with me: greeting. A greeting is a part of a board and write the greeting to your letter.
letter. It is the part that starts with the word Remember to start with Dear and end with a
Dear. It ends with a comma. The greeting tells comma.
the name of the person you are writing to. 5. Close your eyes and keep them closed until
2. En español, greeting se dice “saludo.” Es la I tap on your shoulder. If I tap on your
parte de una carta que empieza por Querido shoulder, stand up and say the greeting to
o Estimado y termina con una coma. El saludo a letter. We will guess who is saying the
nombra a la persona a la cual le escribes. greeting.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say greeting together three more
the word greeting. (Point to the greeting.) times: greeting, greeting, greeting.
This is the greeting in this letter. The greeting
is Dear Gramma. The girl is writing a letter to
her grandmother.

444
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © ICHIRO/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © SW Productions/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 handmade
Unit 3 Week 2 Letters to Africa

Word 6 handed
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 handmade
Unit 3 Week 2 Letters to Africa

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. People make paper by hand. They make cloth,
1. Another word in the selection is handmade. too. They weave the cloth. What other things
Say it with me: handmade. Handmade means are handmade? Share your answers with a
“made by hand or made at home.” Some partner. (Responses include clothes, chairs,
people knit their own sweaters. The sweaters tables, quilts, or baskets.)
they knit are handmade. They are made by 5. Do you think something is special if it is
hand, and not in a factory. handmade? Why or why not? Share your
2. En español, handmade quiere decir ”hecho a answers with a partner.
mano o en casa.” Algunas personas bordan 6. Now let’s say handmade together three more
sus propios suéteres. Los suéteres que bordan times: handmade, handmade, handmade.
son hechos a mano, no son hechos en una
fábrica.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word handmade. (Point to the paper.) This
paper is handmade. Someone made it. The
paper was not made in a factory. It was made
by hand.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 handed


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s sit in a circle. When it is your turn, close
1. Another word in the selection is handed. Say your eyes. I will hand you something. Don’t
it with me: handed. Handed means “gave by look, but guess what I hand to you. Complete
hand or passed to.” Sometimes I ask you to this sentence: You handed me . Then
hand me your homework. When you hand me open your eyes and see if you were right!
your homework, you give it to me, and I take it. 5. Work with a partner. Find something to give
2. En español, to hand quiere decir “dar con la to your partner. First hand that thing to your
mano, pasar, entregar.” A veces les pido que partner. Then complete this sentence:
entreguen su tarea. Cuando me entregan su I handed you .
tarea, me la dan y yo la recibo. 6. Now let’s say handed together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: handed, handed, handed.
the word handed. (Point to the girl handing
the apple.) This girl is handing an apple to her
teacher. She is giving the apple to her teacher
as a gift.

446
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Wetzel & Company. (b) © John Foxx/Stockbyte/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 2 Parts of Our Government
congress, governor,
vote, tribes

congress governor

vote tribes

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these four words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: congreso, gobernador, votar, tribus.
447
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Bettmann/Corbis. (tr) © Ken James/Corbis.
(bl) © Blend Images/Alamy Images. (br) © Mike Zens/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 experimenting
Unit 3 Week 3 Bright Ideas

Word 2 invented
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 experimenting
Unit 3 Week 3 Bright Ideas

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Scientists are experimenting all the time.
1. One word in the selection is experimenting. Why do you think scientists experiment?
Say it with me: experimenting. Experimenting What kinds of things do they want to learn
means “doing a test or trying something out more about? Share your ideas with a partner.
to see if it works.” Sometimes we experiment 6. Make believe you are experimenting right
in science. We are experimenting, or doing a now. What are you experimenting on? What
test, to learn more about something we are do you want to learn? Share your ideas with a
studying. partner.
2. En español, to experiment quiere decir 7. Now let’s say experimenting together three
“hacer una prueba, o intentar hacer algo more times: experimenting, experimenting,
para ver si funciona; experimentar.” A veces experimenting.
experimentamos en la clase de ciencias.
Experimentamos, o hacemos una prueba,
para aprender sobre alguno de los temas que
estamos estudiando.
3. To experiment in English and experimentar
in Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word experimenting. (Point to the tin-can
telephone.) These children are experimenting
with a homemade telephone.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 invented


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Of all the things that people have invented,
1. Another word in the selection is invented. Say what do you think is the most important?
it with me: invented. Invented means “made Why? Do you think scientists experimented a
for the first time.” Alexander Graham Bell lot before they invented it? Share your ideas
invented the telephone. He made the first with a partner.
telephone that worked. 6. If you could invent anything at all, what
2. En español, to invent quiere decir “hacer o would you invent? How would people use
crear por primera vez, inventar.“ Alexander your invention? Why would you invent that?
Graham Bell inventó el teléfono. Él hizo el Share your ideas with a partner.
primer teléfono que funcionó. 7. Now let’s say invented together three more
3. To invent in English and inventar in Spanish times: invented, invented, invented.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word invented. (Point to the telephone.)
Do you believe that this is a telephone? This
is what a telephone looked like a long time
ago—after it was first invented.

450
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source/PunchStock. (b) © Classic PIO/Fotosearch Stock Photography.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 led
Unit 3 Week 3 Bright Ideas

Word 4 load
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 led
Unit 3 Week 3 Bright Ideas

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. If you are a leader, people follow you. Let’s
1. Another word in the selection is led. Say it play Follow the Leader. I will be the leader.
with me: led. Led means “showed the way.” Follow me. (Have children follow you as you
Make believe we went for a walk in the woods walk to the window.) Now complete this
yesterday. I led the way. That means I went sentence: You led us to the .
first, and you followed me. 5. Now you take turns being the leader. Lead us
2. En español, to lead quiere decir “mostrar el somewhere. We will follow you. Then we will
camino, guiar.“ Imaginen que dimos una tell where you led us.
caminata por el bosque ayer. Yo los guié. Es 6. Now let’s say led together three more times:
decir, yo caminé delante de ustedes y ustedes led, led, led.
me siguieron.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word led. (Point to the woman.) Do you
see how this woman went first and her horse
followed? She led her horse. Where do you
think she led her horse?

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 load


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Trucks carry big loads from one place to
1. Another word in the selection is load. Say it another. What is one load that a truck carries?
with me: load. Load means “something that is Use load in a sentence to tell. (Responses
carried.” Do you ever help carry groceries into include food, horses, furniture, or things that
your home? I carry a heavy load of food when stores sell.)
I return home from the supermarket. 5. People carry loads, too. What is a load that
2. En español, load quiere decir “algo que es you might have to carry? Complete this
llevado o cargado, la carga.“ ¿Alguna vez has sentence: I have to carry a load of .
ayudado a llevar las compras a tu casa? Llevo (Responses include books, paper, groceries,
una carga pesada de comida cuando llego del clothes, or toys.)
supermercado a la casa. 6. Now let’s say load together three more times:
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates load, load, load.
the word load. (Point to the man lifting the
hay.) This man has a big load. He is lifting
his load of hay and putting it on a truck. The
truck has a big load, too. It is carrying a big
load of hay.

452
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Doug Menuez/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Ben Blankenburg/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 wire
Unit 3 Week 3 Bright Ideas
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 wire
Unit 3 Week 3 Bright Ideas

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. A telephone has a cord that you plug in. There
1. Another word in the selection is wire. Say it is wire inside the cord. That wire helps the
with me: wire. Wire is like string or thread, telephone work. What else do you plug in
only it is made of metal. People use wire that has a cord with wire inside? (Responses
in a lot of ways. Look outside. Do you see include television, radio, toaster, washing
telephone poles? Wire runs between the machine, computer, or lamp.)
telephone poles and into your house. 5. Look around our classroom. What things
2. En español, wire quiere decir “una hebra de are made with wire or have wires inside?
metal, un cable.“ Usamos cables de muchas (Responses include clock, computer, or wire
maneras. Miren afuera. ¿Ven los postes hangers.)
teléfonicos? Tienen cables que corren entre 6. Now let’s say wire together three more times:
los postes y adentro de sus casas. wire, wire, wire.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word wire. (Point to the wire.) This photo
shows you what one kind of wire looks like.
Do you think it looks like string?

454
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 3 Elements
matter, element, atom,
and Atoms
periodic table

matter element

atom periodic table

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph. Incorporate actions
where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these four words fit into a group, or category. During independent
work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: materia, elemento, átomo, tabla periódica.
455
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Sciencephotos/Alamy Images. (tr) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
(bl) © Clark Dunbar/Corbis. © Andrew Paterson/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 brushstrokes
Unit 3 Week 4 Painting Through Time

Word 2 erupted
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 brushstrokes
Unit 3 Week 4 Painting Through Time

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s act like we are painting. Show me
1. One word in the selection is brushstrokes. what you do when you make a brushstroke.
Say it with me: brushstrokes. You make (Demonstrate painting.)
brushstrokes when you paint with a 5. Now paint in the air. Make brushstrokes to
paintbrush. When you use the brush to put make a shape or a letter. We will try to guess
paint on the paper, you make a brushstroke. what you are making.
2. En español, brushstrokes se dice “pincelazos.” 6. Now let’s say brushstrokes together three
Ustedes dan pincelazos cuando pintan con un more times: brushstrokes, brushstrokes,
pincel. Cuando pones el pincel sobre la hoja, brushstrokes.
das un pincelazo.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word brushstrokes. (Point to the
paintbrush.) This artist is using a paintbrush.
The artist puts paint on the brush. Then the
artist makes a brushstroke. Now you can see
the paint on the paper.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 erupted


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Think that you are a volcano. Show me what
1. Another word in the selection is erupted. you do when you are not erupting. (Stand
Say it with me: erupted. Erupted means still.) Now show me what happens when you
“exploded.” Many volcanoes have erupted. erupt. (Demonstrate erupting.)
The volcanoes exploded. Lava came flowing 5. Let’s sit in a circle. We will act like we are
out. volcanoes. One by one, we will erupt. I will
2. En español, to erupt quiere decir “entrar en start. I will erupt and then be silent again.
erupción.“ Muchos volcanes han entrado en Then each of you will erupt.
erupción. Cuando entran en erupción, hay una 6. Now let’s say erupted together three more
explosión. Luego empieza a fluir la lava. times: erupted, erupted, erupted.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word erupted. (Point to the volcano.)
This volcano just erupted. You can see that
it exploded. A lot of dust and ash are coming
out of the volcano. Soon lava will flow out,
too.

458
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © redchopsticks.com/PunchStock. (b) © C. Sherburne/PhotoLink/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 rough
Unit 3 Week 4 Painting Through Time

Word 4 self-portrait
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 rough
Unit 3 Week 4 Painting Through Time

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s feel some things in our room. (Pass
1. Another word in the selection is rough. Say it around a number of things that have different
with me: rough. Rough means “not smooth.” textures.) Which things are smooth? Which
Touch your skin. That feels smooth. Rough are rough? Work with a partner.
is the opposite of smooth. Sandpaper feels 5. What else is smooth? Complete this sentence
rough. with a partner: A is smooth. What
2. En español, rough quiere decir “que no es else is rough? Complete this sentence: A
suave, áspero.” Sientan su piel. Su piel es is rough. (Responses include: smooth–
suave. Áspero es la textura opuesta a suave. baby’s skin, silk, table top; rough–rocks, sand,
El papel de lija es áspero. tree trunks)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say rough together three more
the word rough. (Point to the brick wall.) times: rough, rough, rough.
Imagine that you were touching this brick
wall. It would feel rough. That’s because
bricks feel rough. Bricks do not feel smooth.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 self-portrait


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Think that you are drawing a self-portrait.
1. Another word in the selection is self-portrait. Who would you draw? Complete this sentence
Say it with me: self-portrait. A self-portrait is with your partner: When I draw a self-portrait,
a picture that you draw or paint of yourself. I draw .
If someone else paints you, the picture is a 5. Now describe your self-portrait to your
portrait. If you paint a picture of yourself, the partner. What color are the eyes? What color
picture is a self-portrait. is the hair?
2. En español, self-portrait quiere decir 6. Now let’s say self-portrait together three more
“un cuadro que pintas de ti mismo, un times: self-portrait, self-portrait, self-portrait.
autorretrato.” Si alguien pinta un cuadro de
ti, hace un retrato. Si pintas un retrato de ti
mismo, haces un autorretrato.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word self-portrait. (Point to the self-
portraits.) All of these students drew self-
portraits. They drew pictures of themselves!

460
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/PunchStock. (b) © big cheese photo/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 times
Unit 3 Week 4 Painting Through Time
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 times
Unit 3 Week 4 Painting Through Time

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner. What are some things
1. Another word in the selection is times. Say it we have in modern times that people did not
with me: times. Times are periods of time, or have in ancient times?
years, in history. Right now, we live in modern 5. What do you think it was like to live during
times. Thousands of years ago, people lived in the period before telephones and computers
ancient times. were invented? Do you wish you could have
2. En español, times quiere decir “períodos de lived in those times? Why or why not? Share
tiempo o años en la historia, tiempos.” Ahora your ideas with a partner.
vivimos en los tiempos modernos. Hace miles 6. Now let’s say times together three more times:
de años, las personas vivían en los tiempos times, times, times.
antiguos.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word times. (Point to the cave paintings.)
People painted on cave walls thousands of
years ago. People made the paintings in
ancient times.

462
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Franz Aberham/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words mining camp, mission, development,
Unit 3 Week 4 Towns with a
Spanish Background heritage, migrate, explorer

mining camp mission development

heritage migrate explorer

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: misión, herencia, migrar, explorador.
463
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © La Roche/Corbis. (tc) © Scenics of America/PhotoLink/Getty Images. (tr) © Photo by Lynn Betts, USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service.
(bl) © Ariel Skelley/Corbis. (bm) © Warren Jacobi/Corbis. (br) © Stephen Frink/zefa/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 aisle
Unit 3 Week 5 The Hurricane

Word 2 cracking
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 aisle
Unit 3 Week 5 The Hurricane

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s make an aisle. First, let’s set up our
1. One word in the selection is aisle. Say it with chairs in two sections. This space between the
me: aisle. An aisle is a space or a place to walk sections is the aisle. Let’s walk down the aisle.
between sections of seats or shelves. When 5. Let’s think that we are the chairs. We will
you go to the movies, you walk down the aisle stand in three rows. Leave an aisle between
to get to your seat. each row. How many aisles do we have? (two)
2. En español, aisle quiere decir “el espacio entre Why do you think it is important to have aisles
secciones de asientos o estantes por el cual in classrooms, trains, or movie theaters?
se camina, pasillo.” Cuando vas al teatro, 6. Now let’s say aisle together three more times:
caminas por el pasillo para llegar a tu asiento. aisle, aisle, aisle.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word aisle. (Point to the aisle.) This is an
aisle. The train has seats on both sides. The
aisle goes between the two sections of seats.
You walk down the aisle to get to your seat.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 cracking


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. With your partner, make cracking sounds.
1. Another word in the selection is cracking. Then complete this sentence: A cracking
Say it with me: cracking. Cracking means sound sounds like .
“sounding like something when it breaks or 5. What makes a cracking sound? Tell your
cracks.” When a tree branch breaks, it makes partner everything you can think of. Then
a cracking sound. Have you heard a tree share your list with us. (Responses include tree
branch break? That’s a cracking sound. branches, eggs, or wood breaking; knuckles; a
2. En español, cracking quiere decir “el sonido whip.)
que emite algo cuando se parte o rompe, 6. Now let’s say cracking together three more
crujido.“ Cuando la rama de un árbol se parte, times: cracking, cracking, cracking.
hace un crujido. ¿Alguna vez has escuchado
cuando se parte la rama de un árbol? Lo que
escuchaste fue un crujido.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word cracking. (Point to the cracked egg.)
The woman just broke this egg. When the egg
broke, it made a cracking sound. Have you
heard an egg break? That’s a cracking sound.

466
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Upper Cut Images/PunchStock. (b) © Corbis/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 disappointed
Unit 3 Week 5 The Hurricane

Word 4 howled
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 disappointed
Unit 3 Week 5 The Hurricane

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Show me how you look and what you do
1. Another word in the selection is disappointed. when you are disappointed. Then complete
Say it with me: disappointed. If you feel this sentence: I am disappointed because
disappointed, you are not happy because .
what you wanted to happen did not happen. 5. How do you feel when you feel the opposite
Sometimes you lose a big game. You feel of disappointed? (happy, excited) Show me
disappointed because you wanted to win. how you feel when you are happy or excited.
2. En español, disappointed quiere decir “sentirse Then show me how you feel when you are
triste porque no ocurrió lo que uno esperaba disappointed.
o deseaba, decepcionado.” A veces pierdes un 6. Now let’s say disappointed together three
partido importante. Te sientes decepcionado more times: disappointed, disappointed,
porque querías ganar. disappointed.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word disappointed. (Point to the boy.)
Look at this boy. Do you see how his face and
body look? He looks disappointed. He was
hoping it would be sunny today so he could
play outside, but it is raining.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 howled


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Think that you are a dog. Howl. Then tell your
1. Another word in the selection is howled. Say partner when and why you howled.
it with me: howled. Howled means “made 5. Sometimes the wind howls. The wind makes
a long, loud cry” or “made a sound that a long, loud sound that sounds like an animal.
sounded like a long, loud cry.” Dogs howl. When does the wind howl? Tell your partner
Babies howl, too! about the weather on a day when the wind
2. En español, to howl quiere decir “dar un llanto howled.
o grito largo como el que hacen los lobos, 6. Now let’s say howled together three more
aullar.” Los perros aullan. ¡A veces los bebés times: howled, howled, howled.
también aullan!
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word howled. (Point to the wolf.) This
wolf is howling. It is making a loud, crying
noise. When a wolf howls, it sounds a little
like the word howl. Listen: h-oooow-l. Do you
think that I sound the same as a wolf that
is howling?

468
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Jeff Vanuga/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 soaked
Unit 3 Week 5 The Hurricane
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 soaked
Unit 3 Week 5 The Hurricane

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Have you ever been soaked by the rain? How
1. Another word in the selection is soaked. Say did it feel? Did you like being soaked? What
it with me: soaked. Soaked means “made very did you do to get dry? Share your ideas with
wet.” If you are outside and it starts to rain your partner.
very hard, you get soaked. The rain makes you 5. Sometimes we get soaked by the rain. Other
very wet. things get soaked by the rain, too. What are
2. En español, to soak quiere decir “mojar some things that get soaked? Make a list with
mucho, remojar, empapar.” Si estás afuera your partner. (Responses include flowers,
y comienza a llover fuerte, te empaparás. La plants, trees, the ground, dirt, dogs, clothes,
lluvia dejará tu ropa completamente mojada. or toys.)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say soaked together three more
the word soaked. (Point to the people.) These times: soaked, soaked, soaked.
people are outside in the rain. It is raining very
hard, and the people are soaked. Look at how
wet their hair is. Their clothes are really wet,
too.

470
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 5 Different Kinds of Land
mountain, hills, desert,
plains, valley

mountain hills desert

plains valley

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognate: montaña, desierto, valle.
471
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Steve Estvanik/Corbis. (tc) © Bill Brooks/Alamy Images. (tr) © Medioimages/PunchStock.
(bl) © David R. Frazier Photolibrary, Inc./Alamy Images. (br) © Glen Allison/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 challenge
Unit 4 Week 1 The Diamond

Word 2 hero
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 challenge
Unit 4 Week 1 The Diamond

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. knows that he did a good job.
1. One word in the selection is challenge. Say it 4. What is a challenge for you to do? Why is it a
with me: challenge. A challenge is something challenge? Work with a partner to complete
that is hard to do. For some students, math is this sentence: is a challenge because
a challenge. Solving math problems is hard. .
2. En español, challenge quiere decir “algo que 5. How could you show the meaning of the
te cuesta trabajo o que es difícil de hacer, word challenge in a picture? What would you
un reto.” Las matemáticas son un reto para include in your picture to get the idea across?
algunos estudiantes. Discuss this with a partner and together come
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates up with picture ideas.
the word challenge. (Point to the rock 6. Now let’s say challenge together three more
climber.) This person is a rock climber. Rock times: challenge, challenge, challenge.
climbing is a challenge. It is very hard. This
rock climber likes the challenge of climbing
down the steep cliff on the mountain. He feels
good when he finishes his climb because he

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 hero


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. What do you think makes someone a hero?
1. Another word in the selection is hero. Say it Work with a partner to complete this
with me: hero. A hero is a person who helps sentence: A hero is someone who .
other people by doing something brave. 6. Who is your hero? Why is that person a hero
Firefighters are heroes because they risk their to you? What has he or she done to show
lives to save people from fires. bravery or strength? Complete this sentence:
2. En español, hero quiere decir “una persona is my hero because . Share your
que ayuda a otros con valentía, un héroe.” Los completed sentences with a partner.
bomberos son héroes porque ponen sus vidas 7. Now let’s say hero together three more times:
en peligro para salvar a personas en incendios. hero, hero, hero.
3. Hero in English and héroe in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word hero. (Point to the rescue
helicopter.) The men in this helicopter are
heroes. They are rescuing a soldier who
crashed into the ocean.

474
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mark Karrass/Corbis. (b) © Digital Vision/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 generous
Unit 4 Week 1 The Diamond

Word 4 proud
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 generous
Unit 4 Week 1 The Diamond

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is generous. the word generous. (Point to the boy.) This
Say it with me: generous. Generous means boy is generous. He visits his grandfather at
“sharing with other people.” You are lunchtime. He reads to his grandfather, and he
generous if you share your snack with a friend. has lunch with him, too.
You are generous if you spend time helping 5. Act out being generous. Share something with
your friend, too. a friend. We will complete this sentence: You
2. En español, generous quiere decir “que are generous because you share .
comparte lo que tiene con otros, generoso.” 6. Now act out being generous by helping
Si compartes tu comida con tus amigos, eres a friend. Show what you could do to be
generoso. Si pasas tu tiempo ayudando a tus generous with your time. We will complete
amigos, eres generoso con tu tiempo. this sentence: You are generous because you
3. Generous in English and generoso in Spanish help your friend .
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say generous together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: generous, generous, generous.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 proud


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is proud. Say the word proud. (Point to the boy.) This boy
it with me: proud. Proud means “feeling feels proud. He worked hard at football, and
happy because you did a good thing or did he played well. He is proud of himself. His
something well.” Think about a time that you parents are proud of him, too.
worked hard to do well on a test. Then you 4. What makes you feel proud? Tell your partner
got a good grade. You felt proud because you about something that you are proud of. Did
worked hard and did well. others do something to show that they were
2. En español, proud quiere decir “que se siente proud of you? What did they do?
contento o satisfecho por hacer algo bien, 5. Do you think heroes feel proud when they do
orgulloso.” Piensen en una vez que estudiaron something brave? Why or why not?
mucho para un examen y recibieron una 6. Now let’s say proud together three more
buena calificación. Seguramente se sintieron times: proud, proud, proud.
orgullosos porque trabajaron duro y les fue
bien.

476
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Andy Sacks/Stone/Getty Images. (b) © SW Productions/Brand X Pictures/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 punish
Unit 4 Week 1 The Diamond

Word 6 surprised
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 punish
Unit 4 Week 1 The Diamond

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is punish. Say the word punish. (Point to the boy.) This boy
it with me: punish. We punish someone who misbehaved in class. To punish the boy, the
has misbehaved or done something wrong. teacher tells him that he will miss recess. She
If a puppy chews a shoe, the dog owner wants the boy to learn to behave properly.
will punish the puppy. The owner wants the 4. How would you feel if you were the boy in the
puppy to learn not to do that again. picture. Discuss this with a partner.
2. En español, to punish quiere decir “causarle a 5. Make believe you are the teacher. How would
alguien una pena por haber hecho algo malo, you punish the boy? What do you think would
castigar.” Si un cachorro mastica un zapato, el make the boy understand that he had done
dueño lo tendrá que castigar. El dueño castiga something wrong?
al cachorro para que aprenda que no debe 6. Now let’s say punish together three more
hacerlo de nuevo. times: punish, punish, punish.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 surprised


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is surprised. Say the word surprised. (Point to the girl.) This girl
it with me: surprised. You feel surprised when looks surprised. Her parents just told her that
something happens that you do not expect to they are going to get a puppy. She did not
happen. If someone has a surprise party for expect them to say that. She is surprised and
you, you are surprised. You did not expect a excited.
party. 5. Show me what you look like when you are
2. En español, surprised quiere decir “como te surprised. What else do you do when you are
sientes cuando algo que no estabas esperando surprised? Show me.
te ocurre, sorprendido.” Si alguien te hace 6. Can you remember a time when you were
una fiesta sorpresa, te sientes sorprendido. No surprised? Complete this sentence: I was
estabas esperando una fiesta. surprised when . Then show me what
3. Surprised in English and sorprendido in you did.
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 7. Now let’s say surprised together three more
the same and mean the same thing in both times: surprised, surprised, surprised.
languages.

478
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Tim Pannell/Corbis. (b) © Rubberball/Jupiterimages.
ELD Content Words
Unit 4 Week 1 Earth and the Sun
arc, horizon,
revolves, tilt, axis

arc horizon revolves

tilt axis

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: arco, horizonte.
479
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Scenics of America/PhotoLink/Getty Images. (tc) © Medioimages. (tr) © D. Hurst/Alamy Images
(bl) © Jim Zuckerman/Corbis. (bm) (br) © Burke/Triolo/Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 bends
Unit 4 Week 2 Paul Bunyan: A Tall Tale

Word 2 delight
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 bends
Unit 4 Week 2 Paul Bunyan: A Tall Tale

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all stand up straight. Now let’s be
1. One word in the selection is bends. Say it with like the river in the picture. Let’s bend.
me: bends. Bends means “curves or changes (Demonstrate bending.) Now let’s see how
direction.” When a road bends, it curves or many different ways we can bend.
changes direction. Sometimes when a road 5. A river bends. A road bends. We bend. Your
bends, it looks like the letter C or S. The road arm bends, too. Show me how you bend your
is not straight. arm. What other parts of your body bend?
2. En español, to bend quiere decir “cambiar de Show me.
dirección o hacer una curva en algo, doblar.” 6. Now let’s say bends together three more
Cuando la carretera se dobla, parece la letra C times: bends, bends, bends.
o S. No es recta.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word bends. (Point to the bend in the
river.) This river bends. Do you see where it
bends?

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 delight


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is delight. Say it the word delight. (Point to the girl.) The
with me: delight. Delight means “to make very grandmother is giving a gift to the girl. The
happy.” Imagine you wake up and see snow. gift seems to delight the grandmother and the
There is so much snow that school is canceled. girl because both are smiling.
You are very happy. The snow day delights 4. Think about things that delight you. Complete
you because you can stay home and play in this sentence: The things that delight me most
the snow. are .
2. En español, delight quiere decir “hacer a 5. How do you feel when something delights
alguien feliz, agradar.” Imaginen que se you? Tell your partner how you feel. Then
acaban de levantar y ven nieve. Ha caído tanta show your partner how you feel.
nieve que no abrán clases. El día te agrada 6. Now let’s say delight together three more
porque te puedes quedar en casa y jugar en la times: delight, delight, delight.
nieve.

482
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/Jeremy Woodhouse/Getty Images. (b) © JGI/Blend Images/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 enormous
Unit 4 Week 2 Paul Bunyan: A Tall Tale

Word 4 exaggerated
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 enormous
Unit 4 Week 2 Paul Bunyan: A Tall Tale

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is enormous. the word enormous. (Point to the wave.) This
Say it with me: enormous. Enormous means wave is enormous. It is much bigger than the
“huge, or very, very big.” An elephant is an surfer.
enormous animal. A blue whale is enormous, 5. Have you ever seen an enormous animal at
too. the zoo? How did you feel when you stood
2. En español, enormous quiere decir “muy near the animal? Tell your partner about an
grande, gigantezco, enorme.” Un elefante experience near an enormous animal.
es un animal enorme. Las ballenas azules 6. What do you think of when you hear the word
también son enormes. enormous? With your partner, make a list of
3. Enormous in English and enorme in Spanish all the enormous things that you can think of.
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say enormous together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: enormous, enormous, enormous.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 exaggerated


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. several extra layers of bread, vegetables, and
1. Another word in the selection is exaggerated. cheese on it.
Say it with me: exaggerated. Exaggerated 5. Tell your partner a brief story about
means “made to seem bigger than it really something that you did. As you tell your story,
is.” Sometimes people say they see a dog exaggerate about something. When you finish
that is so enormous it is as big as a horse. The telling your story, ask your partner to explain
description of the dog is exaggerated. The how he or she knew that you exaggerated.
dog is not really as big as a horse! 6. Why do you think people exaggerate?
2. En español, exaggerated quiere decir “que Complete this sentence: Sometimes people
hace parecer que algo es más grande de lo exaggerate because . (Responses
que realmente es, exagerado.” A veces alguien include that they want to make you laugh;
dice que ha visto un perro enorme del tamaño they want you to think something is really big
de un caballo. La descripción del perro es or really scary.)
exagerada. ¡El perro realmente no es tan 7. Now let’s say exaggerated together three
grande como un caballo! more times: exaggerated, exaggerated,
3. Exaggerated in English and exagerado in Spanish exaggerated.
are cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word exaggerated. (Point to the sandwich.)
Look at this sandwich. It is much taller than a
regular sandwich. It is exaggerated by stacking

484
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 wonder
Unit 4 Week 2 Paul Bunyan: A Tall Tale
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 wonder
Unit 4 Week 2 Paul Bunyan: A Tall Tale

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Sometimes I wonder why we can see the
1. Another word in the selection is wonder. moon on some nights and not on other nights.
Say it with me: wonder. Wonder means “to What is something you wonder about? Tell
be curious or want to know more about your partner.
something.” Sometimes when I am reading, 5. Complete this sentence: I wonder what would
I wonder how the book will end. So I keep happen if .
reading to find out. 6. Now let’s say wonder together three more
2. En español, to wonder quiere decir “estar times: wonder, wonder, wonder.
curioso, querer saber más sobre algo,
perguntarse.” A veces cuando estoy leyendo
me pregunto como terminará la historia. Sigo
leyendo para enterarme.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word wonder. (Point to the boy.) This boy
wonders about why the sky is blue. He sits
outside like this and looks at the sky for a long
time wondering about it. He will also ask his
teacher and try to read books about the sky.

486
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source Black/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 4 Week 2 Energy
gasoline, machine, motion,
battery, wave, socket

gasoline machine motion

battery wave socket

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: gasolina, máquina.
487
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Tetra Images/PunchStock. (tc) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (tr) © Getty Images.
(bl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (bm) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages. (br) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 advice
Unit 4 Week 3 Our City Gardens

Word 2 impressed
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 advice
Unit 4 Week 3 Our City Gardens

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is advice. Say it with the word advice. (Point to the doctor.) This
me: advice. Advice means “opinion about doctor gives advice to her patient. She tells
what you should do.” Sometimes you ask me him what he should do to stay healthy.
how to do a math problem. I give you advice. 4. Who are some trusted people to ask for
I tell you how I think you should try to solve advice? Make a list with a partner. Complete
the problem. this sentence: People can ask for advice
2. En español, advice quiere decir “opinión o because .
sugerencias sobre lo que alguien debe hacer, 5. When do you ask for advice? Complete this
consejos.” A veces ustedes me preguntan sentence: I ask for advice when .
cómo se soluciona cierto problema de 6. Now let’s say advice together three more
matemáticas. Yo les doy mis consejos. Les times: advice, advice, advice.
digo como me parece que deberían intentar
solucionar el problema.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 impressed


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is impressed. impressed. (Point to the girl.) This girl
Say it with me: impressed. Impressed means worked hard to make butterflies. Her mom is
“affected strongly in mind or feelings.” When impressed. She thinks her daughter did a great
you work hard on a project, your hard work job.
impresses me. I am impressed by your project. 5. Look at the mom in the photo. How do you
I think you have done a very good job. know she is impressed? (She looks happy and
2. En español, to impress quiere decir “afectar surprised.) What do you think she says to show
nuestra opinión o sentimientos, impresionar.” that she is impressed? (Wow! These butterflies
Cuando han trabajado duro en un proyecto, are beautiful. You did a great job!)
su dedicación me impresiona. Me impresiona 6. What is something that impressed you? What
también el proyecto. Me parece que han have you done that impressed someone else?
hecho un buen trabajo. Use impressed in sentences to tell.
3. To impress in English and impresionar in 7. Now let’s say impressed together three more
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost times: impressed, impressed, impressed.
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages.

490
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock Images/PunchStock. (b) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 upset
Unit 4 Week 3 Our City Gardens

Word 4 soil
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 upset
Unit 4 Week 3 Our City Gardens

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. How do people feel when they are upset? Tell
1. Another word in the selection is upset. Say your partner. Complete this sentence: When
it with me: upset. Upset means “not happy” someone is upset, they feel .
or “disturbed and disappointed.” When I am 5. The woman in the picture feels upset when
stuck in a traffic jam, and I am late for an the pizza gets burned. What makes you feel
appointment, I get upset. upset? Complete this sentence: I feel upset
2. En español, upset quiere decir “que no está when .
contento; decepcionado, disgustado.” Cuando 6. Now let’s say upset together three more times:
estoy en un embotellamiento y voy tarde a upset, upset, upset.
una cita, me siento disgustado.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word upset. (Point to the woman.) This
woman is upset because the pizza is burned.
She might be saying, “Oh, no! I can’t believe
that I burned the pizza.”

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 soil


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Think what it would be like to be outside
1. Another word in the selection is soil. Say it digging in the soil. Tell your partner what
with me: soil. Soil means “dirt in the ground.” you might see. (Responses include rocks, ants,
People plant seeds in soil. Some seeds grow bugs, plant roots, or worms.)
into flowers. Some seeds grow into grass. 5. What grows in the soil? Complete this
2. En español, soil quiere decir “la materia sentence to tell: grows in the soil.
marrón o negra que se encuentra en el suelo, (Responses include a tree, a flower, a garden,
la tierra.” Las semillas se plantan en la tierra. a bush, a plant, grass, or a weed.)
Algunas semillas crecen a ser flores, mientras 6. Now let’s say soil together three more times:
otras se vuelven pasto. soil, soil, soil.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word soil. (Point to the soil.) This is soil. It
is dirt that we can dig up in the ground. Plants
can grow in soil if seeds are put in the soil.

492
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/Alamy Images. (b) © L. Clarke/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 vacant
Unit 4 Week 3 Our City Gardens
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 vacant
Unit 4 Week 3 Our City Gardens

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s think that our chairs are seats on a bus.
1. Another word in the selection is vacant. Say Let’s all sit in a seat. Are the seats vacant right
it with me: vacant. Vacant means “empty” now? (no) Now let’s all get off the bus. Let’s
or “not full.” When people move out of an stand in the front of the classroom. Are our
apartment, and no one moves in right away, seats vacant now? (yes)
the apartment is vacant. 5. Now let’s pretend our room is an apartment.
2. En español, vacant quiere decir “con cupo, We live here. Is the room vacant right now?
que no está lleno; vacío.” Cuando las personas (no) Let’s all walk out of the classroom and
que vivían en un apartamento se mudan, el stand outside the door. Is the room vacant
apartamento queda vacío. now? (yes)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say vacant together three more
the word vacant. (Point to the empty desk and times: vacant, vacant, vacant.
chair.) This desk and chair are vacant. No one
is using them. They are in a vacant office. No
one is using the office right now.

494
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ingram Publishing (Superstock Limited)/Alamy Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 4 Week 3 Symbols of Our Country
symbol, document,
landmark, seal

symbol document

landmark seal

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these four words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognate: símbolo, documento.
495
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Comstock Images/PunchStock. (tr) © Comstock/Corbis.
(bl) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (br) © Keith Levit/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 boss
Unit 4 Week 4 The Family Store

Word 2 busy
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 boss
Unit 4 Week 4 The Family Store

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is boss. Say it with the word boss. (Point to the boss.) The man
me: boss. Boss means “person in charge.” sitting at the end of the table is the boss. He
When you work, you have a boss. My boss is in charge of a company. The other people
is the principal. The principal is in charge of report to the boss about what they do for the
the school. The principal interviewed me and company.
hired me to work here. 4. With a partner, think about being a boss.
2. En español, boss quiere decir “la persona What are you the boss of? What do you do as
encargada o que manda, jefe.” Mi jefe es the boss?
el rector o administrador de la escuela. El 5. Do you think it is important for a company or
administrador está encargado de la escuela a store to have a boss? Why or why not?
entera. El administrador me entrevistó y me 6. Now let’s say boss together three more times:
dio el puesto de profesora aquí. boss, boss, boss.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 busy


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is busy. Say it the word busy. (Point to the store.) This is a
with me: busy. Busy means “full of people” busy store. Do you see these people? They all
or “having a lot happening at once.” Some shop at this store. A lot of people shop at busy
stores are very busy. There are always a lot of stores.
people shopping there. Our school is a busy 4. Work with a partner. What picture would you
place, too. A lot of people do a lot of different draw to show a busy place? Complete this
things here all day. sentence to label the picture: A is a
2. En español, busy quiere decir “lleno de gente busy place. (Responses include city, street full
o con mucho ocurriendo a la vez, ocupado.” of traffic, museum, ball park, or amusement
Algunos almacenes permanecen llenos. park.)
Siempre hay muchas personas de compras en 5. Choose a busy place. Describe that busy place
ellos. Nuestra escuela también permanece to your partner. Remember to use the word
llena. Muchas personas vienen a hacer cosas busy.
diferentes aquí todo el día. 6. Now let’s say busy together three more times:
busy, busy, busy.

498
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (b) © Andy Resek/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 melts
Unit 4 Week 4 The Family Store

Word 4 stock
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 melts
Unit 4 Week 4 The Family Store

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is melts. Say it the word melts. (Point to the ice cubes.) When
with me: melts. Melts means “gets warm and an ice cube gets warm, it melts—becoming
turns into liquid.” In the winter, it can get liquid water.
very cold and snow. The snow stays on the 4. An ice cube melts, so does snow. What else
ground because it is so cold outside. When the melts? With a partner, complete this sentence
weather gets warmer, the snow melts. Puddles to tell: melts when it gets .
form from the snow and then there is no more 5. Ice cubes melt when they get warm. What
snow on the ground. do you think happens to water when it gets
2. En español, to melt quiere decir “calentarse very, very cold? (It turns into ice.) Then what
y volverse líquido, derretir.” En el invierno happens when it gets warm again? (It melts
se enfría el clima y a veces neva. La nieve se and becomes water.)
queda en el suelo porque hace mucho frío 6. Now let’s say melts together three more times:
afuera. Cuando empieza a calentar el clima, melts, melts, melts.
la nieve se derrite. Charcos aparecen donde
antes había nieve y luego toda la nieve
desaparece.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 stock


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s think that our room is a school-supply
1. Another word in the selection is stock. Say it store and this table is a shelf. Come up and
with me: stock. Stock means “to put things stock the shelf with things we would buy for
onto or into a place to fill it.” People stock the school.
shelves of grocery stores with food. They put 5. Now pretend you are stocking a shelf at a
food on the shelves. different kind of store. As you stock the shelf,
2. En español, to stock quiere decir “colocar complete this sentence: I stock the shelf at a
cosas sobre o adentro de algo para llenarlo, store with .
almacenar.” Se almacena la comida de 6. Now let’s say stock together three more times:
los supermercados sobre los estantes. Los stock, stock, stock.
recipientes de comida son organizados sobre
los estantes.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word stock. (Point to the man.) This man
works at a grocery store. Right now, he stocks
the shelves. He puts food on the shelves so
people can come in and buy the food.

500
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 treat
Unit 4 Week 4 The Family Store
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 treat
Unit 4 Week 4 The Family Store

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend you are eating your favorite treat.
1. Another word in the selection is treat. Say We weill guess what your favorite treat is by
it with me: treat. Treat means “something completing this sentence: Your favorite treat
special that you like to eat or do, usually as a is .
reward for something.” I love chocolate-chip 5. Act out getting a treat with your friend. Ask
cookies. Chocolate-chip cookies are a treat for what treat your friend would like. Then act
me. out getting and eating that treat.
2. En español, treat quiere decir “algo especial 6. Now let’s say treat together three more times:
que te gusta hacer o comer, normalmente treat, treat, treat.
como recompensa por algo; gusto.” Me
encantan las galletas de chocolate. Esas
galletas son un gusto para mí.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word treat. (Point to the girl.) This girl just
got a treat. She really likes frozen fruit pops,
so this is a treat for her.

502
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 4 Week 4 The First Californians
culture, petroglyph,
bark, acorn, canoe

culture petroglyph bark

acorn canoe

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: cultura, petroglifo, canoa.
503
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Michael T. Sedam/Corbis. (tc) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tr) © Don Farrall/Getty Images.
(bl) © Siede Preis/Getty Images. (br) © Jupiterimages/Comstock Images/Alamy Images
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 dim
Unit 4 Week 5 In the Sky

Word 2 tilt
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 dim
Unit 4 Week 5 In the Sky

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. (Put on any light, flashlight, or lamp.) This is
1. One word in the selection is dim. Say it with a bright light. (Put a cloth or paper over the
me: dim. Dim means “not bright.” Some lights light to make it dim.) Now the light is dim. Tell
are very bright. They light up the whole room. your partner how the bright light is different
Other lights are dim. They do not give off from the dim light.
much light. If there is only a dim light in a 5. When is there bright sunlight? When is the
dark room, it is hard to see. sunlight dim? (Responses include bright
2. En español, dim quiere decir “que no es sunlight in the middle of a cloudless day and
brillante, tenue.” Algunas luces son muy dim sunlight on a cloudy day or at sunrise or
brillantes. Alumbran un cuarto entero. Otras sunset.)
luces son tenues. No alumbran mucho. Si 6. Now let’s say dim together three more times:
sólo hay una luz tenue prendida en un cuarto dim, dim, dim.
oscuro, es difícil ver.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word dim. (Point to the light.) This light
is turned on. The light brightens up the dark
sky. The light in the sky is dim near the trees.
(Point out the dim light near the trees.) It is
not bright there. The light is brighter near the
shining light. It is not dim there.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 tilt


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s hold our heads at a tilt. Move your head
1. Another word in the selection is tilt. Say it so it is at a tilt to the right. Now tilt your head
with me: tilt. If something is at a tilt, it is to the left. Now let’s change the tilt again.
leaning over a little bit. It is slanted. (Draw a Move your head so it is at a tilt forward.
straight line. Then draw the line at a tilt.) This Finally, hold your head at a backward tilt.
line is at a tilt. 5. Hold up your pencil so it stands straight up.
2. En español, tilt quiere decir “torcido, ladeado Now hold your pencil at a tilt. How is your
o inclinado un poco.” Algo que está inclinado pencil different from when you hold it straight
no está recto. (Traze una línea recta. Luego up?
traze una línea inclinada.) Esta línea está 6. Now let’s say tilt together three more times:
inclinada. tilt, tilt, tilt.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word tilt. (Point to the globe.) This globe
is at a tilt. Do you see how it leans, or slants,
to the side just a little bit?

506
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Design Pics Inc/Alamy Images. (b) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 reflects
Unit 4 Week 5 In the Sky

Word 4 surface
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 reflects
Unit 4 Week 5 In the Sky

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is reflects. Say the word reflects. (Point to the trees and the
it with me: reflects. Reflects means “bounces mountain.) Sunlight lights up the mountain
back from.” When light hits a mirror, the and the trees. The mountain and trees reflect
mirror reflects the light. The light bounces the light to the water. The water reflects the
back. That’s why you see yourself in the light to our eyes. So we see the mountain and
mirror. trees in the water, but they appear upside
down.
2. En español, to reflect quiere decir “rebotar
una imagen, reflejar.” Cuando una luz llega 5. Let’s shine a light on a wall. (Shine a flashlight
a un espejo, el espejo refleja la luz. La luz straight onto the wall.) You can see the light
rebota hacia la dirección en la que se movía reflect off the wall.
antes. Por eso es que uno se puede mirar en el 6. Let’s shine a light on the wall again. This time
espejo. we will shine it in different ways. First hold the
3. To reflect in English and reflejar in Spanish are light close. Now hold it far away. Now hold
cognates. They sound almost the same and the light so it points up at the wall. How does
mean the same thing in both languages. the light reflect off the wall differently each
time?
7. Now let’s say reflects together three more
times: reflects, reflects, reflects.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 surface


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s feel the surface of some things in our
1. Another word in the selection is surface. Say it room. With a partner, find something that has
with me: surface. The surface of a thing is the a rough surface. Now find something with a
outside of that thing. (Touch the surface of a smooth surface.
desk or table.) This is the surface of the desk. 5. Give us clues about the surface of something.
(Point out the surface of a book.) This is the Tell us what color it is, what it looks like, and
surface of the book. how it feels. We will use the clues about the
2. En español, surface quiere decir “la parte surface to guess what you are describing.
de afuera de algo, la superficie.” (Toque la 6. Now let’s say surface together three more
superficie de un escritorio o mesa.) Ésta es la times: surface, surface, surface.
superficie de el escritorio. (Señale la cubierta
de un libro.) Ésta es la superficie del libro.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word surface. (Point to the pineapple.)
Look at the surface of this pineapple. The
outside of the pineapple is rough and bumpy.
The surface looks different from the inside
of the pineapple. The inside is yellow. What
colors do you see on the surface?

508
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mark Karrass/Corbis. (b) © Heide Benser/zefa/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 varies
Unit 4 Week 5 In the Sky
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 varies
Unit 4 Week 5 In the Sky

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. To vary in English and variar in Spanish are
1. Another word in the selection is varies. Say cognates. They sound almost the same and
it with me: varies. Varies means “changes or mean the same thing in both languages.
becomes different from how it was.” What 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
you eat for lunch varies from one day to the the word varies. (Point to the leaves.) The
next. Some days, you eat a cheese sandwich. color of this tree varies during the year. In
On other days, you eat a tuna fish sandwich. spring and summer, the leaves are green. In
The school lunch menu varies, too. Every day, fall, the leaves turn red and yellow. In winter,
the lunch is different. the leaves turn brown and fall off the tree.
2. En español, to vary quiere decir “que cambia 5. The color of the leaves on trees varies
o que se vuelve distinto a como era antes, during the year. What else varies during the
variar.” Lo que comes al almuerzo varía de un year? Complete this sentence: The
día a otro. Algunos días comerás sándwiches varies during the year. (Responses include
de queso. Otros, comerás sándwiches de atún. temperature, weather, what I do, or school.)
El menú del colegio también cambia. Todos 6. What we do in school varies from day to day.
los día hacen algo distinto. Tell your partner how our school day varies.
7. Now let’s say varies together three more
times: varies, varies, varies.

510
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Alice/Photographer’s Choice/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 4 Week 5 The Moon’s Shape
shape, cycle,
orbit, phase

shape cycle

orbit phase

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these four words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: ciclo, órbita, fase.
511
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Stockdisc/PunchStock. (tr) © Jupiterimages/ Brand X/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Photodisc Imaging/Getty Images. (br) © Clark Dunbar/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 attached
Unit 5 Week 1 The Weddell Seals

Word 2 call
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 attached
Unit 5 Week 1 The Weddell Seals

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Tape this piece of paper to the bulletin board.
1. One word in the selection is attached. Now the paper is attached. Why doesn’t the
Say it with me: attached. Attached means paper fall off? Work with a partner to give an
“connected or joined to something.” We answer.
use pins or thumbtacks to attach our papers 5. Find something in our room that is attached
to the bulletin board. When the papers are to something else. Tell what is attached and
attached, they are connected to the bulletin what it is attached to.
board. 6. Now let’s say attached together three more
2. En español, to attach quiere decir “conectar o times: attached, attached, attached.
unir una cosa a otra, sujetar.” Usamos alfileres
para sujetar nuestros papeles al tablón de
anuncios. Cuando los papeles son sujetados,
están conectados al tablón.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word attached. (Point to the clothes.)
These clothes are attached to the clothesline
by clothespins. The clothes do not fall off
because they are attached by the clothespins.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 call


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. A wolf has a call. Make a wolf’s call. A bird
1. Another word in the selection is call. Say it has a call. Make a bird’s call. Tell your partner
with me: call. A call is the special cry or noise another animal that has a call. Make the call.
that an animal makes to get in touch with 5. Why do you think animals make their calls? Do
other animals. When you are outside, you can you think other animals understand the calls?
hear the call that a bird makes. A bird’s call is 6. Now let’s say call together three more times:
its song. call, call, call.
2. En español, call quiere decir “un sonido
especial que un animal hace para comunicarse
con otros; grito, llamado.” Cuando estás
afuera, puedes escuchar el llamado que hace
un pájaro. Al llamado de un pájaro se le dice
su canto.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word call. (Point to the wolf.) Do you see
how this wolf’s mouth is open? That’s because
the wolf is making a loud call. A wolf howls to
make its call. Other wolves hear its call.

514
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © C Squared Studios/Getty Images. (b) © Jeremy Woodhouse/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 cracks
Unit 5 Week 1 The Weddell Seals

Word 4 dive
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 cracks
Unit 5 Week 1 The Weddell Seals

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s think that our hands are pieces of ice.
1. Another word in the selection is cracks. Say Hold your hands so your fingers are touching.
it with me: cracks. Cracks are small, thin There is no crack in the ice. Now open your
openings. Sometimes there are cracks in fingers just a little to make cracks in the ice.
the wall. Sometimes there are cracks in the Make believe you are looking into the cracks
sidewalk, too. in the ice. What might you see if you look into
the cracks? Share your idea with a partner.
2. En español, cracks quiere decir “pequeñas y
delgadas aperturas, grietas.” A veces vemos 5. Let’s go on a search for cracks in our room.
grietas en las paredes. También se ven grietas Can you find a crack somewhere in our room?
en la acera. Where is the crack? Now make believe you
are outside. Where might you find cracks?
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
(Responses include in the ground, a tree, a
the word cracks. (Point to the big crack in the
rock, the sidewalk, or the street.)
ice.) This is a crack in the ice. The crack is the
space between the two large pieces of ice. 6. Now let’s say cracks together three more
There is a crack because the ice broke. The times: cracks, cracks, cracks.
crack is so big that the seal can pop up and
look out.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 dive


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s act ou that we are at a swimming pool.
1. Another word in the selection is dive. Say it We will dive into the water. Show me what
with me: dive. Dive means “to jump in or fly you do when you dive. (Demonstrate putting
down head first.” Some people like to dive your hands above your head to dive in.)
into the water. When they dive, their heads go 5. Birds dive down from the sky. Make believe
into the water first. you are a bird. Fly across the sky. Then make
2. En español, to dive quiere decir “saltar y believe you see some food below. Dive down
caer con la cabeza guiando, zambullirse.” to get your dinner!
A algunas personas les gusta zambullirse 6. Now let’s say dive together three more times:
al agua. Cuando se zambullen, sus cabezas dive, dive, dive.
entran al agua antes que sus cuerpos.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word dive. (Point to the diving penguins.)
These penguins dive into the cold water.
Do you see how they put their heads down?
When they dive in, their heads go in first.

516
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Plan/Corbis. (b) © Gerald Kooyman/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 shine
Unit 5 Week 1 The Weddell Seals
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 shine
Unit 5 Week 1 The Weddell Seals

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. What else can a light shine on besides water?
1. Another word in the selection is shine. Say it Use shine in a sentence to tell your partner.
with me: shine. Shine means “to give off or (Responses include metal, glass, or a smooth
reflect bright light.” The sun shines during floor.)
the day. It gives us light. The moon shines at 5. Tell your partner a riddle about something
night. It reflects the sun’s light. that shines. Your partner can use the clues to
2. En español, to shine quiere decir “despedir o guess what shines.
reflejar luz brillante, alumbrar.” El sol alumbra 6. Now let’s say shine together three more times:
la Tierra todo el día. Nos da luz. La luna shine, shine, shine.
alumbra la Tierra de noche. La luna refleja la
luz del sol.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word shine. (Point to the sun.) The sun
gives off a bright light. You can see light shine
on the water and on the smooth ice.

518
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 5 Week 1 Living Things Change
spider, bird, squirrel,
Their Environments
bacteria, fungi, shrub

spider bird squirrel

bacteria fungi shrub

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognate: bacteria.
519
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © GeoStock/Getty Images. (tc) © Digital Vision/Getty Images. (tr) © Nature Picture Library/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Courtesy of Dr. Edwin P. Ewuing Jr./ Centers for Disease Control. (bm) © Russell Illig/Getty Images. (br) © Dean Uhlinger/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 attract
Unit 5 Week 2 Bird Builders

Word 2 attention
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 attract
Unit 5 Week 2 Bird Builders

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. A peacock spreads his feathers to attract
1. One word in the selection is attract. Say it with attention. A dog barks. How do other animals
me: attract. To attract means “to get someone attract attention? Choose an animal. Tell how
to see, notice, or want to move toward you.” it attracts attention.
Dogs bark to attract our attention. The dogs 5. How do you attract someone’s attention?
want us to notice them and play with them, What do you do? Complete this sentence:
so they bark at us. When I want to attract your attention, I
2. En español, to attract quiere decir “hacer . (Responses include raise my hand,
que alguien te vea, se fije o se acerque a ti, wave, call out, tap on your shoulder, or say
atraer.” Los perros ladran para atraer nuestra your name.)
atención. Los perros quieren que nos fijemos 6. Now let’s say attract together three more
en ellos y que jueguemos con ellos. times: attract, attract, attract.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word attract. (Point to the peacock.) This
peacock has his feathers spread out. Do you
think he looks pretty? He wants the females
to look at him. That’s why he spreads his
feathers. He is trying to attract attention.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 attention


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Why is it important to pay attention to what
1. Another word in the selection is attention. Say you are doing? What happens if you do not
it with me: attention. Your attention is your pay attention?
focus: what you are thinking about, looking 6. Make believe you are riding your bike. What
at, or doing. When I am talking, you pay are you paying attention to? Why?
attention to me. 7. Now let’s say attention together three more
2. En español, attention quiere decir “enfoque times: attention, attention, attention.
o attención.” Es en lo que te fijas, piensas
o haces. Cuando yo les hablo, ustedes me
prestan atención.
3. Attention in English and atención in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word attention. (Point to the boy.) This
boy is paying attention. He is thinking about
what the teacher is saying. He focuses his
attention on his teacher.

522
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock Images/PunchStock. (b) © Thinkstock/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 decorate
Unit 5 Week 2 Bird Builders

Word 4 lay
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 decorate
Unit 5 Week 2 Bird Builders

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Pretend you are having a surprise party for a
1. Another word in the selection is decorate. Say friend. How would you decorate the room?
it with me: decorate. To decorate means “to Tell your partner.
make something look pretty or fancy, to put 6. If you could decorate your bedroom any way
details on something.” Let’s make believe we you wanted, how would you decorate it?
are having a birthday party. We will put up What would you put on the walls?
balloons and streamers to decorate the room. 7. Now let’s say decorate together three more
2. En español, to decorate quiere decir “hacer times: decorate, decorate, decorate.
que algo se vea bonito o elegante, colocarle
detalles a algo.” Imaginemos que estamos en
una fiesta. Pondremos globos y cintas para
decorar el cuarto.
3. To decorate in English and decorar in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word decorate. (Point to the decorations.)
These children are at a birthday party. They
decorated for the party with streamers and
party favors hanging from above the table
and hats for everybody at the party.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 lay


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Chickens lay eggs. Bugs lay eggs. What other
1. Another word in the selection is lay. Say it animals lay eggs? (Responses include birds,
with me: lay. Lay means “to set something snakes, frogs, ants, ducks, and fish.)
down, like an egg.” Chickens lay eggs. Baby 5. Describe the eggs that the bug in the picture
chicks hatch from the eggs. lays. Complete this sentence: The bug lays
2. En español, to lay quiere decir “soltar o poner eggs that are .
algo, como un huevo.” Las gallinas ponen 6. Now let’s say lay together three more times:
huevos. Los pollitos nacen de esos huevos. lay, lay, lay.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word lay. (Point to the bug.) This bug is
laying eggs. (Point to the eggs.) These are the
eggs.

524
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockdisc/PunchStock. (b) © Digital Vision/Getty Iamges.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 layers
Unit 5 Week 2 Bird Builders

Word 6 objects
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 layers
Unit 5 Week 2 Bird Builders

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s make layers of hands. I’ll put one hand
1. Another word in the selection is layers. Say it down first. Now you put a hand on top of
with me: layers. A layer is one cover. Layers are mine. We’ll keep going until we use all our
more than one cover. In winter, sometimes we hands. How many layers of hands did we
dress in layers. We wear a shirt, a sweater, and make?
a jacket. We wear layers to keep us warm. 5. Now let’s make a pretend lasagna. We will
2. En español, layers quiere decir “cubiertas o use paper and books to make the layers. How
capas.” En el invierno, nos vestimos con varias many layers should our lasagna have? What
capas de ropa. Nos ponemos una camisa, should each layer be
un suéter y luego una chaqueta o abrigo. 6. Now let’s say layers together three more
Vestimos varias capas para mantenernos times: layers, layers, layers.
abrigados.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word layers. (Point to the lasagna.) This
lasagna has many layers. There are layers of
pasta, sauce, spinach, and cheese.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 objects


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 5. Describe one object that you see in this room.
1. Another word in the selection is objects. Say Give your partner clues. Then have your
it with me: objects. Objects are things you can partner find and name the object.
touch. Books, desks and pencils are all objects. 6. The bird in the picture collects blue objects.
2. En español, objects quiere decir “cosas o Suppose you decide to collect objects that are
artículos que podemos tocar.” Los libros, los all the same color. What would be the color
escritorios y hasta los lápices son objetos. of the objects that you collect? What objects
would you collect that are that color?
3. Objects in English and objetos in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say objects together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: objects, objects, objects.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word objects. (Point to the objects.) This
bird collected a lot of objects. Almost all
the objects are blue! The bird must like blue
objects.

526
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Kevin Sanchez/Cole Group/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Steve Bowman/Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 5 Week 2 Living Things in
tundra, forest,
Different Environments
wetland, grassland

tundra forest

wetland grassland

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these four words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognate: tundra.
527
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Robert Glusic/Getty Images. (tr) © Javier Larrea/Pixtal/age fotostock.
(bl) © Bruce Heinemann/Getty Images. © Steven P.Lynch/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 barriers
Unit 5 Week 3 Aliens

Word 2 breed
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 barriers
Unit 5 Week 3 Aliens

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s make a barrier. Stand in a line across the
1. One word in the selection is barriers. Say it room and hold hands. (Have students stand
with me: barriers. Barriers keep people out of in a long line and hold hands. You stand on
places. Barriers can be fences or ropes. The one side of the barrier.) You made a barrier.
barriers stop people from going where they I am on one side of the barrier. Your barrier
should not be. separates me from the other side of the room.
The barrier stops me from going to the other
2. En español, barriers quiere decir “cosas que
side.
impiden el paso de una persona, barreras.”
Las cercas y pitas son barreras. Las barreras no 6. Now let’s make a barrier out of chairs. Pretend
permiten que las personas vayan a un lugar this barrier is like the barrier in the photo.
donde no deben estar. Where does the barrier keep you from going?
Why?
3. Barriers in English and barreras in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say barriers together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: barriers, barriers, barriers.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word barriers. (Point to the metal barriers.)
These are barriers. These people are watching
a parade. The barriers stop the people from
going onto the street during the parade.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 breed


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is breed. Say the word breed. (Point to the puppies.) These
it with me: breed. Breed means “to raise and are golden retriever puppies. People breed
then sell.” Some people breed dogs. First the dogs like these to sell as pets.
dogs have puppies. The mother cares for the 4. People breed dogs. People breed other
puppies after they are born, and then the animals, too. What other kinds of animals do
people take care of the puppies once they are people breed? Work with a partner to make a
older. Then the people sell the puppies to new list. (Responses include cats, cows, horses, fish,
families. and birds.)
2. En español, to breed quiere decir “criar 5. Why do you think people breed animals?
para la venta.” Algunas personas crian Complete this sentence: People breed animals
perros para la venta. Primero los perros tienen because .
cachorros. La madre cuida a los cachorros 6. Now let’s say breed together three more
después de nacidos. Las personas los cuidan times: breed, breed, breed.
cuando crecen un poco. Luego las personas
venden los cachorros a nuevas familias.

530
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jeff Greenberg/Alamy Images. (b) © Comstock Images/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 clog
Unit 5 Week 3 Aliens

Word 4 local
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 clog
Unit 5 Week 3 Aliens

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. When it is raining hard outside, the rain water
1. Another word in the selection is clog. Say it runs into a drain in the street. What do you
with me: clog. Clog means “to block or stop think happens if the leaves clog the drain?
from flowing.” Sometimes something gets Share your ideas with a partner.
stuck in the drain in a sink. That clogs, or 5. Have you ever tried to shake salt from the
blocks, the drain. Water cannot pass through. salt shaker and nothing comes out? Tell your
The water sits in the sink because the drain is partner why nothing comes out. Use the word
clogged. clogs. (Salt clogs the holes in the salt shaker.)
2. En español, to clog quiere decir “impedir que 6. Now let’s say clog together three more times:
algo fluya, tapar.” A veces algo se atasca clog, clog, clog.
en el desagüe de un lavamanos. Eso tapa,
o bloquea, el desagüe. El agua no se puede
colar. El agua se queda en el lavamanos
porque éste está tapado.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word clog. (Point to the traffic jam.) A
traffic jam can clog a road. The cars have to
stop and the traffic stops flowing.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 local


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is local. Say it the word local. (Point to the tomatoes.) These
with me: local. Local means “from a certain tomatoes are a local crop. A farmer grew the
place or neighborhood.” A local store is in our tomatoes at a local farm and brought them to
neighborhood. If we have to travel a long way this farmer’s market to sell. The tomatoes, the
to get to the store, it is not local. farm, and the market are all in the same area.
They are all local.
2. En español, local quiere decir “de un lugar o
una comunidad específica, local.” Una tienda 5. What are some local stores in your
local se encuentra en nuestro vecindario. Si neighborhood? Tell your partner. Use the
tenemos que ir una distancia larga para llegar word local.
a la tienda, esa tienda no es local. 6. What are some local activities that you like to
3. Local in English and local in Spanish are do? What makes the activities local?
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say local together three more times:
mean the same thing in both languages. local, local, local.

532
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Charles Smith/Corbis. (b) © ©Stock Connection Blue/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 regions
Unit 5 Week 3 Aliens
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 regions
Unit 5 Week 3 Aliens

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is regions. Say the word regions. (Point to the map.) This
it with me: regions. Regions are areas of the map shows one region of the ocean. The Gulf
world. The United States has different regions. of Mexico is a region, or large area, in the
New England is one region. The Midwest Atlantic Ocean.
is another region. The Southwest and the 5. What region of the country do we live in? Tell
Northwest are regions, too. your partner. If you do not know, work with
2. En español, regions quiere decir “terrenos your partner to find out!
demarcados en el mundo, regiones.” Estados 6. What region of the country or of the world
Unidos tiene regiones diferentes. Nueva would you like to visit? What would you do
Inglaterra es una región. El suroeste y el there? Why are you curious about that region?
noroeste son otras regiones. 7. Now let’s say regions together three more
3. Regions in English and regiones in Spanish are times: regions, regions, regions.
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.

534
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © ArtMediaPix/Alamy Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 5 Week 3 Changes Affect Animals
animal, zebra, fish, frog

animal zebra

fish frog

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these four words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: animal, cebra.
535
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (tr) © Image Source/PunchStock.
(bl) © Diane Nelson/Macmillan/McGraw-Hill. (br) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 boring
Unit 5 Week 4 Animal Friends

Word 2 snort
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 boring
Unit 5 Week 4 Animal Friends

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Is there something that you have to do that
1. One word in the selection is boring. Say it with is boring? Tell your partner. Use the word
me: boring. Boring means “not interesting” boring.
or “so dull it makes you feel tired.” Have you 5. How do you feel when you are doing
ever watched a boring movie or read a boring something that is boring? Why do you feel
book? It is hard to pay attention to something that way?
that is boring because you are not interested. 6. Now let’s say boring together three more
You might even get sleepy! times: boring, boring, boring.
2. En español, boring quiere decir “que no es
interesante, aburrido.” ¿Alguna vez han
leido un libro aburrido? Es difícil prestarle
atención a algo aburrido porque no te llama la
atención, no te parece interesante. ¡Es posible
que hasta te haga sentir soñoliento!
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word boring. (Point to the woman.) This
woman is doing a boring job. The job is not
interesting. Look at the woman’s face. She
looks bored. She is not enjoying what she
is doing.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 snort


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Imagine that you hear a snort. Where are
1. Another word in the selection is snort. Say it you? What makes the snort? Share your ideas
with me: snort. A snort is a sound that a pig with a partner.
makes. 5. When you hear a snort, you hear a pig. Tell
2. En español, snort quiere decir “el sonido que your partner other animal sounds you might
hace un cerdo, un resoplido.” hear. Have your partner tell what animal you
hear: I hear a . You hear a .
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
(Responses include bark/dog; meow/cat; roar/
the word snort. (Point to the pig.) This is a pig.
lion; howl/wolf.)
If you were standing near the pig, you would
hear a snort. That is the sound the pig makes. 6. Now let’s say snort together three more times:
snort, snort, snort.

538
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Alex Maloney/zefa/Corbis. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 sneaky
Unit 5 Week 4 Animal Friends

Word 4 tedious
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 sneaky
Unit 5 Week 4 Animal Friends

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Act out being a sneaky animal. Would you
1. Another word in the selection is sneaky. Say want someone to see or hear you? Show me
it with me: sneaky. Sneaky means “tricky” or how you would walk.
“getting something in a sly or tricky way.” A 5. Think about sneaky characters in stories, like
dog can be sneaky. It could take food from the wolf in Little Red Riding Hood. Make
the counter when you are not looking! believe you are a sneaky character. Act out
2. En español, sneaky quiere decir “que obtiene what you do. Then tell us why you are being
lo que quiere con trucos, solapado.” Un perro sneaky.
puede ser solapado. Podría tomar comida de 6. Now let’s say sneaky together three more
la cocina cuando no estás mirando. times: sneaky, sneaky, sneaky.
3. Now let’s look a picture that demonstrates the
word sneaky. (Point to the wolf.) This wolf is
being very sneaky. He has disguised himself
as a sheep so that he can get near these
sheep. Usually the sheep would run away from
the wolf, but he has tricked them with his
disguise.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 tedious


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. Have you ever had to do something that was
1. Another word in the selection is tedious. Say it tedious? Tell your partner what you had to do
with me: tedious. Tedious means “boring.” A and why it was so tedious.
tedious job is boring, and it is not fun to do. 6. What job do you think would be tedious?
2. En español, tedious quiere decir “que aburre, What would make that job tedious?
tedioso.” Un trabajo tedioso es aburrido. Uno 7. Now let’s say tedious together three more
no disfruta haciéndolo. times: tedious, tedious, tedious.
3. Tedious in English and tedioso in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word tedious. (Point to the man.) This man
has to read all these papers. That is a tedious
job. He is feeling bored and tired.

540
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Howard Berman/The Image Bank/Getty Images. (b) © Philip J Brittan/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 5 Week 4 Plants and Their Needs
stem, leaves, roots,
flowers, fruits, seeds

stem leaves roots

flowers fruits seeds

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: flores, frutas.
541
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (tc) © Ingram Publishing/age fotostock. (tr) © Designpics.com/PunchStock.
(bl) © Bananastock/PunchStock. (bm) © Mitch Hrdlicka/Getty Images. (br) © Ken Cavanagh/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 growths
Unit 5 Week 5 Special Defenses

Word 2 released
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 growths
Unit 5 Week 5 Special Defenses

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. What do you think the growths on the cactus
1. One word in the selection is growths. Say feel like? Would you like to touch one of the
it with me: growths. Growths are things growths? What would happen if it had no
that have grown on the outer surface of spines? Share your ideas with your partner
something. Some animals have growths on 5. What animals have growths? Complete this
them. Deer have antlers. The antlers are sentence: have growths. (Responses
growths that come out of their heads. include deer, elephants, rhinos, giraffe, or
2. En español, growths quiere decir “cosas que moose.)
han crecido sobre la superficie de algo.” Los 6. Now let’s say growths together three more
venados tienen cornamenta. La cornamenta times: growths, growths, growths.
les crece de la cabeza.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word growths. (Point to the cactus.) This
cactus has growths. (Point to the spines.)
These spines are sharp growths. The spines
protect the plant from an animal that might
bite the cactus to get the water inside.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 released


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Some snakes are poisonous. What happens
1. Another word in the selection is released. Say if a poisonous snake bites an enemy? Use
it with me: released. Released means “let go” the word released in your answer. Share your
or “gave off.” Porcupines have quills. If a dog answer with a partner.
attacks a porcupine, the quills are released. 5. Why do you think an animal like a skunk or a
The dog gets quills stuck in it. Ouch! snake releases a smell or another dangerous
2. En español, to release quiere decir “dejar, thing? (Responses include that the animal
emitir, soltar.” Los puercoespines tienen needs to protect itself from enemies.)
espinas. Si un perro lo ataca, el puercoespín 6. Now let’s say released together three more
suelta sus espinas. El perro queda con las times: released, released, released.
espinas enterradas.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word released. (Point to the skunk.) The
skunk released, or gave off, a smelly spray.
The skunk does this when an enemy is near.
The smell keeps the enemy away—or makes it
run away.

544
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/PunchStock. (b) © Comstock Images/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 paralyze
Unit 5 Week 5 Special Defenses

Word 4 threatened
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 paralyze
Unit 5 Week 5 Special Defenses

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is paralyze. Say the word paralyze. (Point to the grey insect.)
it with me: paralyze. Paralyze means “to make The grey insect can paralyze another insect as
something unable to move.” Some animals a meal.
paralyze their enemies by biting them. Then 5. Make believe you are an animal’s enemy. The
their enemies cannot move, and they can animal bites you. It paralyzes you. Show me
escape. what happens. What do you do? (Students
2. En español, to paralyze quiere decir “hacer should freeze and not move.)
que algo no se pueda mover más, inmobilizar, 6. Now make believe you are cars going down
paralizar.” Algunos animales paralizan a sus the highway. There is a cow in the middle of
enemigos mordiéndolos. Los enemigos no se the road. It paralyzes the traffic. Show me
pueden mover y no pueden escaparse. what you do. (Students should stop.)
3. To paralyze in English and paralizar in Spanish 7. Now let’s say paralyze together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: paralyze, paralyze, paralyze.
and mean the same thing in both languages.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 threatened


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. What does a skunk do when it feels
1. Another word in the selection is threatened. threatened? With your partner, complete this
Say it with me: threatened. If you feel sentence: When a skunk feels threatened, it
threatened, you feel as if you are in danger. . (releases its smell)
You are afraid that something might hurt you. 5. What makes you feel threatened? What do
When a dog that I do not know growls at me, you do?
I feel threatened. 6. Now let’s say threatened together three more
2. En español, threatened se dice “amenazado.” times: threatened, threatened, threatened.
Si te sientes amenazado, sientes que estás en
peligro. Temes que algo malo te va a pasar.
Cuando un perro que desconozco me ladra o
me gruñe, me siento amenazado.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word threatened. (Point to the snake.)
This snake feels threatened. Another animal
is nearby. When the snake is threatened, it
shows its fangs. If I saw a snake doing this, I
would feel threatened. Would you?

546
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jason Bazzano/Alamy Images. (b) © Steve Hamblin/Alamy Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 5 Week 5 Animals and Their Needs
beak, wings, fins,
gills, pouch, quills

beak wings fins

gills pouch quills

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
547
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tc) © Photodisc/Tom Brakefield/Getty Images. (tr) © Digital Vision/Don Farrall/Getty Images.
(bl) © Photodisc/Ian Cartwright/Getty Images. (bm) © pixtal/PunchStock. (br) © Digital Vision Ltd./PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 spinning
Unit 6 Week 1 The Fox’s Dinner

Word 2 energy
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 spinning
Unit 6 Week 1 The Fox’s Dinner

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s act out that we are the top in the
1. One word in the selection is spinning. Say it picture. Let’s spin only very slowly. (Spin.) Now
with me: spinning. Spinning means “turning we are spinning just like the top. (Caution
around and around and around in small students not to go too fast.)
circles.” Toy tops spin. They go around and 5. Now let’s pretend to be something else that
around in small circles. is spinning. Tell me what you are. How do
2. En español, to spin quiere decir “moverse en things look when you are spinning?
círculos repetidamente, girar.” Los trompos 6. Now let’s say spinning together three more
giran. Se mueven una y otra vez en círculos times: spinning, spinning, spinning.
pequeños.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word spinning. (Point to the top.) This top
is spinning. It stands on one point and is going
around and around and around.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 energy


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Some sports take more energy than other
1. Another word in the selection is energy. Say it sports. What sports do you need a lot of
with me: energy. Energy means “the force or energy to do? Why?
capability to do something.” If you have a lot 6. At what time of day do you have a lot of
of energy, you are ready to go, go, go! You do energy? When do you have only a little
a lot of things, and you do not get tired for a energy? Tell your partner.
long time. 7. Now let’s say energy together three more
2. En español, energy quiere decir “la fuerza times: energy, energy, energy.
o capacidad para hacer algo, energía.” Si
tienes mucha energía, te sientes listo para
hacer muchas cosas y te demoras mucho en
cansarte.
3. Energy in English and energía in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word energy. (Point to the running
baseball player.) This boy has a lot of energy.
He is running fast. He does not get tired.

550
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Lawrence Manning/Corbis. (b) © Ryan McVay/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 shadow
Unit 6 Week 1 The Fox’s Dinner

Word 4 chirped
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 shadow
Unit 6 Week 1 The Fox’s Dinner

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s use our hands to make shadows. (Have
1. Another word in the selection is shadow. Say students put their hands near a wall that
it with me: shadow. A shadow is the dark has enough light shining on it so there are
shape on the ground that you see when the shadows.) What shadows can we make?
sun shines on something. If you are outside in 5. Now let’s make our shadows change size.
the sunlight, you can see your shadow on the (Have students make bigger, smaller, lighter,
ground. and darker shadows by putting their hands
2. En español, shadow quiere decir “la forma closer to and farther from a surface or to a
oscura en el suelo que ves cuando el sol brilla source of light.) What happens to the shadows
sobre algo; sombra.” Si estás afuera cuando when you move your hands? When is a
todavía hace sol, puedes ver tu sombra en el shadow the darkest?
piso. 6. Now let’s say shadow together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: shadow, shadow, shadow.
the word shadow. (Point to the shadow.) This
is the crab’s shadow. The crab has a shadow
because the sun is shining on it.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 chirped


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Imagine that you and your family were
1. Another word in the selection is chirped. Say camping outside in a field or in the woods.
it with me: chirped. Chirped means “made a Which animals chirped? Complete this
sound like a cricket or a bird.” In the spring, I sentence with a partner: A chirped.
hear the birds chirp. 5. Birds chirp. Wolves howl. Pigs snort. What
2. En español, to chirp quiere decir “hacer el sounds do other animals make? Name an
mismo sonido que un grillo o un pajarito, animal and tell what sound it makes.
gorjear.” En la primavera podemos escuchar a 6. Now let’s say chirped together three more
los pájaros gorjear. times: chirped, chirped, chirped.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word chirped. (Point to the cricket.) If a
cricket chirped, you would have heard its loud
sound. If crickets chirped at night, the sound
would have woken you up.

552
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Bob Stefko/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Designpics.com/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 hall
Unit 6 Week 1 The Fox’s Dinner

Word 6 stuffed
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 hall
Unit 6 Week 1 The Fox’s Dinner

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Do you think a dining hall is a big room or a
1. Another word in the selection is hall. Say it little room? Why? What other kinds of halls
with me: hall. Hall is short for dining hall. It are there or how else are the halls used?
is a place where people eat. College students Discuss your answer with your partner.
eat in the dining hall. 5. When do you think people eat in a dining
2. En español, hall quiere decir “el lugar donde hall? Complete this sentence: People eat in a
las personas van a comer, cafetería.” Los dining hall when they . (Responses
estudiantes universitarios comen en la include go to camp, are at college, or go out
cafetería. to a fancy dinner.)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say hall together three more times:
the word hall. (Point to the dining hall.) This is hall, hall, hall.
a dining hall. Do you see all the tables? Soon
people will come into the dining hall. Then
they will eat dinner.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 stuffed


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Act out you are stuffed with food. How would
1. Another word in the selection is stuffed. Say it you show me that you are stuffed?.
with me: stuffed. Stuffed means “packed very 5. Now let’s find a container in the classroom.
full.” Sometimes I stuff things into my desk We are going to stuff things into this
drawer. The drawer is so full that it is hard to container. How many things can we stuff
close it. inside? (Have students stuff things into a bag
2. En español, to stuff quiere decir “llenar a or box.) Let’s count the things we stuffed
capacidad algo con otra cosa, rellenar.” A inside. (Count items as you take them out.)
veces relleno de tantas cosas mi pupitre que se 6. Now let’s say stuffed together three more
me hace difícil cerrarlo. times: stuffed, stuffed, stuffed.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word stuffed. (Point to the chipmunk.)
Do you see this chipmunk’s cheeks? They
are really big and fat. That’s because the
chipmunk stuffed a lot of food into its mouth.
It stuffed its cheeks with food.

554
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © John Connell/Corbis. (b) © SuperStock/Alamy Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 1 Energy and
melt, solid, liquid, gas, physical
Matter
change, chemical change

melt solid liquid

gas physical change chemical change

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognate: sólido, líquido, gas.
555
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Ken Cavanagh/McGraw-Hill Companies. (tc) © Jacques Cornell/McGraw-Hill Companies. (tr) © Digital Archive Japan/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Photographer’s Choice/Frank Cezus/Getty Images. (bm) © Photodisc/Mel Curtis/Getty Images. (br) © Photodisc/Siede Preis/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 check
Unit 6 Week 2 John’s Plan

Word 2 edge
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 check
Unit 6 Week 2 John’s Plan

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s check the floor in our room. Look for
1. One word in the selection is check. Say it dropped papers. If you find any dropped
with me: check. Check means “to look at or papers, pick them up and throw them away.
examine.” Before I leave for school, I check to 5. Check the calendar. What is today’s date?
make sure I have everything I need. I look in What holidays are coming up? What else do
my backpack to make sure everything is there. you learn when you check the calendar?
2. En español, to check quiere decir “mirar algo 6. Now let’s say check together three more
detalladamente, examinar.” Antes de salir a la times: check, check, check.
escuela, examino mi mochila para asegurarme
de que llevo todo lo que necesito.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word check. (Point to the doctor.) This
doctor is checking the girl. She is looking at
the girl to make sure the girl is not sick. Your
doctor checks you, too, to make sure that you
are healthy.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 edge


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Walk to one edge of the floor. Walk along the
1. Another word in the selection is edge. Say it edge. What does the edge of the floor touch?
with me: edge. The edge is the line or place (the wall.)
where something ends. This is the edge of the 5. Find something in the room that has an edge.
table. The table ends right here. Tell what you found that has an edge, and
2. En español, edge quiere decir “la línea o lugar show us the edge: This is the edge of the
donde algo termina, borde.” Éste es el borde .
de la mesa. La mesa termina aquí. 6. Now let’s say edge together three more times:
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates edge, edge, edge.
the word edge. (Point to the edge of the land
where it meets the water.) This is the edge of
the land. It is where the land meets the water.
This is also the edge of the water. It is where
the water meets the land.

558
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/PunchStock. (b) © Dr. Parvinder Sethi/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 greedy
Unit 6 Week 2 John’s Plan

Word 4 overjoyed
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 greedy
Unit 6 Week 2 John’s Plan

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. I am going to pass out something for each
1. Another word in the selection is greedy. Say it pair of partners. Once you have the object,
with me: greedy. If you are greedy, you want I want one partner to pretend to be greedy.
everything for yourself. You do not want to Show me how you would be greedy. Now
share. If you get a special treat but decide not pretend you are caring. Show me what you
to share any of it with your friends, then you would do.
are being greedy. 5. Act out a conversation with a greedy person.
2. En español, greedy quiere decir “que quieres What happens when you want the person to
todo para ti mismo, no quieres compartir; share? What do you tell the person?
codicioso.” Si recibes un regalo especial pero 6. Now let’s say greedy together three more
decides no compartirlo con ninguno de tus times: greedy, greedy, greedy.
amigos, estás siendo codicioso.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word greedy. (Point to the boy.) This
boy is greedy. His mom made pancakes for
breakfast. The boy wants all the pancakes.
However, he decides not to be greedy and
shares them.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 overjoyed


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is overjoyed. the word overjoyed. (Point to the happy girls.)
Say it with me: overjoyed. Overjoyed means These girls just won their soccer game. The
“very, very happy.” Make believe you always girls are overjoyed that they are champions.
wanted a puppy. You go home. Surprise! Your 4. What do you think is the difference between
parents got a new puppy. You are overjoyed feeling happy and feeling overjoyed? Tell your
that you finally got what you wanted. partner.
2. En español, overjoyed quiere decir “muy muy 5. What makes you feel overjoyed? Complete
contento, jubiloso.” Imaginen que quieren un this sentence to tell: I am overjoyed when
nuevo cachorro. Llegas a tu casa y, ¡sorpresa! .
Tus padres te han comprado un cachorro. Te 6. Now let’s say overjoyed together three more
sientes jubiloso de que por fin recibiste lo que times: overjoyed, overjoyed, overjoyed.
querías.

560
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Randy Faris/Corbis. (b) © BananaStock/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 required
Unit 6 Week 2 John’s Plan
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 required
Unit 6 Week 2 John’s Plan

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. You are required to come to school. The girl
1. Another word in the selection is required. Say in the photo is required to wear a helmet.
it with me: required. Required means “must What are some other things that children are
be done.” You are required to come to school. required to do? Make a list with your partner.
That means you have to come to school. (Responses include wear a seatbelt, eat
breakfast, brush teeth, do homework, and go
2. En español, to require quiere decir “que debe
to bed early.)
hacerse, requerir.” Se les requiere que vengan
a clases. Eso quiere decir que deben venir a 5. What is something that you are required to
clases. do that you wish you did not have to do? Tell
your partner what you have to do and why
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
you do not want to do it.
the word required. (Point to the helmet.) This
girl wears a bicycle helmet. She is required 6. Now let’s say required together three more
to wear the helmet every time she rides her times: required, required, required.
bike. Her parents require that. Most places
have laws that require children to wear bicycle
helmets.

562
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Blend Images/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 2 We Study the Night Sky
star, constellation,
Sun, planet, sky, Earth

star constellation Sun

planet sky Earth

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: constelación, Sol, planeta.
563
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Stocktrek/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © NASA Image Exchange. (tr) © Brand X Pictures/Stocktrek/PunchStock.
(bl) © Courtesy NSSDC Goddard Space Flight Center/NASA Image Exchange. (bm) © DAJ/Getty Images. (br) © Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 selfish
Unit 6 Week 3 Getting Fire for People

Word 2 shivering
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 selfish
Unit 6 Week 3 Getting Fire for People

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. The girl in the picture is selfish because she
1. One word in the selection is selfish. Say it does not share the microscope. What else
with me: selfish. Selfish means “thinking makes a person selfish? How do you feel when
only about yourself.” A selfish person does a friend is selfish? Why does a selfish person
not share with or help other people. A selfish have to learn to be more caring? Discuss your
person is greedy. answers with a friend.
2. En español, selfish quiere decir “que sólo 5. Why do you think people are selfish?
piensa en si mismo, egoísta.” Una persona Complete this sentence: People are selfish
egoísta no comparte ni ayuda a otros. Una because .
persona egoísta es codiciosa. 6. Now let’s say selfish together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: selfish, selfish, selfish.
the word selfish. (Point to the girl using
the microscope.) This girl is selfish. She has
been looking through the microscope for a
long time. She is not giving her lab partner
a turn to look. She has to learn to share the
microscope.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 shivering


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Make believe that you are so cold that you are
1. Another word in the selection is shivering. shivering. Show me what you do when you
Say it with me: shivering. Shivering means shiver. (Demonstrate hunching up with your
“shaking.” I shiver when I am really cold. hands by your face or hugging yourself as you
When I shiver, my body shakes. shiver.)
2. En español, to shiver quiere decir “temblar, 5. Now tell me about a time when you were so
tiritar.” Tiriteo cuando tengo mucho frío. cold that you shivered. Shiver as you complete
Cuando tiriteo, todo mi cuerpo tiembla. this sentence: I am so cold that I am shivering
because .
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word shivering. (Point to the boy in the 6. Now let’s say shivering together three more
pool.) This boy is shivering. He is really cold times: shivering, shivering, shivering.
because he has been in the pool for a long
time and the water is not very warm.

566
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Zave Smith/Corbis. (b) © pixtal/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 pounded
Unit 6 Week 3 Getting Fire for People

Word 4 grabbed
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 pounded
Unit 6 Week 3 Getting Fire for People

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Act out that you are using a hammer to pound
1. Another word in the selection is pounded. on a nail. Show me what you do when you
Say it with me: pounded. Pounded means pound on the nail. Then use pounded in a
“banged on or hit hard.” One time, the sentence to tell me what you do.
deliveryman pounded on my front door after I 5. Pound on the door. Now knock on the door.
did not answer the doorbell. How is it different when you pound on the
2. En español, to pound quiere decir “pegarle door from when you knock on the door? (You
con mucha fuerza a algo, aporrear.” Una vez hit the door harder and more times when you
el cartero aporreó la puerta de mi casa cuando pound on it.)
me demoré en abrirle. 6. Now let’s say pounded together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: pounded, pounded, pounded.
the word pounded. (Point to the boy.) This
boy pounded on the nail. He used the hammer
to hit the nail. He is about to pound on the
nail again. He wants to pound the nail into
the wood.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 grabbed


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Work with a partner. Find something to hold
1. Another word in the selection is grabbed. Say onto. Then show me what you do when you
it with me: grabbed. Grabbed means “used grabbed something. Grab something from
your hands to take something.” Make believe your partner. Now give it back.
you are walking your dog, and you drop the 5. I am going to drop this eraser. See if you can
leash. Your dog starts to run away, so you grab the eraser before it hits the ground! Then
grab the leash and hold on to it tightly. complete this sentence: I the eraser.
2. En español, to grab quiere decir “usar tus (grabbed/did not grab)
manos para coger algo, agarrar.” Imaginen 6. Now let’s say grabbed together three more
que están paseando a su perro y dejan caer la times: grabbed, grabbed, grabbed.
correa. Como tu perro se empieza a escapar,
agarras la correa y la sostienes con fuerza.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word grabbed. (Point to the big boy.) This
boy has just grabbed the bowling ball from
the younger boy. The big boy tries to take the
ball away.

568
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Blend Images/PunchStock. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 knot
Unit 6 Week 3 Getting Fire for People
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 knot
Unit 6 Week 3 Getting Fire for People

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. When do people tie a knot? With a partner,
1. Another word in the selection is knot. Say it complete this sentence: People tie a knot
with me: knot. A knot is something you can when . (Responses include: they want
tie so hard that it will not come undone. You to attach two things; they fasten ribbon to a
can tie a knot to attach two pieces of string. present; they wear a tie)
You can tie a knot in a rope, too. 5. Can you think of some things that have knots
2. En español, knot quiere decir “el bulto que in them? (Responses include shoelaces, rope,
se forma cuando uno amarra algo, nudo.” string, ties, and yarn.)
Puedes amarrar un nudo para conectar dos 6. Now let’s say knots together three more times:
cuerdas. También le puedes hacer un nudo a knots, knots, knots.
una pita.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word knot. (Point to the knot.) This is a
knot. Someone tied this knot in the rope.

570
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Design Pics/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 3 Leadership of the Kumeyaay
band, council,
shaman, ceremony

band council

shaman ceremony

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these four words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognate: ceremonia.
571
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Vince Streano/Corbis. (tr) © Reuters/Corbis.
(bl) © Design Pics Inc./Alamy Images. (br) © Marilyn Angel Wynn/Nativestock Pictures/Corbis/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 delivery
Unit 6 Week 4 Food’s Great Journey

Word 2 packed
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 delivery
Unit 6 Week 4 Food’s Great Journey

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. All stores get deliveries. People bring things
1. One word in the selection is delivery. Say it that the stores sell. For example, a shoe store
with me: delivery. When you make a delivery, gets a delivery of shoes. Name a kind of store.
you bring something somewhere. Every day, Tell your partner what kind of delivery it
the mail carrier makes a delivery to your gets. Complete this sentence: A gets a
house. The mail carrier brings your mail and delivery of .
leaves it at your house. 5. We get deliveries to our school. What
2. En español, delivery quiere decir “algo que se deliveries do we get? (Responses include mail,
le lleva a otra persona, entrega.” Todos los packages, school supplies, or magazines.)
días el cartero hace una entrega a tu casa. El 6. Now let’s say delivery together three more
cartero lleva tu correspondencia a tu casa. times: delivery, delivery, delivery.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word delivery. (Point to the food.) The
man makes this delivery. He takes the food
from the truck. Then he will bring the food
into the store. Bringing the food is the delivery.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 packed


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s act out packing a box. Show me how
1. Another word in the selection is packed. Say you would move to get things into a big box.
it with me: packed. Packed means “put into a Then show me how you would close the box.
container, like a box.” I packed my clothes in (Students should make movements to show
a suitcase before I went on my trip. carrying and packing imaginary items into a
large box.)
2. En español, to pack quiere decir “guardar en
un recipiente, empacar.” Empaqué mi ropa en 5. We pack boxes. We pack suitcases. We pack
mi equipaje antes del viaje. our backpacks, too. Pack a backpack to show
what you bring home with you every day.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
Now unpack your backpack. What do you do
the word packed. (Point to the man.) This
when you pack? What do you do when you
man packs pineapples into boxes. (Point to
unpack?
the packed boxes.) These boxes are already
packed. When the man finishes packing, the 6. Now let’s say packed together three more
boxes will go on a truck. The truck will make times: packed, packed, packed.
a delivery. It will take the packed boxes to a
grocery store.

574
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © John Flournoy/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © Philippe Colombi/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 provides
Unit 6 Week 4 Food’s Great Journey

Word 4 ripe
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 provides
Unit 6 Week 4 Food’s Great Journey

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. A cow provides us with milk. Other animals
1. Another word in the selection is provides. Say provide us with things, too. What do other
it with me: provides. Provides means “gives” animals provide us with? Work with a partner
or “supplies.” I provide books, pencils, and to complete the sentence: A provides
paper for you to use in school. us with . (Responses include: sheep/
wool, chicken/eggs, goat/milk)
2. En español, to provide quiere decir “dar lo que
se necesita, proveer.” Yo proveo los libros, 5. Animals provide you with things. People
los lápices y el papel que ustedes usan en la provide you with things, too. Who provides
escuela. things for you? What do they provide?
(Responses include parents—food, money,
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
love; doctors or nurses—health care; police
the word provides. (Point to the cow.)
officers or firefighters—safety; teachers/
Sometimes animals provide us with things.
education.)
The cow provides us with milk. The man is
milking the cow. The milk can be drunk or 6. Now let’s say provides together three more
used to make things like cheese or butter. times: provides, provides, provides.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 ripe


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. What is your favorite fruit to eat? Why do you
1. Another word in the selection is ripe. Say it wait until it is ripe to eat it? Share your ideas
with me: ripe. Ripe means “ready to eat.” with a partner.
People pick apples from the tree when they 5. Describe a ripe fruit to your partner. Tell how
are ripe, or ready to eat. the ripe fruit looks and tastes.
2. En español, ripe quiere decir “listo para comer, 6. Now let’s say ripe together three more times:
maduro.” Las manzanas se cosechan de lo ripe, ripe, ripe.
árboles cuando están maduras, o listas para
ser comidas.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word ripe. (Point to the tomatoes.) These
tomatoes are ripe. They are red, and they look
juicy. These tomatoes are ready to eat. Yum!

576
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Apply Pictures/Alamy Images. (b) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 ship
Unit 6 Week 4 Food’s Great Journey

Word 6 spoil
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 ship
Unit 6 Week 4 Food’s Great Journey

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. People use vans like the one in the picture to
1. Another word in the selection is ship. Say ship things. What else do people use to ship
it with me: ship. Ship means “to send.” things? (planes, trucks, post office, trains,
Sometimes I order books on-line. The ships)
company ships the books to me. A delivery 5. If you could order something to be shipped to
truck brings the books to my house. you, what you would order? How would it be
2. En español, to ship quiere decir “mandar algo shipped?
a alguien, enviar.” A veces compro libros en 6. Now let’s say ship together three more times:
la red. La compañía me envía los libros. Un ship, ship, ship.
camión de entrega deja los libros en mi casa.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word ship. (Point to the van.) This is a
delivery van. People use the van to ship things
from one place to another. When I order my
books, the company ships them to me on a
van like this.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 spoil


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. What happens to food when it begins to
1. Another word in the selection is spoil. Say it spoil? Name a food that you have seen begin
with me: spoil. Spoil means “to go bad or not to spoil. Tell your partner how that food looks
be good to eat anymore.” Some foods can and smells when it starts to spoil.
spoil. Meat spoils if it gets old. You should not 5. What do you do with food when it spoils?
eat meat after it spoils. Why?
2. En español, to spoil quiere decir “dejarse 6. Now let’s say spoils together three more times:
perder, dañarse de tal manera que no se spoils, spoils, spoils.
puede comer, podrirse.” Algunas comidas
se pudren. La carne se pudre con el paso del
tiempo. No deben comer carne que se ha
podrido.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word spoil. (Point to the bananas.) These
bananas are beginning to spoil. Do you see
all the brown spots? That means they are too
ripe. They are getting too soft and mushy
inside.

578
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ryan McVay/Getty Images. (b) © INSADCO Photography/Alamy Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 4 Light and Color
reflect, mirror,
absorb, rough, smooth

reflect mirror absorb

rough smooth

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: reflejar, absorber.
579
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Photodisc/PhotoLink/Getty Images. (tc) © Photodisc/Dave J. Anthony/Getty Images. (tr) © Photodisc/Jules Frazier/Getty Images.
(bl) © C Squared Studios/Photodisc/Getty Images. (br) © Trevor Wood/Stone/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 reward
Unit 6 Week 5 The Mystery of the Magpie

Word 2 teased
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 reward
Unit 6 Week 5 The Mystery of the Magpie

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Sometimes firefighters, police officers, or
1. One word in the selection is reward. Say it rescuers get rewards. Why do you think they
with me: reward. A reward is something good get rewards?
that people get when they do something well. 5. What are some rewards that students in our
Sometimes a team gets a reward for winning a school get? What do the students get the
game. The reward is a prize the team gets for rewards for?
doing well. 6. Now let’s say reward together three more
2. En español, reward quiere decir “algo que times: reward, reward, reward.
uno recibe a cambio de una buena labor,
recompensa.” A veces un equipo recibe
una recompensa por ganar un partido. La
recompenza es un premio que recibe por
jugar bien.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word reward. (Point to the 100.) The
student studied hard for this test and got a
reward for all the hard work. The student got
a 100 on the test. The sticker was the reward.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 teased


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Why do you think it is mean to tease
1. Another word in the selection is teased. Say it someone? When you tease someone, how
with me: teased. Teased means “made fun of” does that person feel?
or “picked on.” It is not nice to tease other 5. What should you do if you are teased or if you
people. You could hurt that person’s feelings. see one student teasing another student? How
2. En español, to tease quiere decir “molestar, would that response help stop the teasing?
burlarse de alguien.” No es bueno ni amable 6. Now let’s say teased together three more
burlarse de alguien. Podrías lastimar o herirle times: teased, teased, teased.
los sentimientos a esa persona.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word teased. (Point to the man.) This man
is teasing his daughter for being silly. The girl
doesn’t mind being teased by her dad because
he isn’t mean to her. They are just kidding
around.

582
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Scott Speakes/Corbis. (b) © Purestock/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 spent
Unit 6 Week 5 The Mystery of the Magpie

Word 4 riddle
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 spent
Unit 6 Week 5 The Mystery of the Magpie

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Look at the picture. Do you think the girls
1. Another word in the selection is spent. Say enjoyed the time they spend together? How
it with me: spent. If you spent time with a can you tell? Discuss with your partner.
friend, you did something with that friend. 5. Think about someone you spent time with.
You and your friend were together for awhile. What did you do? Did you have fun? Tell your
I spent time with my friend yesterday. We had partner about the time you spent together.
dinner together. Start like this: I spent time with .
2. En español, to spend quiere decir “gastar algo 6. Now let’s say spent together three more times:
o pasar.” Si pasas tiempo con un amigo, haces spent, spent, spent.
cosas con él o ella. Pasé un rato con mi amigo
ayer. Cenamos juntos.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word spent. (Point to girls.) These girls
spent time together reading a book. They
both like the same books. They like to read
together.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 riddle


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner a riddle about something in
1. Another word in the selection is riddle. Say this room. Make believe you are that thing.
it with me: riddle. A riddle is a question or a Use I to give clues. Then end your riddle with
puzzle that has a tricky answer. Answer this the words What am I? Have your partner
riddle: I have a face and hands, but I don’t guess the answer.
have eyes or a mouth. I tell time. What am I? 5. Now tell your partner a riddle about
2. En español, riddle quiere decir “pregunta con something that is not in this room. Can your
una respuesta difícil, acertijo.” Adivinen la partner guess the answer?
respuesta de este acertijo: Tengo una cara 6. Now let’s say riddle together three more
y manecillas, pero no tengo ni ojos ni boca. times: riddle, riddle, riddle.
Digo la hora. ¿Qué soy?
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word riddle. (Point to the door.) This
door is ajar. That means that it is open just a
little. Now listen to this riddle, and tell me the
answer: When is a door not a door? (when it
is ajar)

584
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © TongRo Image Stock/Jupiterimages. (b) © Thinkstock/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 5 Life in a Kumeyaay Village
bow, arrow,
arrowhead, snare, basket

bow arrow arrowhead

snare basket

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
585
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Marilyn Angel Wynn/Nativestock Pictures/Corbis. (tc) © Photodisc/Jules Frazier/Getty Images. (tr) © Siede Preis/Photodisc/Getty Images.
(bl) © Comstock Images/PunchStock. (br) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.

You might also like